Om-F Vol 2

Flight Training Department
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F
THE SAFETY MANUAL (OM – PART F) IS A

PROPERTY OF EGYPTAIR AIRLINES
&
IS COPYRIGHTED TO THE FLIGHT TRAINING
DEPARTMENT
Copy Number: ___________________
Department/Post Name: ___________________

DL- 1
DISTRIBUTION LIST
DEC 2019
Copy Hard Electronic
Department
No. Copies copies
1 Egyptian Civil Aviation Authority 1 1
2 EGYPTAIR Holding Chairman And CEO 1 1
3 EGYPTAIR Holding Chairman Assistant 1 1
4 EGYPTAIR Holding V.P. Safety And Quality 1 1
5 EGYPTAIR Airlines Chairman 1 1
6 EGYPTAIR Airlines Chairman Assistant - 1
7 EGYPTAIR Airlines V.P. Flight Operations 1 1
8 EGYPTAIR Airlines V.P. Cabin Crew 1 1
9 EGYPTAIR Airlines G.M. Flight Operations 1 1
10 EGYPTAIR Airlines G.M. IOCC 1 1
11 EGYPTAIR Holding Company Safety Director 1 1
12 EGYPTAIR G.M. Safety , Quality & Standards 1 1
13 EGYPTAIR Airlines G.M. Flight Training 1 1
14 EGYPTAIR Airlines G.M. Cabin Crew 1 1
EGYPTAIR Airlines G.M. Cabin Crew Training
15 1 1
Follow Up
16 EGYPTAIR Airlines B777 Chief Pilot - 1
17 EGYPTAIR Airlines B787 Chief Pilot - 1
18 EGYPTAIR Airlines A330 Chief Pilot - 1
19 EGYPTAIR Airlines A320 Chief Pilot - 1
20 EGYPTAIR Airlines B737-800 Chief Pilot - 1
21 EGYPTAIR Airlines A220-300 Chief Pilot - 1
22 EGYPTAIR Airlines E-170 Chief Pilot - 1
23 EGYPTAIR Airlines Technical Research Dept. 1 1
Safety & Emergency Training Section Flight
24 1 1
Operations
25 Cabin Crew Manuals & Publications Dept. 1 1
26 EGYPTAIR Airlines Dispatch Manager (IOCC) 1 1
27 Dispatcher Training Department - 1
28 EGYPTAIR Training Academy 1 1
EGYPTAIR Training Center – Emergency
29 1 1
Department
Airlines Head Of Standardization Flight
30 1 1
Operations Department
Airlines Head Of Standardization Training
31 1 1
Department
The OM-F shall be distributed to:
1- All Cockpit Crew & Dispatcher through Technical Research Department.
2- All Cabin Crew through The official website for EGYPTAIR cabin crew
“EGYPTAIRcrew.com “.
ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEC 2019
Title page
Acceptance form
Distribution list DL
Table of contents TOC
Record of revisions ROR
Record of temporary revisions ROTR
List of effective pages LEP
CHAPTER (1) B737-800
1.1 EGYPTAIR AIRLINES FLEET 1-1
1.2 AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS 1-2
1.3 AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION 1-3
1.4 CONTROL PANELS 1-4
1.5 LIGHTING 1-9
1.6 COMMUNICATION 1-12
1.7 LAVATORIES 1-16
1.8 GALLEYS 1-25
1.9 OXYGEN SYSTEM 1-28
1.10 EMERGENCY EVACUATION SYSTEM 1-29
1.11 DOORS, SLIDES AND EMERGENCY EXITS 1-30
1.12 FLGHT DECK SEAT 1.41
1.13 MISCELLANEOUS 1-42
CHAPTER (2) B777-300 / B787-9
Part 1 B777-300
2.5 CABIN MANAGEMENT (SERVICE) SYSTEM 2-6
2.6 LIGHTING 2-23
2.7 COMMUNICATIONS 2-26
2.8 LAVATORIES 2-36
2.9 GALLEYS 2-43
2.13 CREW REST 2-61
2.14 FLIGHT DECK SEAT 2-79
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEC 2019
Part 2 B787-9
2.5 CABIN SERVICE SYSTEM 2-92
2.6 LIGHTING 2-119
2.8 LAVATORIES 2-130
2.9 GALLEYS 2-139
2.13 CREW REST 2-158
CHAPTER (3) A320 NEO
3.4 CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) 3-4
3.6 LIGHTING 3-18
3.7 WATER AND WASTE 3-24
3.8 OXYGEN 3-30
3.9 DOORS, EXITS AND EVACUATION DEVICES 3-34
CHAPTER (4) BD5001A11-A220-300
4.4 CABIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CMS) AND COMM. 4-4
4.5 LIGHTING 4-14
4.6 LAVATORIES 4-19
4.7 GALLEYS 4-24
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
TOC-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEC 2019
4.11 FLIGHT DECK SEATS 4-37
CHAPTER (5) A330
Part 1 A330-200
5.6 LIGHTING 5-27
5.8 OXYGEN 5-42
5.10 Flight Deck Seat 5-61
Part 2 A330-300
5.6 LIGHTING 5-96
5.8 OXYGEN 5-111
CHAPTER (6) A330-200 P2F
6.2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 6-2
6.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM 6-16
6.6 FIRE PROTECTIONS 6-18
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
TOC-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEC 2019
6.7 OXYGEN 6-22
6.8 DOORS AND EXITS 6-36
6.9 EVACUATION DEVICES 6-44
6.10 SAFETY BARRIER NET & SMOKE CURTAIN 6-52
6.11 FLIGHT CREW REST COMPARTMENT - FCRC 6-53
6.12 PAX PERSONAL ELEC SPLY PB-SW 6-55
6.13 WATER/WASTE 6-57
6.14 COCKPIT 6-53
CHAPTER (7) E170
7.3 AIRCRAFT GENERAL 7-3
7.4 CABIN CREW STATION COMMUNICATION 7-5
7.5 LIGHTING 7-14
7.7 OXYGEN 7-20

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
ROR-1
RECORD OF REVISIONS
DEC 2019
RECORD OF REVISIONS
On receipt of revisions, insert them in sequence following this sheet. Record the
relevant information in the appropriate columns of the RECORD OF REVISIONS
below.
Revisions to this manual will be issued at irregular intervals.
DATE OF EFFECTIVE
REV. NO. INSERTED BY
ISSUE DATE
Retain this sheet until replaced with new issue

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
ROTR-1
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
DEC 2019
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

On receipt of temporary revisions, insert them in sequence following this sheet.
Record the relevant information in the appropriate columns of the RECORD OF
TEMPORARY REVISIONS below. Temporary revisions may be cancelled by
instructions given in revisions to the manual or by the expiry date stated. As
appropriate, enter the revision number or expiry date in the column "Deleted" and
discard the temporary revision.
Temporary Revisions to this Manual will be issued at irregular intervals.

TR. DATE of DELETED
NO. Pages ISSUE
INSERTED BY
EXP OR REV
DELETED BY
Retain this sheet until replaced with new issue

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 1
B737-800
1-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (1) B737-800

1.4.1 B737-800 FWD Attendant Panel 1-5
1.4.2 AFT Attendant Panel 1-6
1.4.3 New B737-800 FWD Attendant Panel 1-7
1.4.4 New B737-800 AFT Attendant Panel 1-8
1.5 LIGHTING 1-9
1.5.1 Emergency Lighting 1-9
1.5.2 Emergency Lighting Control 1-10
1.5.3 Tactile Knob Indicator 1.11
1.6.1 Master Call Lights 1-12
1.6.2 Interphone Directory 1-12
1.6.3 Calls Systems 1-13
1.6.4 Passenger Calls 1-14
1.6.5 Lavatory Calls 1-14
1.6.6 Passenger Address System 1-14
1.6.6.1 Announcement priority 1-14
1.6.6.2 Making PA announcements 1-15
1.7 LAVATORIES 1-16
1.7.1 Lavatories Location 1-16
1.7.2 Lavatory Water System 1-17
1.7.3 Lavatory Waste System 1-18
1.7.4 Water Supply Selector Valve 1-19
1.7.5 Lavatory Smoke Detector 1-21
1.7.6 Lavatory Fire Extinguishing System 1-23
1.7.7 Lavatory Non-Normal Situations 1-24
1.8 GALLEYS 1-25
1.8.1 Galleys Location 1-25
1.8.2 Galley Power 1-26
1.8.3 Galley Water System 1-26
1.8.4 Galley Waste System 1-26
1.8.5 Galley Non-Normal Situations 1-27

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
1-TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
DEC 2019

1.9.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen System 1-28
1.9.2 Flight Deck Oxygen System 1-28
1.11.1 Cabin Entry & Service Doors 1-31
1.11.1.1 Dedicated Assist Space 1-32
1.11.1.2 Red warning flag 1-32
1.11.1.3 Gust Lock Release 1-32
1.11.1.4 Normal Closing From Inside 1-33
1.11.1.5 Normal Opening From Inside 1-33
1.11.1.6 Emergency Opening From Inside 1-33
1.11.1.7 Closing From Outside 1-34
1.11.1.8 Opening From Outside 1-34
1.11.1.9 Evacuation Slides 1-35
1.11.1.10 Main Exits Evacuation Order 1-35
1.11.2 Over Wing Emergency Exit 1-36
1.11.2.1 Over Wing Escape Straps 1-38
1.11.2.2 Over Wing Exit Evacuation Order 1-38
1.11.2.3 Emergency Evacuation Routes 1-39
1.11.3 Flight Deck Window 1-40
1.13.1 Crew Composition 1-42
1.13.2 Crew Positions for Demo 1-43
1.13.3 Emergency Zones 1-44
1.13.4 Evacuation Assignment 1-45
1.13.5 Cabin Emergency Equipment Quantity 1-46
1.13.6 Cabin Emergency Equipment Layout 1-48
1.13.7 Cockpit Emergency Equipment Quantity 1-50
1.13.8 Cockpit Emergency Equipment Layout 1-51

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-1
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.1 EGYPTAIR AIRLINES FLEET
S B737-800 New B737-800

1 SU-GCM SU-GEF
2 SU-GCN SU-GEG
3 SU-GCO SU-GEH
4 SU-GCP SU-GEI
5 SU-GCR SU-GEJ
6 SU-GCS SU-GEK
7 SU-GCZ SU-GEL
8 SU-GDA SU-GEM
9 SU-GDB SU-GEN
10 SU-GDC
11 SU-GDD
12 SU-GDE
13 SU-GDX
14 SU-GDY
15 SU-GDZ
16 SU-GEA
17 SU-GEB
18 SU-GEC
19 SU-GED
20 SU-GEE
Note:
Any Subject (in this chapter) that didn’t specify B737-800 or New B737-800
means it complies with both types

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-2
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.2 AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-3
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.3 AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION
B737-800 New B737-800
Engines CFM 56-7 CFM 56-7
Takeoff weight 79015 kg. 79015 kg.
3136 Statute Miles 3136 Statute Miles

Range
(5425 km.) (5425 km.)
Speed 340 knots 340 knots
Maximum Operating
41000 feet 41000 feet
Altitude
Passenger Seating
144 total (24 B/C , 154 total (16 B/C , 138
Capacity
120 Y/C) Y/C)
Lavatory 3 3
Galleys 3 3
Captain
First Officer Captain
Maximum Crew Up to 6 cabin crew First Officer
Up to 6 cabin crew
Minimum Cabin crew 3 4

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-4
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.4 CONTROL PANELS
FWD attendant
AFT attendant
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-5
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.4.1 B737-800 FWD Attendant Panel
IFE PC outlet
Evacuation Command Switch Horn Shut Off

(Guarded) Switch
Ground
PC Outlet Service
Switch Switch
1 2
CEILING:
Controls the Fwd cabin Ceiling Lights
WINDOW:
Controls the Fwd cabin Window Lights 3
4 5
GROUND SERVICE:
For maintenance use only
WORK:
Turns on Work Light above cabin crew station
Note: FWD galley light switch is installed in the FWD galley with 3 setting (BRT,
DIM & OFF)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-6
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.4.2 AFT Attendant Panel
Clean Check Waste Tank

Sensor Indicator
Portable Water
Indicator Evacuation Command Emergency Exit Light (Guard-
(Guarded) ed)
LAVS INOP. Horn Shut Off
ENTRY:
Controls Entry Lights at the AFT Left Entry
Door Area
2 1
CEILING:
Controls the AFT cabin Ceiling Lights
WINDOW:
Controls the AFT cabin Window Lights
3
 WORK: 4
Turns on Work Light above cabin crew
station
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-7
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.4.3 New B737-800 FWD Attendant Panel
FAP & AAP are same functions except they are soft keys instead of hard keys
 Pushbutton Panel Controls

This is a typical grouping of pushbutton cabin controls.
 Touch Screen
Touch screen controls various functions such as Lighting, Passenger Ser-
vices, Environment, Maintenance and Special Functions. A typical Lighting
menu is depicted.
Note:
To logon FAP or AAP, touch any 2 corners respectively.
FAP (FWD Attendant Panel):

• Lighting: (Different Scenarios, Controls all Cabin Areas).
• Passenger services: IFE/PED (Personal electronic device) are
soft keys.
• Maintenance: (Maintenance personnel only).
Note: EVAC Command switch, horn shutoff switch and ground service switch are
hard keys.
Note: EVAC Command switch is guarded.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-8
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.4.4 New B737-800 AFT Attendant Panel
 Pushbutton Panel Controls

This is a typical grouping of pushbutton cabin controls.
 Touch Screen Touch Screen
Touch screen controls various functions such as Lighting, Passenger Ser-
vices, Environment, Maintenance and Special Functions. A typical Lighting
menu is depicted.
AAP (AFT Attendant panel):
• Lightning: (Different Scenarios, Controls all Cabin Areas).
• Environment:
1. Potable Water indication
2. Vacuum waste indication
3. LAV INOP Soft indication button
4. CLEAN/CHECK sensors soft indication button
Note: Emergency lighting control, EVAC command switch and horn shutoff switch
are hard keys
Note: EVAC command switch and emergency lighting control are guarded.
Note: EVAC command switch Illuminates steady red and the horn sounds when
activated.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-9
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.5 LIGHTING
B737-800
Cabin Lighting The controls for cabin lighting are located on the forward & aft
attendant control panel.
Ceiling Lights controlled by a 5-position switch
Window Lights Controlled by a 3-position switch
Entry Lights Controlled by a 3-position switch
Work Lights Controlled by switches on the Cabin Crew panel located at
each station.
Reading Lights A reading light and control switch is installed for each passenger
seat in the PSU.
Lavatories are illuminated by fluorescent lighting. With the air-
plane on the ground and the ground service bus powered, the
lights illuminate bright regardless of the door position. In flight, the
Lavatory Lights lights illuminate dim when the door is unlocked and bright when
the door is locked.
A switch is installed in the door opening area to manually turn
the lights on bright without the door locked.
Galley Lights
The light switch for the FWD galley is installed in the FWD gal-
ley. The AFT galley is illuminated by an area light.
A light is provided in each coat closet when normal cabin lighting
provides insufficient illumination. Closet lights are controlled by a
Closet Lights micro switch installed in the door. Closet lights illuminate auto-
matically when the door is opened and extinguish when the door
is closed.
-
1.5.1 Emergency Lighting

The emergency lighting system provides direction to exit locations and illumi-
nates the egress paths inside and outside the airplane.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-10
B737-800
DEC 2019
Integral Slide Emergency Exit Signs

Lighting Located in the FWD
and AFT lowered
ceiling, in the center
of the passenger
cabin above the
over wing escape
hatches, and above
each entry & service
door,
Exterior
Emergency
Lighting
Aisle Lights
Exit Locator Signs

Located in the pas-
senger cabin ceiling
Escape Path Light Pho-

to luminescent emergency es-
cape path lighting is installed
on the floor along both sides of
the aisle way.
1.5.2 Emergency Lighting Control

The system is normally controlled by a switch on the flight deck and is placed in the
ARMED position prior to flight. In this position, all interior and exterior emergency
lights illuminate automatically if there is a total loss of electrical power.
The pilot can illuminate the emergency lights at any time by placing the flight deck
emergency lights switch to ON.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-11
B737-800
DEC 2019
The emergency lighting switch located on the attendant panel at the AFT entry door
(For both types) can be used to bypass the flight deck switch and illuminate the
emergency lights, regardless of the position of the flight deck switch.
This switch on the AFT attendant's panel has two posi-

tions, NORMAL and ON, and is guarded to the NORMAL
position.
1.5.3 Tactile Knob Indicator

Tactile knob indicators are raised buttons located un-
der the stowage bins at the over wing exits. In a
cabin with low visibility, the tactile knobs indicate by
feel, that you are at the over wing exit.
Note:
Not applicable on New B737-800
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-12
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.6 COMMUNICATION
1.6.1 Master Call Lights B737-800

A master call light panel is in-
stalled in the forward and aft
ceiling of the passenger com-
partment.
Crew call PAX call LAV call
Master Call Lights in the passenger cabin identify "the source of incoming calls to
the cabin crew.
1.6.2 Interphone Directory

The cabin interphone calls are initiated by
removing the handset (3 handsets) from the
handset cradle and dialing the code for the
desired location or type of call. It is not nec-
essary to use the “Push To Talk” switch
when making an interphone call.
To extinguish the pink light in the

master call light
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-13
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.6.3 Calls Systems
Public Address Dial No. 8
- Dial No. 2
- A single hi-tone chime sound in the flight deck
- A call light in the ACP (Audio Control Panel)
which is Located in the AFT electronic panel
Cabin crew To Cockpit
(Pedestal).
(Normal Call)
Note: When a cabin crew to pilot call is made
there will be indication on the master call panel.
- Dial No. 2 three times

- Chimes sound in the flight deck,
Cabin crew To Cockpit
- A call light in the ACP (Audio Control Panel)
(Emergency Call) which is Located in the AFT electronic panel
(Pedestal).
- A HI/LO chime
- Pink call light will illuminate in the cabin.
Cockpit To Cabin crew
Note: When the receiving handset is removed
from the cradle, the pink interphone crew light
will turn off,
- Dial No. 5 twice

- A HI/LO chime
Cabin To Cabin crew
The pink station cabin interphone crew call light
illuminates.
- Dial No. 8
Make Announcement - Hold the Push-To-Talk button down while
Passenger Address (PA) speaking into the microphone.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-14
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.6.4 Passenger Calls

- There are 2 attendant call switches
and call lights installed at each
PSU.
- Blue Passenger Call light illuminates
at the respective master call light.
- A single HI chime at the asso-
ciated cabin crew station.
Note: Passenger call light is reset at PSU.
1.6.5 Lavatory Calls

Pushing the ATTENDANT CALL button
- Will illuminate the lavatory call light/reset button located on the
outside wall of the calling lavatory
- Illuminate the amber lavatory call light at the associated FWD
or AFT master call light.
- A single HI chime will sound at the associated c a b i n c r e w
station.
1.6.6 Passenger Address System

The passenger address (PA) system is used for making flight
deck, cabin crew, and prerecorded announcements to the pas-
senger cabin. Entertainment audio and boarding music can
also be sent
through the PA system. Cabin crew can make PA announcements using the
cabin interphone handsets on B737-800.
1.6.6.1 Announcement priority
Flight deck
Cabin crew
Prerecorded announcement
Boarding music
A higher priority announcement overrides a lower priority announcement.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-15
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.6.6.2 Making PA announcements

To make a Passenger Address Announcement:
• Remove handset from the cradle

• Enter the number 8 on the handset
• Push the PTT switch
• Make the announcement.
If an announcement is already in progress and has a higher priority, the
lower priority systems will be paused (prerecorded announcements,
boarding music, and entertainment audio/video) or overridden.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-16
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7 LAVATORIES
1.7.1 Lavatories Location
B737-800 has 3 lavatories
LAV. (A)
D H
B737-800
Not Applicable On New B737-800
D Baby Care Station

(Diaper Changing Table)
H Handicapped Access
LAV. (D) LAV. (E)
D H D H
B737-800 B737-800
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-17
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7.2 Lavatory Water System

• The potable water system is supplied from one tank located beneath the
cabin floor.
• Potable water is supplied to the lavato-
ry sinks, galleys, and the toilet flush
system. Water Heater
• The tanks are normally pressurized
with air from the airplane’s bleed air Water Heater
system.
• When pressurized air from the air-
plane’s bleed air system is not availa- Temperature
ble alternate pressurization is auto- Control Switch
matically provided from an electrically
driven air compressor.
• Water is not available while the tanks
are being serviced.
• Hot and cold water is available in the
lavatories.
• The water heater is located below the
lavatory sink and has three selectable
temperatures:
o Low (approximately 105 degrees F)
o Medium (approximately 115 degrees F)
o High (approximately 125 degrees F).
• An amber indicator light located near the top of the heater is illuminated
when the power switch is on and the heater is operating normally. An
ON/OFF switch is located next to the amber light.
Water quantity indicator is located on the AFT attendant panel.
Continuously displays
amount of potable
water remaining in the
tank
On New B737-800 a water quantity &
the waste can be checked by selecting
the "environment" soft key which is located
on the AFT attendant panel. Quantity Indicator
Quantity Indicator
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-18
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7.3 Lavatory Waste System

• Waste water from the lavatory sinks is drained over- Quantity Indicator
board through heated drain masts. Continuously displays
• Toilet waste is flushed into a holding tank located in the amount of potable water
remaining in the tank
bulk cargo area.
• Below 16,000 feet, the waste system uses a vacuum to
collect the waste material and deposit it in the tanks.
• Above 16,000 feet, the pressure difference between the
cabin and outside pressure moves the waste from the toi-
lets to the tanks.
• Pushing the flush button on the toilet activates the flush
cycle.
• A flush cycle uses water from the potable water system,
and lasts approximately seven seconds.
• Once the flush button is pushed, there is an automatic
15-second delay for a system reset before the next flush
cycle can be initiated. This conserves water by .
preventing consecutive flushes if the flush button is repeatedly pushed.
• There are two sensors attached to the upper part of the waste tank. Both sen-
sors must signal that the waste tank is full before the flush capability is
deactivated.
• If a sensor fails, it signals that the tank is full.
• There is also a sensor in each waste tank drain line. It provides data to the
WASTE SYSTEM indicator on the AFT attendant panel on the amount of waste
in the waste tank.
• Waste tank quantity status can be verified on the attendant panel at the AFT
cabin crew station.
• In the event the waste tank becomes full, the LAVS INOP light will illuminate and
all lavatory toilets will be inoperative.
• The CLEAN CHECK SENSOR light will illuminate if a sensor fails or is fouled,
indicating system maintenance is required. The waste system is still operational
when the CLEAN CHECK SENSOR light is illuminated.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-19
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7.4 Water Supply Selector Valve

• Each lavatory has a WATER SUPPLY selector VALVE. Located in the cabinet
below the sink.
• Normal operating position. When the water system is depressurized, all lavato-
ries except “A” will drain. In this lavatory, the drain valve must be opened to
drain the lavatory.
• The WATER SUPPLY selector VALVE has four positions:
- SUPPLY ON: water is supplied to the lavatory.
- FAUCET ONLY: water is supplied to the sink, but not to the toilet
- TOILET ONLY: water is supplied to the toilet, but not to the sink
- OFF: No water is supplied to the lavatory.
Note: In the OPEN position, the drain valve allows the water to drain from all the
FWD lavatory and galley supply lines. In the CLOSE position, the water
from the supply lines flows to the lavatory and galley components and
does not flow overboard.
• If the flush valve remains in the open position, cabin pressure escapes through
the vacuum waste system.
• A loud continuous vacuum flush noise coming from the toilet is caused by the
flush valve sticking in the open position.
• The Drain Valve should always be in the CLOSE position
• If positioned to OPEN, the potable water will be drained from the forward lava-
tory and galley supply lines.
Drain Valve Handle (red)

Located in FWD lavatory only.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-20
B737-800
DEC 2019
New B737-800
• Drain valve moved out of LAV A to Galley 1 behind a half trolley under the wa-
ter boiler.
• Extra Drain valve at galley 4B located under boilers.
• Flush shutoff valve black handle located under the wash basin to be pulled out
to stop continuous flush.
• The light toggle maintenance switch to turn the lights ON/OFF 100% while the
LAV door is open is located behind the mirror (1).
• The flush shut off valve is located under the wash basin (2).
(1) (2)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-21
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7.5 Lavatory Smoke Detector

• A smoke detector is mounted in each lavatory ceiling.
• When activated, a horn sounds in the smoke detector and the red Alarm Indi-
cator Light illuminates on the smoke detector.
• Once the smoke clears, the red Alarm Indicator Light extinguishes, the horn
stops, and the smoke detector is sensitive to smoke again.
2
3
Some of B737-800
 Power Indicator Light (green) Illuminated – unit is operating.
 Interrupt Switch PRESS & HOLD – Silences alarm
Alarm Indicator Light (red) Illuminated – smoke is detected.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-22
B737-800
DEC 2019
Some of B737-800
Status Indicator Light

Illuminated (green)
• steady - smoke detector has power and is operating properly
• blinking - maintenance is required
Illuminated (red)
• steady - smoke has been detected
• blinking - detector has failed
Self-Test Switch Push

• Alarm horn sounds
• Status indicator light illuminates red
• External horn sounds
Horn Cancel Switch Push

• Alarm horn is silenced
Note: When the Cancel switch is released and smoke is not sensed for 30 seconds,
the smoke detector is automatically reset.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-23
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7.6 Lavatory Fire Extinguishing System

• An automatic fire extinguishing system is located beneath the sink in each lava-
tory.
• A fire extinguisher discharges a halon vapor through either one or both heat-
activated nozzles.
• Both nozzles discharge toward the waste disposal container.
• A temperature indicator is located inside the waste compartment below each
sink. Grey dots on the indicator turn black when exposed to high temperatures.
If any dot has turned black, the extinguisher may have discharged.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-24
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.7.7 Lavatory Non-Normal Situations
Lavatory Sink Water Faucet Fails to Shut Off

If the sink water faucet buttons do not shut off the running water, the water system
for the sink must be shut off. Turn the WATER SUPPLY selector VALVE, located in
the cabinet under the sink to the SHUT OFF position.
Toilet Flooding
If a toilet floods due to the water rinse valve sticking open after flushing, immediate-
ly flush the toilet to evacuate excess water from the toilet bowl. If the water is still
flowing, shut off the water for that toilet. Turn the water supply selector valve to
the FAUCET or SHUT OFF position.
Toilet Flush System Blockages

Blockages can occur if large objects are flushed down the toilet. Items which com-
monly cause blockages are diapers, hand towels, cups, and large quantities of toilet
paper.
Toilet Flush Valve Fails to Reset

A loud continuous air noise or sucking noise coming from the toilet is caused by the
flush valve sticking in the open position. Close the toilet lid and pull the manual
shutoff handle located at the base of the toilet out. This closes the flush valve and
stops the noise. Placard the lavatory as inoperative.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-25
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.8 GALLEYS
1.8.1 Galleys Location
B737-800 has 3 galleys
Galley No (1)
Galley No (2)
Galley No (4B)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-26
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.8.2 Galley Power

Galleys are equipped with electrical power. The power for the galleys is available
only if the galley power switch in the flight deck is ON. In flight, with the loss of one
or more generators, galley electrical power is automatically shut off.
Note: On New B737-800

• Galley electric switches are push buttons instead of toggle switches.
• Ovens operation is the same as in B773 and A333.
New B737-800
1.8.3 Galley Water System
Galley water is supplied from one water tank. The tank
is normally pressurized from the airplane bleed air sys-
tem. When bleed air pressure is not available, alternate
pressurization is automatically provided by an electri-
cally driven air compressor. Water is not available
while the tank is being serviced.
Each galley that has potable water is equipped with a WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE,
positioning the WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE to OFF turns off water to that galley.
1.8.4 Galley Waste System

Galley sink waste water is drained overboard through heated drain masts. Do not
dispose of solid waste materials (coffee grounds, tea bags, fruit pulp, and so on) in
the sink. Put solid waste material in the galley waste containers.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-27
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.8.5 Galley Non-Normal Situations
Galley Sink Drain Blockages

To prevent sink drain blockages, do not put solid waste in the sink drain. Do not
remove the sink drain strainer. Put solid waste in the waste containers. Mixtures of
milk and wine can curdle and create drain blockage. When disposing of milk and
wine, pour them separately into the sink, diluting each with an equal amount of
water to flush the system. If a sink drain is blocked, or drainage is slow, no more
fluids should be poured into the sink. Dispose of fluids in another galley sink.
Galley Water Fails to Shut Off

If the water cannot be turned off in any of the galley fixtures, such as the sink water
faucet, coffee maker, water boiler, and so on, the water system for that galley must
be shut off. Position the galley WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE to OFF.
Galley Electrical Smoke / Fire

In case of an electrical smoke / fire has been occurred in a galley, notify the PIC, Iso-
late the power before using the extinguisher.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-28
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.9 OXYGEN SYSTEM
1.9.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen System

• The passenger oxygen system is supplied by individual chemical oxygen
generators.
• Four passenger oxygen masks and one chemical oxygen generator is located
above the passenger seats in each passenger service unit (PSU).
• Oxygen flows from a PSU generator when any mask hanging from that PSU
is pulled. An in-line flow indicator confirms that oxygen is flowing to each oxy-
gen mask.
• The masks automatically drop from the PSUs if cabin altitude exceeds ap-
proximately 14,000 feet.
• The passenger masks can be manually deployed from the flight deck.
• Oxygen flows for approximately 12 minutes and cannot be shutoff.
• If the masks fail to drop from a PSU, the cover of the oxygen compartment
can be opened manually by releasing the door latch. The latch can be
opened by inserting a hair pin or a thin rod into the hole of the compartment
cover.
• Each cabin crew station and the lavatories are equipped with 2 masks and a
generator and operate the same as the passenger oxygen system.
WARNING: Do not attempt to re-stow the masks
Note: On New B737/800 in case of decompression

100%lights automatically.
IFE system frozen.
Fasten seat belts automatically illuminates.
Decompression audio Announcement through the cabin speakers and passengers
headphone.
1.9.2 Flight Deck Oxygen System

• N or 100% O2 Flow
• Demand or Continuous Flow
• Goggle/Full-Face Smoke Clearance
• Integral Microphones
• A diluted demand oxygen system supplies the flight crew with oxygen.
• It includes an oxygen mask with an integral pneumatic harness at each crew
station….gaseous oxygen is supplied from a high pressure cylinder.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-29
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.10 EMERGENCY EVACUATION SYSTEM

The emergency evacuation signal system alerts the cabin crew to evacuate the
passenger cabin. An emergency evacuation signal command switch is located on
the flight deck, FWD & AFT cabin crew panels.
The cabin crew station EVAC command switch is guarded to prevent inadvertent
operation. Actuation of the switch:
 Activates flashing amber light and
 A pulsating audio signal on the flight deck emergency evacuation panel and all
Cabin Crew panels
The emergency evacuation signal can only be reset/turned off from the station that
originated the signal.
1
2
1 Evacuation (EVAC) Light Il- 3
luminated (red) G Flashes when
any activation switch is moved to 4
the ON position
2 Activation Switch Cockpit Panel
OFF G (guarded position) deactivates Cabin Crew EMER EVAC switch t o initiate
evacuation signals.
Note: while the switch is in OFF position and the evacuation is initiated from the
cabin only the flight deck will be alerted with the evacuation signal
ARM G (guarded position) allows AFT Cabin Crew EMER EVAC switch to initiate
evacuation signal.
ON G activates evacuation signal at all locations.
3 Horn Cutout
1
PUSH G silences the horn at that panel only.
4 Horn
Sounds when any activation switch is moved to ON 2 3
1 Evacuation (EVAC) Light

Illuminated (amber) G Flashes when any activation switch is
moved to the ON position
2 Activation Switch
Activates evacuation signal at all locations if the switch in the
cockpit in ARM position. Cabin Panel
3 Horn Cutout
PUSH G silences the horn at that panel only.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-30
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11 DOORS, SLIDES AND EMERGENCY EXITS
4 type (I) entry & service doors (2 on each side)
4 types (III) over wing exit

(2 on each side)
2 Sliding window:
Pilot’s number two window can be
open from inside only.
First officer’s number two window
can be open from inside & outside
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-31
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.1 Cabin Entry & Service Doors
Viewing Window
Red Warning Flag

must be: Door Operating Han-
Across window dle
when slide is en-
gaged. (ARMED)
And must be
straight when slide
is not engaged
(Disarmed)
Assist Handle
Slide
Pressure
Gauge Slide
Assist Handle
Girt Bar
Stowage Hooks
Floor Brackets
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-32
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.1.1 Dedicated Assist Space

Near each entry door is a dedicated assist space. The dedicated assist space is
located between the cabin crew station and the door sill. During an emergency
evacuation it is important that the cabin crew grasp the assist handle and place
themselves in the dedicated assist space to ensure that they are not blocking the
exit in any way.
1.11.1.2 Red warning flag

A red warning flag is installed next to the viewing win-
dow in each entry door. In the warning position, the flag
is clearly visible to anyone looking in the window from
outside the airplane. This is a visual warning that the
girt bar has been attached to the floor brackets and the
slide will automatically deploy when the door is opened.
WARNING: In a non-emergency situation, opening

the door from the inside or outside with the door slide armed will au-
tomatically inflate the slide and cause injury or death to the per-
son(s) standing outside the door.
1.11.1.3 Gust Lock Release

The door is held open by a gust lock. In
order to close the door, press down on the
gust lock release button until it is en-
gaged.
Note: Door Pre-Flight Check

1. Ensure red warning flag is secured above viewing window.
2. Slide pressure gauge is in green zone.
3. Girt bar stowed on slide housing.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-33
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.1.4 Normal Closing From Inside

• Ensure door area, both interior and exterior, is free of obstruction and safety
strap is stowed
• Press down on the door lock release latch
• Grasp the assist handle on the door with one hand and the assist handle on
the inside of the airplane, located beside the door, with the other hand
• Pull the door toward you
• The door will lift off the body and enter the cabin
WARNING: The forward doors will move into the cabin with significant speed
and force.
• When the door has reached its most inboard point, grasp the door operating
handle and continue to rotate 180 degrees until door is closed and locked.
• As required, engage girt bar and set warning flag to the armed position.
1.11.1.5 Normal Opening From Inside

• Ensure girt bar is disengaged from floor brackets and stowed
• Position girt bar warning flag to its unarmed position
• Rotate the door operating handle 180 degrees in the direction of the arrow (to
OPEN). The door will swing inboard
• Grasp the assist handle on the door with one hand and the assist handle on
the inside of the airplane, located beside the door, with the other hand
• Push the door to the full open position
• Ensure the mechanical latch locks the door open.
1.11.1.6 Emergency Opening From Inside

Rotating the door handle fully aft (to OPEN) and opening the door with the girt bar
fastened to the floor brackets automatically deploys and inflates the slide. In certain
adverse airplane attitudes, direct two able-bodied passengers to assist in pushing
the door out and forward to the open position.
To open the door and deploy the slide:
• Assess the escape route conditions
• Observe cabin interior and airplane exterior conditions to identify usable
escape exits
• Ensure the airplane has stopped and the engines are shut down
• Verify the girt bar is fastened to the floor brackets
• Rotate the door handle and open the door.
If the slide does not inflate:

• Pull the manual inflation handle located on the right side of the slide near the
doorsill.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-34
B737-800
DEC 2019
WARNING: If the slide does not inflate after both automatic and manual attempts
do not use, direct passengers to another exit If an inflated slide de-
flates:
• It may be used as an apron slide
• Direct two able-bodied passengers to climb down the slide using it as a rope
• Direct the two passengers to then use the hand-holds provided on the sides of
the slide to hold it taut while the remaining passengers exit one at a time.
1.11.1.7 Closing From Outside

• Press down on the door lock release latch
• Grasp the door and pull to begin rotation
• The door will lift off the body and enter the cabin.
WARNING: The forward doors will move into the cabin with significant speed
and force.
• When the door has reached its most inboard point, grasp the exterior handle
and pull it out from its recess
• Rotate handle until door is closed and locked.
WARNING: Keep hands and fingers clear of door edges while closing the
door.
WARNING: Door outside handle is spring loaded to retract into the recess.
Releases handle carefully to avoid pinching fingers.
WARNING: The inside door handle rotates as the outside handle is rotated.
Rotate the outside handle slowly to avoid rapid or unexpected
movement of the inside door handle, which could injure personnel
inside the airplane.
1.11.1.8 Opening From Outside

• Check for red girt bar warning flag
• If flag is not visible, rotate the door handle (rotating the handle fully unlocks
and unlatches the door) to allow the door to come to its full inboard position.
• Release and stow the exterior handle
• Pull the aft edge of the door out to the full open position (this engages the door
lock).
WARNING: The inside door handle rotates as the outside handle is rotated.
Rotate the outside handle slowly to avoid rapid or unexpected
movement of the inside door handle, which could injure personnel
inside the airplane.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-35
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.1.9 Evacuation Slides

• Evacuation slides (single lane slide) are in-
stalled in each entry & service door.
• Before taxi, the girt bar is removed from the
Girt Bar In
hooks and fastened to the brackets located on floor
the floor of the airplane. brackets
• The girt bar should remain fastened to the
brackets for the duration of the flight and not
be removed until the airplane has come to a
complete stop.
• When the girt bar is in the floor brackets, and
the door is opened, tension on the girt bar
causes the compartment latch to separate, al-
lowing the compartment to open and the slide
to deploy.
• Inflation of the slide takes approximately five
seconds.
• If the slide fails to inflate automatically, a
manual inflation handle can be pulled to in-
flate the slide. If the slide still fails to inflate, it Manual
is not usable. If an inflated slide deflates, it Floor Inflation
may be used as an apron slide. Bracket Handle
WARNING: Do not attempt to deploy the slide without inflation.
• The escape slides are not certified as life Detachment

rafts, but may be used in a ditching situation Handle
as flotation devices. (under flap)
• To release the slide from the airplane, lift flap
and pull handle. The slide remains attac hed
to the airplane by a mooring line, until auto-
matically or manually separated. The mooring
line automatically separates to prevent dam-
age to the slide if the airplane sinks.
1.11.1.10 Main Exits Evacuation Order
Land Evacuation Main Door
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE, JUMP
AND SLIDE”
Ditching Main Doors
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE
INFLATE LIFE JACKET JUMP INTO WATER, SWIM AWAY”
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-36
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.2 Over Wing Emergency Exit

1
• There are four Type III over wing emergency
exits located in the passenger cabin over the
wings, two on each side of the fuselage.
• The over wing emergency exits
can be opened from either the in-
side or the outside of the airplane
using a spring loaded handle lo-
cated at the top of the door.
• For safety reasons, the exits are
automatically locked by a 28 Volt
DC flight lock system. 2
• The flight lock system is designed
to ensure that the flight lock will
automatically lock during takeoff, in-flight
and landing; and unlock on the ground to allow for opening of the exit in emer-
gency situations.
WARNING: If the flight crew receives a door annunciation indicating an over
wing emergency exit is not locked, C/C should not attempt to po-
sition the door handle closed.
 Interior Handle
To open door: 3
- Pull handle down and inward
- Release the handle
- Door opens out and up automat-
ically.
 Closing Red Strap

- If it is necessary to close the
over wing exit, pull on the red
strap.
 Exterior Over wing Emergency

Exit Push Panel
To open door:
- Hold knee against lower portion
of door Exterior Placards
- Push in panel
- Door opens out and up automatically.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-37
B737-800
DEC 2019
Tactile Indicators
There are two tactile indicators located on
the stowage compartment above each over
wing emergency exit. These indicators ena-
ble the C/C and PAX. To locate the over
wing exits in low visibility.
Note: (For New B737-800 Only)
Over wing Emergency exits:

Located at rows 26 & 27 RHS and LHS and no tactile indicators.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-38
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.2.1 Over Wing Escape Straps

• Escape slides are not installed at the over wing exits
• Escape straps are installed in the upper forward portion of the aft exit.
• The over wing emergency exits must be opened to expose the straps.
• One end of the strap is attached to the door frame.
• The remainder is stowed in a tube extending into the cabin ceiling.
• To use, the strap is pulled free from its stowage and attached to a ring on
the top surface of the wing.
• In a ditching situation, the escape strap can be used as a hand hold for
passengers to walk out on the wing.
1.11.2.2 Over Wing Exit Evacuation Order
Land Evacuation Over Wing Exit

“OPEN SEAT BELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE, STEP
THROUGH GO MOVE”
Ditching Over Wing Exit
“OPEN SEAT BELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE, STEP
THROUGH, INFLATE LIFE JACKET, JUMP INTO WATER, FROM
LEADING EDGE, SWIM AWAY”
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-39
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.2.3 Emergency Evacuation Routes

Ditching studies for the B737 indicate that with an AFT center of gravity and high
gross weight, the AFT doors will be just below the water level. Opening the AFT
doors would seriously degrade the floatation characteristics of the airplane and
therefore, it is imperative that the aft doors NOT be opened during a ditching.
Flight deck crew members may evacuate the airplane through two sliding flight
deck windows.
On land Ditching
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-40
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.11.3 Flight Deck Window

• The flight deck number two windows can be opened on
the ground and can be used for emergency evacuation.
• To open either window, depress the trigger and turn the
handle back and inboard.
• After the window moves inboard, move it back until it
locks in the open position.
• To close the window, it must first be unlocked. Pull for-
ward on the latch mechanism rod to unlock the window.
Depress the trigger and move the window forward until
the handle can be turned forward and outboard. When the
trigger is released, the window latches.
• Both pilot’s number two windows can be opened from in-
side the airplane but the first officer’s window only can
be open from outside & inside.
Emergency Escape Rope
Stowed in a marked Remove escape rope Green „knot‟ indicates

container above each rope has been
pilot seat completely extended
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-41
B737-800
DEC 2019
Flight Deck Window Emergency Egress

If the flight deck number two windows
must be used for emergency evacuation:
• Open the window
• Open the escape strap compartment
(above and aft of window)
• Pull on the escape strap to ensure it is
securely attached
• Throw the strap out the window
• Sit on the window sill with upper body
outside
• Exit in accordance with the following
illustration “Ensure the escape strap is
securely fastened to the airplane”.
WARNING: Ensure the escape strap is securely fastened to the airplane.
1.12 FLIGHT DECK SEAT Vertical

Handle
Locking Lever RHS Horizontal Handle RHS Recline Handle LHS LHS
Note: The F/O’s seat is identical to the captain’s seat, except that the controls
are on the opposite.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-42
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13 MISCELLANEOUS
1.13.1 Crew Composition
Crewmembers Position for Take-Off / Landing
* The Minimum C/C for safety is “3”

* The Minimum C/C for safety is “4” for New B737-800
The C/C Numerical Order is based on the minimum number of C/C for safety.
C/C above the minimum crew for safety shall take positions according to the indi-
cated numerical order. If minimum cabin crew, 2R replaces 1R.
1 1L 1R 4
AA
* *on new B737-800
5 6
2 2L AA AA
2R 3
* *
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-43
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.2 Crew Positions for Demo

Safety demo is videotaped, should video fail, Purser will make the demo
announcement while C/C performs the demo in the indicated position.
PURSER
1R
2L 1R
2R 2L
2R
Manual Demo Safety Film Running Observation

If minimum cabin crew on old If minimum cabin crew on old
B737-800, 2R replaces 1R B737-800, purser replaces 1R
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-44
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.3 Emergency Zones
• Emergency zone responsibility is based on the minimum number of C/C for

safety.
• The duties of C/C above the minimum number for safety shall be assigned,
according to the numerical order, basically to cover the main exits.
The A/C is divided into 2 zones:
Zone one: Starts from FWD of A/C till row No. 27.
Zone two: Starts from row No. 28 till the end of the A/C.
1L 1R on new B737-800
2L 2R
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-45
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.4 Evacuation Assignment
1L 1R
DOOR/SLIDE DOOR/SLIDE
Megaphone First Aid Kit
Flash Light Flash Light
Door opening/slide and

emergency equipment re-
moval responsibility follow-
ing emergency land-
ing/ditching
2L 2R
Megaphone First Aid Kit
Flash Light ELT
Flash Light
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-46
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.5 Cabin Emergency Equipment Quantity
(2) Fire Extinguisher (1) Fire Extinguisher (6) O2 Kit

(Halon) (Water) (O2 Bottle + O2 Mask
I S
(6) Cabin crew (144) Pax Life (14) Infant Life (10) Extra Adult
Life Jacket Jacket Jacket Life Jacket
(4) Protective Breathing (3) First Aid (1) Medical Kit (1) Automated
Equipment (Smoke Hood) Kit External Defibrillator
(2) ELT (6) Flash Light (3) Demo Kit (5) Extension (3) Baby
+ {Life vest + O2 mask Seat Belt Bassinet
+Seat belt+Safety Card}
(1) Fixed ELT
(1) Aisle Wheel Chair (2) Megaphone (4) EXIT Path with (4) EXIT Path with
Escape Slide Escape Strap
(2) Precaution Kit + (1) Body Bag
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-47
B737-800
DEC 2019
New B737-800

(Halon) (Water) (O2 Bottle + O2 Mask)
I S
Life Jacket Jacket Jacket Life Jacket
(1) ELT + (1) Fixed (6) Flash Light (3) Demo Kit (5) Extension (3) Baby
ELT {Life vest + O2 mask Seat Belt Bassinet
+Seat belt+Safety
Card}
(1) Aisle Wheel Chair (2) Megaphone (4) EXIT Path with (4) EXIT Path with
Escape Slide Escape Strap
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-48
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.6 Cabin Emergency Equipment Layout
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-49
B737-800
DEC 2019
New B737-800
Notes:
- Switlik Life Vest AV-200.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-50
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.7 Cockpit Emergency Equipment Quantity
(1) Fire Extinguisher (1) Protective Breathing

(Halon) Equipment (Smoke Hood) (3) Crew
Life Jacket
(2) EXIT Path with

(1) Crash Axe (3) Oxygen Mask Escape Strap
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 1 1-51
B737-800
DEC 2019
1.13.8 Cockpit Emergency Equipment Layout
At Each Crew Position
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 2
B777-300 / B787-9
2-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (2) B777-300 / B787-9

Part 1 B777-300
2.3.1 Medical Power Outlets 2-3
2.4.1 Attendant Switch Panels (ASP) 2-4
2.5 CABIN MANAGEMENT (SERVICE) SYSTEM 2-6
2.5.1 Lighting Menu 2-8
2.5.1.1 Cabin lighting 2-8
2.5.1.2 Entry Way & Cross Aisle Lights 2-9
2.5.1.3 Reading lights 2-9
2.5.2 Service Call/ Chime Menu 2-10
2.5.2.1 Service call 2-10
2.5.2.2 Area chime control 2-10
2.5.2.3 Seat chime control 2-11
2.5.3 Cabin Temperature 2-12
2.5.4 Water/Waste Tank Status Menu 2-13
2.5.4.1 Lavatory/waste tank status 2-13
2.5.4.2 Potable water 2-14
2.5.5 Passenger Address 2-15
2.5.6 Cabin Door Status 2-15
2.5.7 Display Controls 2.16
2.5.8 Special Function Menu 2.16
2.5.9 Alert Message 2-17
2.5.9.1 Smoke Detected Window 2-17
2.5.9.2 Cabin Temperature Lockout 2-18
2.5.9.3 Water/Waste Tank 2-18
2.5.9.4 Low Potable Water 2-18
2.5.9.5 Cabin Interphone Failure 2-19
2.5.9.6 Passenger Address Failure 2-19
2.5.10 Function Lockout Message 2-20
2.5.10.1 Decompression 2-20
2.5.10.2 Invalid Data 2-20
2.5.10.3 Reduce Power 2-21

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
2.5.11 Error Message 2-22

2.5.11.1 Row Number Does Not Exist – Not a Valid Entry 2-22
2.5.11.2 Row Not Controlled by This Panel – Not a Valid Entry 2-22
2.5.11.3 Select Row Before Seats – Entry Out of Sequence 2-22
2.6 LIGHTING 2-23
2.6.1 Cabin Lighting 2-23
2.6.2 Reading Lights 2-23
2.6.3 Work Lights 2-23
2.6.4 Closet Lights 2-23
2.6.5 Lavatory Lights 2-23
2.6.6 Galley Lights 2-23
2.6.7 Emergency Lights 2-23
2.6.7.1 Interior Emergency Lights 2-24
2.6.7.2 Exterior Emergency Lights 2-25
2.7.1 Cabin Interphone System 2-26
2.7.1.1 Master Call Light 2-27
2.7.1.2 Call Types 2-28
2.7.1.3 Cabin Interphone System Modes 2-29
2.7.2.1 Passenger Address Priorities 2-30
2.7.2.2 Direct Access Announcements 2-31
2.7.2.3 Passenger Address System Modes 2-31
2.7.3 Passenger Call 2-32
2.7.4 Lavatory Call 2-32
2.7.5 Communication Non-Normal Operations 2-33
2.8 LAVATORIES 2-36
2.8.3 Water Supply Shutoff Valve 2-38
2.8.4 Isolation Drain Valve 2-38
2.9 GALLEYS 2-43

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
2.9.2 Galley Electrical Power 2-44

2.10.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen 2-46
2.10.2 Cockpit Crew Oxygen 2-47
2.12.1 Entry Doors 2-51
2.12.1.1 Dedicated assist space Type A (Applicable on Type C) 2-52
2.12.1.2 Flight lock Type A (Applicable on Type C) 2-52
2.12.1.3 Evacuation Slides 2.52
2.12.1.4 Main Exits Evacuation Order 2-53
2.12.1.5 Raft Capacity 2-53
2.12.1.6 Entry Door Preflight Checks 2-53
2.12.2 Over Wing Emergency Exit Overview 2-54
2.12.2.1 Evacuation Slides (Over wing slide) 2-55
2.12.2.2 Over Wing Manual Inflation Handle 2-57
2.12.2.3 Over Wing Exit Life Line 2-58
2.12.2.4 Over Wing Emergency Exit Evacuation Order 2-58
2.12.2.5 Over Wing Emergency Exit Preflight Checks 2-59
2.12.3 Evacuation Slide/Raft Deployed 2-59
2.13 CREW REST 2-61
2.13.1 Door 5 Upper Crew Rest (OFAR) 2-61
2.13.1.1 Entrance Enclosure 2-62
2.13.1.1.1 Entrance Enclosure Control Panel 2-63
2.13.1.2 Temperature Control System 2-65
2.13.1.3 Evacuation Using Emergency Hatch 2-66
2.13.2 Door 1 Upper Crew Rest (OFCR) 2-70
2.13.2.1.1 Main Control Panel 2-72
2.13.2.2 Main Area Control Panel 2-72
2.13.2.3 Temperature Control System 2-72
2.13.3 Crew Rest Non Normal Situation 2-73
2.13.3.1 Decompression 2-73

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
2.13.3.2 Air Flow Off 2-73

2.13.3.3 Smoke Detected 2-74
2.14.1 Pilot Seat 2-79
Part 2 B787-9
2.4.1 Attendant Switch Panels (ASP) 2-91
2.5 CABIN SERVICE SYSTEM 2-92
2.5.1 Lighting 2-94
2.5.1.1 Cabin Scene Lighting 2-94
2.5.1.2 Entry Ways Scene Lighting 2-97
2.5.1.3 Galley Scene Lighting 2-98
2.5.1.4 Door Lighting 2-99
2.5.1.5 Reading Light by Seat 2-99
2.5.2 Attendant Call 2-100
2.5.2.1 Service Call 2-100
2.5.2.2 Chime Control by Area 2-101
2.5.2.3 Chime Control by Seat 2-102
2.5.3 Temperature 2-103
2.5.3.1 Cabin Temperature 2-103
2.5.3.2 Galley Chillers 2-103
2.5.3.3 Galley Heaters 2-104
2.5.3.4 Heat Reduction 2-104
2.5.4 Dimmable Windows 2-106

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
2.5.4.1 Window Control by Area 2-106

2.5.4.2 Window Status 2-107
2.5.4.3 Window Range by Area 2-107
2.5.5 Water Waste Tank Status 2-108
2.5.5.1 Lav. Sink Waste Tank Status 2-108
2.5.5.2 Potable Water Status 2-109
2.5.6 Additional Status and Control 2-110
2.5.6.1 Cabin Occupants 2-110
2.5.6.2 Door Status 2-111
2.5.6.3 Display Controls 2-111
2.5.7 Pop-up Alert Windows 2-112
2.5.7.1 Smoke Detected Pop-up Window 2-113
2.5.7.2 Waste Tank Full or Inop Pop-up Window 2-114
2.5.7.3 Chiller Failure Pop-up Window 2-114
2.5.7.4 Chiller Temperature Too Warm Pop-up Window 2-115
2.5.7.5 Potable Water Level Empty Pop-up Window 2-116
2.5.7.6 Cabin Too Warm Pop-up Window 2-116
2.5.7.7 Reduced Power Pop-up Window 2-117
2.6 LIGHTING 2-119
2.6.1 Cabin Lighting 2-119
2.6.2 Reading Lights 2-119
2.6.3 Work Lights 2-119
2.6.4 Closet Lights 2-119
2.6.7 Emergency Lights 2-120
2.6.7.1 Interior Emergency Lights 2-121
2.6.7.2 Exterior Emergency Lights 2-122
2.7.1 Cabin Interphone System 2-123
2.7.1.1 Master Call Light 2-124
2.7.1.2 Call Types 2-125
2.7.2.1 Passenger Address Priority 2-127
2.7.3 Passenger Call 2-127
2.7.4 Lavatory Call 2-128

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
2.7.5 Communication Non-Normal Operations 2-128

2.7.5.1 In-flight Entertainment (IFE) System Smoke or Fire 2-128
2.8 LAVATORIES 2-130
2.8.3 Lavatory Water Heater 2-131
2.8.4 Water Shutoff Valve 2-132
2.8.6 Lavatory Flush 2-133
2.8.6.1 Standard Flush 2-133
2.8.6.2 Wheelchair-Accessible Lavatory Flush 2-134
2.8.9 Lavatory Non Normal Operations 2-138
2.9 GALLEYS 2-139
2.9.2 Galley Electrical Power 2-140
2.9.3 Galley Refrigeration Control Panel 2-140
2.9.5 Water Shut Off Valve 2-142
Gray Water Interface Valve (GWIV) and Manual Override
2.9.7 2-143
Switch
2.9.8 Galley Non Normal Operations 2-144
2.10.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen 2-145
2.10.2 Flight Deck Oxygen 2-147
2.12.1 Entry & Service Doors 2-151
2.12.1.1 Entry & Service Doors Preflight Check 2-152
2.12.1.2 Dedicated Assist Space 2-153
2.12.1.3 Flight Lock 2-153
2.12.2 Evacuation slides 2-153
2.12.2.1 Evacuation Order 2-155
2.12.2.2 Raft Capacity 2-155

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019
2.12.3 Flight Deck Overhead Hatch 2-156

2.12.3.1 Flight Deck Emergency Egress 2-156
2.13 CREW REST 2-158
2.13.1 Overhead Flight Attendant Rest OFAR 2-158
2.13.1.1.1 Entrance Enclosure Door Lock 2-159
2.13.1.1.2 Entrance Enclosure Control Panels 2-159
2.13.1.1.2.1 Main Control Panel 2-160
2.13.1.1.2.2 Common Area Control Panel 2-160
2.13.1.1.3 Crew Rest Temperature Control 2-161
2.13.1.2 Bunk Lighting Control Panel 2-162
2.13.1.3 Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment 2-163
Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment Using the
2.13.1.3.1 2-163
Emergency Hatches
2.13.1.3.2 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Main Stairway 2-165
Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Emergency
2.13.1.3.3 2-166
Hatch
2.13.1.4 OFAR Non Normal Situation 2-168
2.13.1.4.1 Decompression 2-168
2.13.1.4.2 Smoke Detected 2-168
2.13.2 Overhead Flight Crew Rest OFCR 2-173
2.13.2.1.1 Entrance Enclosure Door Lock 2-175
2.13.2.1.2 Entrance Enclosure Control Panels 2-175
2.13.2.1.2.1 Main Control Panel 2-175
2.13.2.1.2.2 Common Area Control Panel 2-175
2.13.2.1.3 Crew Rest Temperature Control 2-175
2.13.2.2 Bunk Lighting Control Panel 2-175
2.13.2.3 Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment 2-176
Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment Using the
2.13.2.3.1 2-176
Emergency Hatches
2.13.2.3.2 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Main Stairway 2-177
2.13.2.3.3 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Emergency
2-177
Hatch
2.13.2.4 OFCR Non Normal Situation 2-177
2.13.2.4.1 Decompression 2-177
2.13.2.4.2 Smoke Detected 2-177

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
2-TOC-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
DEC 2019

2.14.1 Pilot Seat 2-178

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-1
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
PART 1 B777-300
S B777-300
1 SU-GDL
2 SU-GDM
3 SU-GDN
4 SU-GDO
5 SU-GDP
6 SU-GDR

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-2
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
64.80 meters
21.53 meters
11
meters
18.54
meters
31.2 meters
73.9 meters

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-3
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
B777-300
GE 90-115B
Engines
115000 pounds of thrust
Takeoff weight 351,535 kilograms
7880
Range
nautical miles
350 knots
Speed
(0.89 mach)
Maximum Operating
43100 feet
Altitude
Passenger Seating 346 total (49 B/C ,
Capacity 297 Y/C)
Lavatory 13
Galleys 9
Captain
First Officer
Crew
2 Observer
Up to 17 cabin crew
Minimum Cabin Crew 7
2.3.1 Medical Power Outlets

Four medical power outlets are located in the passenger cabin.
The outlets are covered with a plug similar to the plugs in the existing cabin
service outlets.
Power to the outlets is controlled by switches on the flight deck.
Note: The outlets provide power on the ground and when airborne.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-4
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.4 CONTROL PANELS
2.4.1 Attendant Switch Panels (ASP) (total 15)

An attendant switch panel is installed at each cabin crew station. The attendant
switch panel (ASP) may be used to:
• Initiate passenger evacuation
• Silence the evacuation horn
• Turn on emergency exit lights
• Test emergency lights
• Turn work lights on or off
• Select the alternate mode for passenger address announcements if the
normal mode fails
• Select the alternate mode for cabin interphone operations if the normal
mode fails.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-5
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Door 2L
EVAC
EVAC HORN WORK WORK PA CI GROUND EMER EMER ACC

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT 1 LIGHT 2 NORM/ALT NORM/ALT SERVICE LIGHTS / TST LIGHTS JACK
Door 5R
EVAC OFF
EVAC HORN WORK OFF OVER RIDE FAULT EMER ACC

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT 1 WATER SYSTEM LIGHTS / TST JACK
Door 1R, 2R, 3L/R, 4L/R

EVAC
EVAC HORN WORK WORK ACC

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT 1 LIGHT 2 JACK
Door 1L (FWD Attendant Station) , 5L

EVAC
EVAC HORN WORK ACC

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT JACK
Door 1L (AFT Attendant Station) , 5R
WORK
LIGHT
Door 1 (Center) , 5 (Center)
WORK
LIGHT

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-6
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5 CABIN MANAGEMENT (SERVICE) SYSTEM
The Cabin Management System (CMS) on B777-300 is a computerized system

designed to control cabin services. Cabin Crew use the Cabin System Control
Panel (CSCP) or a Cabin Area Control Panel (CACP) to operate the CMS.
Each aircraft has one CSCP and two CACPs. Both the CSCP and CACPs have
touched sensitive displays that enable the user to select all functions.
The CSCP is near the following locations:

• The door 2L attendant station
The CACP’s are near the following locations:

• the door 1L attendant station
• the door 5R attendant station
The CSCP is located near door 2 left. It has two main functions:
• Cabin Controls
• Cabin Maintenance

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-7
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
CABIN SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
CABIN CONTROLS
CABIN MAINTENANCE
CABIN SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
LIGHTING PASSENGER ADDRESS
SERVICE CALL/CHIME CABIN DOOR STATUS

CONTROL
CABIN TEMPERATURE DISPLAY CONTROLS
WATER/WASTE TANK
STATUS
SPECIAL FUNCTION

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-8
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.1 Lighting Menu
2.5.1.1 Cabin lighting

MAIN PREVIOUS CABIN LIGHTING
The default settings are: MENU MENU
- CSCP 2L – B/C
- CACP 1L – B/C  ECONOMY CLASS FWD 
- CACP 5R - ALL Y/C
CURRENT SCENE: Area Lights ON HOLD RESUME
SCENE SCENE
NIGHT – 15 MINUTES TRANSITION

WAKE UP – 15 MINUTES TRANSITION
 START
SCENE
NIGHT
LOW
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH

Lighting Scenes
All Areas Business Area
(Non-Colored) (Colored)
lighting from NIGHT to
Night lighting from current scene Sunrise WAKE-UP to ease effects
15 min. to NIGHT over a period of 10 min. of waking in an unfamiliar
transition approx. 15 min. transitions environment over a period
of 10 min
to a lighting scene similar
transition lighting from
Breakfast to that of a sunny
Wake-Up current scene to MEDIUM
2 min. breakfast light as an
15 min. over a period of approx. 15
transitions indication that meal
minutes
service is about to begin
Ceiling lights and sidewall Relaxation to a lighting scene that
Night lights are off, night lights 2 min. provides a calming
are on transitions atmosphere
to a lighting scene similar
Ceiling & sidewall lights Dining
to that of candle light as
Low are approximately 31% 2 min.
an indication that meal
illumination transitions
service is about to begin
Ceiling lights are
Sunset current lighting scene to
approximately 31%
Medium 10 min. NIGHT over a period of
illumination & approx.
transitions 10 minutes
100% for sidewall lights
Sleep
100% illumination of ceiling
High 2 min. to NIGHT
and sidewall lights
transitions

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-9
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.1.2 Entry Way & Cross Aisle Lights
MAIN
MENU LIGHTING MENU
CABIN LIGHTING
ENTRY WAY & CROSS AISLE

LIGHTS
READING LIGHTS
CSCP 2L: MAIN PREVIOUS

ENTRY WAY & CROSS AISLE LIGHTS
 DOOR 1L
MENU MENU
 DOOR 2L
 Attendant Work Area DR 1  DOOR 1L 
 Attendant work area AFT galley
 All areas
OFF DIM BRIGHT
CACP 1L:
 DOOR 1 LEFT
 DOOR 2 LEFT
 Attendant work area DR 1
 Attendant work area AFT galley
 All areas.
MAIN PREVIOUS
2.5.1.3 Reading lights MENU MENU
READING LIGHT
CSCP 2L:
 
 B/C BUSINESS CLASS
CSCP 1L:
 B/C NORMAL OFF ON
CACP 5R:
 Y/C

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-10
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.2 Service Call/ Chime Menu
2.5.2.1 Service call MAIN

SERVICE CALL / CHIME CONTROL
MENU
MENU
Allows the cabin crew to review and
reset passenger calls originating from SERVICE CALL
either the seats or the lavatories but
reset the seat calls only. AREA CHIME
CONTROL
CSCP 2L: SEAT CHIME

CONTROL
 B/C
 Y/C FWD & AFT,
 and ALL AREAS
CSCP 1L:
 B/C
 Y/C FWD & AFT, MAIN PREVIOU
SERVICE CALL
 and ALL AREAS MENU S
MENU
CACP 5R:
 Y/C  BUSINESS CALL 
 and ALL AREAS
ACTIVE SEAT CALLS ACTIVE LAVATORY
CALLS
8C  DR1 OFCR 
8E LAV 1F-1C
14 A
15 K
AREA
  RESET
2.5.2.2 Area chime control

Active state of the chimes (Enable or Disable) for the default area
CSCP 2L: MAIN PREVIOU

 B/C MENU S
MENU
AREA CHIME CONTROL
 Y/C FWD & AFT,

 and ALL AREAS  ALL AREAS 
CSCP 1L:
 B/C
 Y/C FWD & AFT,
DISABL ENABLE
E CHIME
CHIME
 and ALL AREAS
CACP 5R:
 Y/C
 and ALL AREAS

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-11
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.2.3 Seat chime control

MAIN
SERVICE CALL / CHIME CONTROL
The SEAT CHIME CONTROL MENU
MENU
CHIMES DISABLED display, shows
the list of disabled seat chimes for SERVICE CALL
all seating areas, with the first row
at the top of the list. AREA CHIME
CONTROL
SEAT CHIME
To disable a seat chime: CONTROL
(1) enter ROW SELECT/SEAT
SELECT selections
 verify selected row/seat(s) are
displayed in the ROW/SEAT
display
Note: To clear an incorrect Row/Seat entry:
 push the CLEAR switch
 verify the incorrect row/seat entry is deleted from the ROW/SEAT list
(2) push the DISABLE CHIME switch

Note: Pushing the DISABLE
CHIME switch when
only a row number is MAIN
MENU
PREVIOU
S SEAT CHIME CONTROL
entered into the MENU
ROW/SEAT field ROW/SEAT

CLEAR
CHIMES DISABLED
displays all the valid 26 ABC

23 AB 
seats for the selected ROW SELECT
31 ABCDEGHJK
32 J
row. 0 1 2 3 4 35 DEG
5 6 7 8 9

(3) verify the chime(s) for the SEAT SELECT
selected row/seat(s) are disabled A B C D E F G H J K
Note: Chimes are disabled when
they displayed in the CHIMES DISABLE
CHIME
ENABLE
CHIME
DISABLED list.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-12
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.3 Cabin Temperature
 The flight crew can set the MAIN

master passenger cabin target MENU CABIN TEMPERATURE
temperature reference to
between 18 and 29 degrees C
on the flight deck.
 Economy Class Row 20 thru 26 
 The cabin crew can use the ACTUAL TARGET
CMS or CSS to adjust the zone

20
target temperature in any
passenger zone (+/- 6 degrees
C
 
20
C
C, within the limits of 18 to 29 68 AREA

F RESET
degrees C).
 With the loss of inputs from the
flight deck or cabin temperature
controllers, the packs maintain a cabin target temperature of 24 degrees C.
CSCP:
 Business Class Rows 8 thru 9,
 Economy Class Rows 20 thru 26,
 Economy Class Rows 41 thru 55.
CACP 1L:
CACP 5R:

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-13
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.4 Water/Waste Tank Status Menu
2.5.4.1 Lavatory/waste tank status MAIN

WATER/WASTE TANK STATUS MENU
 The WASTE TANK FULL alert MENU
message is displayed when a

waste tank is full.
LAVATORY/WASTE TANK STATUS
 Each time a toilet is flushed, the
waste tank quantity bar on the
Lavatory/Waste Tank Status POTABLE WATER STATUS
screen increases to the right

and may remain displayed for
as long as 50 seconds.
 If a waste tank is more than half
full and a toilet is flushed, it is
possible that the WASTE TANK
FULL alert message may MAIN PREVIOUS
LAVATORY/WASTE TANK
MENU MENU
display. Pushing the Waste STATUS
Tank Status button on the LAVATORIES WASTE TANK 1
window will display the Waste Lav 1F-1C VACANT

Lav 3F-LC
E 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
F
Tank Status Screen. OCCUPIED
Lav 5F-2RC
 If the quantity bar has not

VACANT
LAVATORIES WASTE TANK 2
Lav 1F-2L
decreased to the left, monitor OCCUPIED E 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
Lav 2A-1L VACANT F
the screen for approximately 1 Lav 3F-1L VACANT
Lav 4F-1L VACANT
minute. If the waste tank Lav 5F-2LC VACANT
LAVATORIES WASTE TANK 3
remains full, placard the Lav 2A-1R

Lav 3F-1R
INOP
INOP
E 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
F
affected lavatories inoperable. Lav 3F-RC
Lav 4F-1R
INOP
INOP

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-14
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.4.2 Potable water
MAIN PREVIOUS
MENU MENU
POTABLE WATER STATUS
E 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 F
460 LITERS REMAINING
 Galley water is supplied from three potable water tanks.

 The tanks have a combined usable capacity of approximately 1306 liters.
 Water is not available while the tanks are being serviced.
 This Potable Water Status display is available at the CSCP and the CACPs.
 The CMS message POTABLE WATER LEVEL AT 1/4 appears when the
potable water level in any tank reaches 1/4 full.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-15
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.5 Passenger Address

MAIN
MENU PASSENGER ADDRESS
CSCP 2L:
 B/C
 Y/C FWD, Y/C AFT and all  ECONOMY CLASS 
areas VOLUME ANS
STEPS
CACP 1L: ABOVE

MINIMUM
ON
 B/C 2
 Y/C FWD, Y/C AFT and all OFF

 
AREA
areas RESET
APPLIES TO
ENTIRE AIRPLANE
CACP 5R:
 Y/C FWD, Y/C AFT and all areas
2.5.6 Cabin Door Status

 The Cabin Door Status display shows each door identified and labeled as
LOCKED or NOT LOCKED.
 This display does not depict the ARMED/DISARMED status of the doors.
MAIN
MENU CABIN DOOR STATUS
LOCKED LOCKED LOCKED
LOCKED NOT LOCKED
2R 3R 4R 5R
1R
1L
2L 3L 4L 5L
NOT LOCKED NOT LOCKED
LOCKED LOCKED LOCKED

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-16
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.7 Display Controls

 The DISPLAY CONTROLS Menu is available at the CSCP and CACPs.
 A timer appears in the PANEL LOCKOUT switch and counts down from 60
(seconds) to 1.
MAIN
MENU DISPLAY CONTROL
PANEL DIMMING
DIM BRIGHT
PANEL LOCKOUT
READY
2.5.8 Special Function Menu

 The SPECIAL FUNCTIONS menu is available at the door 2L CSCP and the
door 1L CACP only.
 The Special Functions menu displays four star lighting selections:
B/C STARS – (allows the cabin crew to manually turn on/off the star lights in
Business Class).
MAIN
MENU
SPECIAL FUNCTION
B/C STARS

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-17
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.9 Alert Message

Alert messages appear in windows on the CSCP and the CACPs. Alert
messages require crew action. If more than one Alert Message window is
activated at the same time, the windows are overlaid; the window with the
highest priority remains in front, with the other windows layered behind it.
2.5.9.1 Smoke Detected Window

 The SMOKE DETECTED window
appears if lavatory smoke is
detected. Up to four lavatories SMOKE DETECTED
can display in the window, with
the most recently activated smoke
detector listed first. Lav 2A-1L
 The window displays the

message SMOKE DETECTED
CLEAR
and the location of the associated
lavatory (IES).
 Pushing the CLEAR switch
removes the window. The
message SMOKE DETECTED is
displayed in small red text in the SMOKE DETECTED
bottom left hand side of all
displays.
 The message is displayed until DR1 OFCR
the Lavatory Call Indicator/Reset
switch is pushed.
CLEAR

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-18
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.9.2 Cabin Temperature

Lockout
This window is displayed if the
CABIN TEMPERATURE display CABIN TEMPERATURE LOCKOUT
is selected and the environmental
control system (ECS) is not
communicating with the cabin ESC No Communication
management system.
2.5.9.3 Water/Waste Tank

 Pushing the Waste Tank Status
switch displays the
LAVATORY/WASTE TANK
STATUS display. WASTE TANK FULL
 Using the status display
information, placard the
appropriate lavatories as
INOPERATIVE.
 When the waste tank is full, a WASTE
TANK
single LO/HI chime sounds: STATU
S
- at door 1L
- at door 2L
- at door 5R for B777-300
-
2.5.9.4 Low Potable Water
The LOW POTABLE WATER
window appears when only 1/4
tank of potable water remains.
Pushing the CLEAR switch POTABLE WATER LEVEL AT 1/4
removes the window from the
display.
CLEAR

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-19
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.9.5 Cabin Interphone Failure

 The CABIN INTERPHONE
FAILURE window alert message
is displayed if the cabin
CABIN INTERPHONE FAILURE
interphone controller fails.
 The window directs the Cabin
Crew to press the CI NORM/ALT Press CI NORM/ALT Switch
switch, located on the door 2L
Attendant Switch Panel.
 Pressing the clear switch CLEAR
removes the window from all

displays and displays the
message CABIN INTERPHONE
FAILURE. Press CI NORM/ALT Switch in small red text in the bottom left
corner of all displays.
 The text remains displayed until the CI NORM/ALT switch is pushed.
2.5.9.6 Passenger Address Failure

 The PASSENGER ADDRESS FAILURE window appears if the passenger
address controller fails.
 The window directs the Cabin
Crew to press the PA NORM/ALT
switch, located on the door 2L PASSENGER ADDRESS FAILURE
Attendant Switch Panel.
 Pressing the clear switch
removes the window from all Press PA NORM/ALT Switch
displays and displays the

message PASSENGER CLEAR
ADDRESS FAILURE. Press PA
NORM/ALT Switch in small red
text
in the bottom left corner of all
displays.
 The text remains displayed until
the PA NORM/ALT switch is
pushed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-20
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.10 Function Lockout Message

Function Lock-out Messages are associated with certain displays. Function
Lock-out Message windows only appear when the associated display is
displayed. The message FUNCTION LOCKOUT appears above the reason for
the lock-out. Functions on the affected display cannot be selected as long as the
lock-out remains in effect.
2.5.10.1 Decompression
 The FUNCTION LOCKOUT
Decompression window appears
during a cabin decompression if
one of the following displays is FUNCTION LOCKOUT
selected:
- CABIN LIGHTING
Decompression
- ENTRY WAY & CROSS
AISLE LIGHTS
 The window is removed when the CLEAR
decompression condition no
longer exists. Return to the
CABIN CONTROLS MAIN MENU
by pushing the MAIN MENU
switch.
Note: A cabin decompression is annunciated by three HI chimes.
2.5.10.2 Invalid Data

 FUNCTION LOCKOUT Invalid
Data is displayed when the Cabin
Door Status, Potable Water
Status, or Waste Tank Status FUNCTION LOCKOUT
display is selected and the sensor
data information is invalid/
Invalid Data
unreliable.
 The window is removed when the
data is valid again. CLEAR

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-21
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.10.3 Reduce Power
The REDUCED POWER CONDITION

window is displayed when the
cabin/utility switch has been moved to
the OFF position by the flight crew. All REDUCED POWER CONDITION
night lights, reading lights, and
attendant work lights will be
Fluorescent lights may be off.
illuminated. Commands from the Night lights are locked on
CSCP or CACP for night light
operation will be inoperative.
When the flight deck CABIN/UTILITY
power switch is placed in the ON
position, the REDUCED POWER
CONDITION message is removed and
control of the cabin lighting is returned to the CSCP and CACPs.
Note: During normal aircraft operations, the cabin/utility switch on the flight deck
is in the ON position. CSCP or CACP commands for night light operation
will be inoperative when the flight deck cabin/utility switch is placed in the
OFF position by the flight crew

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-22
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.11 Error Message

Error message windows display if the system fails to respond to a switch
selection or the user makes an incorrect selection.
2.5.11.1 Row Number Does Not

Exist – Not a Valid Entry
NOT A VALID ENTRY
A NOT A VALID ENTRY message
appears on the Seat Chime Control
display for any of the following: Row Number Does Not Exist
 Entry of a number for which no
row exists
 Entry of a number for an existing CLEAR
row not controlled by the panel A
seat is selected before a row
 Selection of a row switch when
the ROW/SEAT field already displays a row number and a seat letter
display.
NOT A VALID ENTRY
2.5.11.2 Row NOT Controlled by
This Panel– Not a Valid Entry
 This window appears when a row Row Not Controlled By This Panel
number is entered from the Seat

Chime Control display for a row CLEAR
not controlled by that panel.
display.
2.5.11.3 Select Row Before Seats

– Entry Out of Sequence
 The ENTRY OUT OF ENTRY OUT OF SEQUENCE
SEQUENCE Select Row before
Seats window appears when a
seat letter is selected from the Select Row Before Seats
Seat Chime Control display
before a row number is entered.
 Pushing the CLEAR switch CLEAR

display.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-23
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.6 LIGHTING
2.6.1. Cabin Lighting

All cabin lighting is controlled by the CMS using the Lighting Menu. (Refer to
2.5.1).
2.6.2 Reading Lights

The reading lights are located in the passenger service unit (PSU) and provide
light from above the passenger seats. They can be operated from the passenger
control unit (PCU) or the CMS.
2.6.3 Work Lights

Each Cabin Crew station is provided with a work light. The lights are controlled
by the WORK LIGHT switches on the attendant switch panel (ASP) located at
each station.
2.6.4 Closet Lights

A light is provided in each coat closet when normal cabin lighting provides
insufficient illumination.
2.6.5 Lavatory Lights

Lavatories are illuminated by fluorescent lighting. With the aircraft on the ground
and the ground service bus powered, the lights illuminate bright regardless of
the door position. In flight, the lights illuminate dim when the door is unlocked
and bright when the door is locked.
2.6.6 Galley Lights

The lighting in each galley is controlled by a three-position switch within the
galley. The switch positions are bright, dim, and off.
2.6.7 Emergency Lights

The system is normally controlled by a switch on the flight deck and is placed in
the ARMED (figure 1) position prior to flight. In this position, all interior and
exterior emergency lights illuminate automatically if there is a total loss of
electrical power. The flight crew can illuminate the emergency lights at any time
by placing the flight deck emergency lights switch to ON.
The emergency lights switch located on the attendant switch panel at door 2L
(figure 2) may be used to bypass the flight deck emergency lights switch and
illuminate the emergency lights regardless of the position of the flight deck
switch.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-24
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
1 2
GROUND EMER EMER ACC

SERVICE LIGHTS / TST LIGHTS
JACK
Figure 1 Figure 2
1 Emergency Lights/Test (EMER LIGHTS/TST) Switch (White)

 All emergency lights illuminate for approximately 1 minute
 EMER LIGHTS/TST switches are located at doors 2L and 5R on B777-
300.
2 Emergency Lights (EMER LIGHTS) Switch Guarded (Red).

 Turns on all cabin emergency lights and signs
 The EMERG LIGHTS switch is located at door 2L on both type.
2.6.7.1 Interior Emergency Lights

Exit signs and emergency area
lights indicate all passenger
cabin exit routes. All emergency Exit Sign
lights and EXIT signs are
powered by remote batteries and
are controlled by the emergency
lights switches. Emergency Escape Path Light
Interior emergency lights consist

of door, aisle, cross-aisle,
escape path, exit lights, and
luminescent exit signs.
Escape path lighting is installed in the centerline passenger seats, spaced at

intervals in the aisles and cross-aisles. When illuminated, escape path lighting
provides visual guidance for emergency evacuation if all sources of lighting more
than four feet above the aisle floor are obscured by smoke.
Battery powered exit lights are located at each cabin exit.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-25
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.6.7.2 Exterior Emergency Lights

Exterior emergency lighting consists of escape slide lights. The lights are located
aft of each door and illuminate the areas at the base of the escape slides. The
slides in doors 3L/3R have lights built into the sliding lanes. When the slide is
deployed, the lights turn on automatically to illuminate the slide lanes.
All of the slides have toe light
The over wing exit lights are located aft of the door and illuminate the evacuation
path to the escape slide. When the slide is deployed, the lights turn on
automatically to illuminate the slide lanes.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-26
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7 COMMUNICATIONS
2.7.1 Cabin Interphone System

The cabin interphone system is a phone network with stations on the flight deck
and at the cabin crew stations.
The cabin interphone system is used to initiate and receive:

 Flight deck-to-cabin crew calls
 Cabin crew-to-flight deck calls
 Cabin crew -to-cabin crew calls
 Passenger address announcements
There are 14
hand sets in
the main cabin
And one in the
OFAR at bunk
no. 2

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-27
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.1.1 Master Call Light
1 2 3
1 Attendant call light means: Blue

 A call from the passenger seating area is made by activating the
Attendant Call switch located on the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) in
each passenger seat arm rest.
 The blue call light extinguishes when all activated Attendant Call Reset
switches for that area are reset.
 Passenger calls may also be verified and reset from the CMS “SERVICE
CALL display”
2 Attendant call light means: Amber

 A call from the lavatory is made by pushing the Attendant Call switch
located on the front side of the lavatory sink cabinet.
 The amber call light is extinguished by pushing the lavatory call
light/reset switch over the lavatory door.
 Lavatory calls can also be verified and reset from CMS “Service Call
display”.
3 Attendant call light means: Pink

 Cabin interphone crew call.
 The pink call light extinguishes when the receiving station handset is
removed from the cradle.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-28
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.1.2 Call Types

A) Pilot alert (Dial Code **)
On the handset causes:
 A CABIN ALERT message to appear on the engine indicating and crew
alerting system (EICAS) display on the flight deck.
 A HI/LO chime sounds in the flight deck only.
Note: Pilot alert calls take priority over all other calls to the flight deck. A
lower priority call in progress is automatically disconnected. If more
than one pilot alert call is initiated, all applicable callers are connected
via a party line.
B) Flight Deck (Dial Code 31)
 A CABIN CALL message to appear on the EICAS display on the flight deck
 Annunciates the call on the flight deck by sounding a single HI/LO chime.
C) Cabin Ready (Dial Code 6*)
Cabin Ready is used to notify the flight crew that the cabin is secured and ready
for taxi. Dialing 6*, the two digit code for CABIN READY, on the handset causes:
 The CABIN READY message to appear on the EICAS display on the flight
deck
 Sounds a single HI/LO chime on the flight deck
 Caller hears a rapid beep-beep and then a dial tone.
D) Pilot – To – cabin crew
Pilot-to-cabin crew is normal two-way calls initiated by the flight crew. Pilot-to-
cabin crew calls causes:
 Are annunciated by two HI/LO chimes
 And a steady master calls light.
 One or two more stations may be added to the connection.
E) Station – To – Station
Station-to-station calls are normal two-way calls; any station can make a call to
any other station using the two digit dial code will cause:
 Are annunciated by a single HI/LO chime
 And a steady master call light
 Once a station-to-station call is made, one or two more stations may be
added to the connection.
F) Attendant All Call (Dial Code 55)

The Dialing the two digit code 55 causes (Functions the same as an ALL CALL
but does not include the flight deck. ATTEN ALL CALL calls):
 Annunciated by a single HI/LO chime
 And a flashing master call light.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-29
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
G) All Call (Dial Code 77)

The Dialing the two digit code 77 causes (The all call selection includes all
Cabin Crew stations and the flight deck):
 Annunciates the call by a single HI/LO chime
 And a flashing master call light at all stations.
2.7.1.3 Cabin Interphone System Modes
The cabin interphone system has two modes:
 Normal Mode (light bar not visible) – normal system operation
 Alternate Mode (push, light bar illuminated green) –
- Switches cabin interphone system to alternate mode
- Clears CABIN INTERPHONE FAILURE message from CSCP and
CACPs
Note: CI NORM/ALT switch is located at door 2L only.
WORK WORK PA CI
LIGHT 1 LIGHT 2 NORM/ALT NORM/ALT
ASP door 2L

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-30
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Passenger address announcements are made by
selecting the desired area on the handset and
pushing the Push-to-Talk switch on the handset.
Note: Passenger address announcements

from the flight deck or a Cabin Crew
handset automatically override the
passenger audio entertainment
program. When the announcement is
complete, the program resumes.
2.7.2.1 Passenger Address Priorities

Are prioritized in the following order:
 Flight deck
 Direct access
 Priority announcements
 Normal announcements
 Pre-recorded announcements
 Video system audio
 Boarding music
A higher priority announcement overrides a lower priority announcement. When

the cabin interphone system is used to make PA announcements and a higher
priority announcement is initiated, the cabin interphone system resets and a dial
tone is heard in the handset.
There is a flight deck indication when the PA system is in use in the passenger
cabin.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-31
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.2.2 Direct Access Announcements

Direct access announcements can be initiated only at interphone handsets with
a direct access switch, located at doors 1L, 2L, and 5L for. Direct access
announcements are sent to all areas of the passenger cabin and override all PA
announcements except an announcement from the flight deck.
To initiate a direct access announcement:

 Remove handset from the cradle (listen for dial tone)
Note: If a flight deck, direct access or another PA priority announcement is in
progress, the caller receives a busy signal.
 Push the PA switch located on the cradle
 Push and hold the handset Push-to-Talk switch
 Make the announcement
 Push the PA switch to disconnect and reset the system
2.7.2.3 Passenger Address System Modes

The passenger address system has two modes:
 Normal Mode (light bar not visible) – normal system operation
 Alternate Mode (push, light bar illuminated green) –
- Switches passenger address system to alternate mode
- Clears PASSENGER ADDRESS FAILURE message from CSCP &
CACP
Note: PA NORM/ALT switch is located at door 2L only.
WORK WORK PA CI
ASP door 2L

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-32
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.3 Passenger Call

A call from the passenger seating area is made by activating the Attendant Call
switch located on the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) in each passenger seat arm
rest.
Pushing the Attendant Call switch on the PCU:
 Illuminates the row call light in the passenger service unit (PSU) above the
seat.
 Illuminates the blue attendant call light at the cabin crew station being called,
 Sounds a single LO chime at the cabin crew station being called.
Note:
- Door 1 upper crew rest (DR1 OFCR) calls will be annunciated on the
SERVICE CALL display in the BUSINESS CLASS ACTIVE LAVATORY
CALLS display.
- Door 5 upper crew rest (DR5 OFAR) calls will be annunciated on the
SERVICE CALL display in the ECONOMY CLASS AFT ACTIVE
LAVATORY CALLS display.
The PSU row call light is extinguished when any Attendant Call Reset switch in
that PSU row is pushed.
The blue cabin crew station Attendant Call light extinguishes when all activated
Attendant Call Reset switches for that area are reset.
Passenger calls may also be verified and reset from the CMS “SERVICE CALL”
display.
2.7.4 Lavatory Call
A call from the lavatory is made by pushing the Attendant Call switch located on
the front side of the lavatory sink cabinet.
Pushing the Attendant Call switch:
 Illuminates Attendant Call Switch in lavatory to confirm selection.
 Illuminates the lavatory call light/reset switch located on the outside wall over
the door of the calling lavatory
 Illuminates a steady amber lavatory call light at the cabin crew station being
called
 Sounds a single LO chime at the cabin crew station being called.
The lavatory call light is extinguished by pushing the lavatory call light/reset
switch over the lavatory door. The amber lavatory call light extinguishes when all
lavatory call light/reset switches for that area are reset.
Lavatory calls may also be verified from the CMS “SERVICE CALL” display.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-33
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.5 Communication Non-Normal Operations
A) Cabin interphone system failure
When the cabin interphone system fails in the normal mode, a message is sent
to the cabin management system (CMS). The CMS failure message, CABIN
INTERPHONE FAILURE Press CI NORM/ALT Switch, is displayed on the CSCP
and at each CACP.
Pushing the CI NORM/ALT switch, located on the attendant switch panel at door
2L, will switch the cabin interphone system to the alternate mode. In the
alternate mode, the cabin interphone system operates the same as in the normal
mode.
This CABIN INTERPHONE FAILURE message remains displayed until the CI

NORM/ALT switch is pushed.
Note: Pushing the failure window CLEAR switch will remove the failure
window from the display. The failure message, CABIN INTERPHONE
FAILURE Press CI NORM/ALT Switch, is displayed in small red text
in the lower left corner of all screens. The message remains displayed
until the CI NORM/ALT switch is pushed.
WORK WORK PA CI

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-34
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
B) Passenger address system failure
If the system fails in the normal mode, a message is sent to the cabin
management system. The CMS failure message, PASSENGER ADDRESS
FAILURE Press PA NORM/ALT Switch, appears on the CSCP and at each
CACP.
The Cabin Crew should push the PA NORM/ALT switch located on the attendant
switch panel at door 2L. This will remove the PASSENGER ADDRESS FAILURE
message from the panels and allows the system to operate in the alternate
mode.
Pushing the window CLEAR switch will also remove the window from the panel;
but the message, PASSENGER ADDRESS FAILURE Press PA NORM/ALT
Switch, appears at the bottom of the display. This message remains until the PA
NORM/ALT switch is pushed.
WORK WORK PA CI
C) In-flight entertainment (IFE) system smoke or fire
In the event of smoke or fire caused by any of the in-flight entertainment system
(IFE) components, all electrical power should be removed from the IFE system
and passenger seats.
Immediately notify the flight deck. Request help from other crew members, as
required.
Note: Continuous communication among crew members provides

information essential for making safety-of-flight decisions.
Power to the IFE system is removed by moving the IFE Master Power switch,
located in the Video Control Center (VCC), to the OFF position.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-35
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
WARNING: Once power is removed from the IFE system, do not turn the IFE
Master Power switch back on for the remainder of the flight.
Note: Power to the passenger seats and IFE system may also be removed
by the flight crew. If the IFE/PASS SEATS power switch on the flight
deck is moved to OFF, all power to the cabin IFE and passenger
seats is removed.
Note: If the IFE Master Power switch is placed in the OFF position, no
passenger service functions (reading lights or attendant call) are
available.
Note: Moving the IFE Master Power switch to the OFF position does not
cause an EICAS message to be displayed on the flight deck.
Placing the IFE master power switch in the OFF position removes electrical
power to:
 The in-seat audio/video system equipment
- Audio entertainment players
- Video entertainment players
- Overhead video system and displays/projectors
- In-seat video displays/audio in the passenger cabin
- In-seat video displays/audio in the crew rest areas
- integrated telephones
- The passenger control units (PCUs)
 The passenger seat

- Seat motor power (as applicable)
- Personal computer power outlet (as applicable)
- In-flight passenger cabin telephones

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-36
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.8 LAVATORIES
Lav 1F-1C
Lav 1F-2L
D
Baby Care Station
H
Disabled Passenger
Access
Lav 2A-1R H D
D Lav 2A-1L
Lav 3F-RC
H D Lav 3F-1L
Lav 3F-1R D
Lav 3F-LC
D Lav 4F-1L Lav 4F-1R D
D Lav 5F-2LC Lav 5F-2RC D
Lav 5F-RC H

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-37
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

The potable water system is supplied from three tanks located beneath the cabin
floor.
Potable water is supplied to the lavatory sinks and the toilet flush system.
The three tanks have a combined usable capacity of approximately 1306 liters.
The tanks are normally pressurized with air from the aircraft bleed air system.
When bleed air pressure is not available, alternate pressurization is
automatically provided by an electrically driven air compressor.
Hot and cold water is available in the lavatories. The water heater is located
below the lavatory sink and has three temperature selections:
Low (approximately 105 degrees F)
Medium (approximately 115 degrees F)
High (approximately 125 degrees F)
An amber indicator light located near the top of the heater is illuminated when
the power switch is on and the heater is operating normally.
An ON/OFF switch is located next to the

amber light.
The amount of water remaining in the

tanks can be verified on the CMS Potable
Water Status display.
Note: Water is not available while the

tanks are being serviced.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-38
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.8.3 Water Supply Shutoff Valve

Each lavatory has a water supply shutoff
valve which may be used to shut off the
lavatory water supply.
The water supply shutoff valve has two
positions, OFF and ON, and is located
above the sink behind the mirror.
A push-button is located against the
lavatory wall, near the facial tissue
dispenser. Pushing the button upwards
releases the catch and opens the mirror,
allowing access to the handle.
Mirror release
button
2.8.4 Isolation Drain Valve

If there is a leak in a lavatory that cannot
be eliminated by closing the water
supply shutoff valve, the water supply
isolation valve is used to shut off the
water.
The isolation drain valves are located on
the panel above doors door 2L.
Closing the isolation valve at door 2L
shuts off the water supply FWD of door
2.
B/C Class Lavatories (LAV 1F-2L, LAV 2A-1L and LAV 2A-1R).
The water An on/off electric

supply shut-off power supply
valve has two switch which may
positions, OFF be used to switch
and ON, and is off or to reset the
located above faucet electrical
the sink behind
power is located
the left hand
above the sink
side stowage
beside the behind right hand
mirror side stowage
beside the mirror.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-39
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Door 5R Attendant Switch Panel (ASP)

The water system for the aircraft is controlled from the ASP located at door 5R.
The ASP is used to turn on/off the cabin water, override a failed supply pump,
and indicate a water system failure.
Note: If the WATER SYSTEM OFF switch on the ASP is pushed [OFF
illuminated], water will not be available in the aircraft.
1 2 3
EVAC OFF

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT 1 LIGHTS / TST JACK
WATER SYSTEM
1 WATER SYSTEM OFF Switch/Light Guarded.

Turns off the pumps providing water pressure for the water system
Note: Pushing the WATER SYSTEM OFF switch [OFF illuminated] shuts
down the entire water system. There will be no water available in the
aircraft even if there is water in the tanks.
OFF light illuminated (amber) – water system is inoperative
2 WATER SYSTEM OVERRIDE Switch Push

Used to select the override water pump if water is not available in the cabin
Note: Water in the cabin will available if there is water in the tanks.
Illuminated (amber) – override water pump has been manually selected
3 WATER SYSTEM FAULT Switch/Light Maintenance use only.

Illuminated (amber) – water system pump failure or low system water
pressure
Note: Water system is operating on the back-up system. Water in the

cabin will available if there is water in the tanks.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-40
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

 Waste water from the lavatory sinks is drained overboard through drain
masts.
 Toilet waste is flushed into three waste holding tanks located in the bulk
cargo area.
 The waste system uses a vacuum to collect the waste material and deposit it
in the tanks.
 The vacuum is not required above 16,000 feet. Above 16,000 feet, the
pressure difference between the cabin and outside pressure moves the
waste from the toilets to the tanks.
 Below 16,000 feet and on the ground, pushing the flush button on the toilet
activates the flush cycle. A flush cycle uses water from the potable water
system, and lasts approximately seven seconds. Once the flush button is
pushed, there is an automatic 15-second delay for a system reset before the
next flush cycle can be initiated. This delay conserves water by preventing
consecutive flushes if the flush button is repeatedly pushed.
 Each waste tank system operates independently. There are two sensors
attached to the upper part of each waste tank. Both sensors must signal that
the waste tank is full before the flush module power relay de-energizes. If a
sensor fails, it signals that the tank is full. There is also a sensor in each
waste tank drain line. It provides data to the cabin management system about
the amount of waste in the waste tanks.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-41
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

A smoke detector is mounted in each lavatory ceiling.
When smoke is detected in a lavatory:-
 The integral alarm horn sounds,
 The amber Lavatory Call indicator light/reset switch, mounted on the exterior
wall above the lavatory door, flashes
 A chime sounds in the cabin near the associated lavatory.
 The lavatory call light at the associated lavatory flashes.
 The SMOKE DETECTED window is displayed on the CSCP/CACP and a
lavatory smoke EICAS message is displayed on the flight deck.
The system can be reset by pushing the Lavatory Call indicator light/reset
switch.
Note: If there is still smoke in the lavatory, the red Alarm Indicator Light on
the smoke detector remains illuminated.
When the smoke clears, the red Alarm Indicator Light extinguishes,
the suppression cycle ends, and the smoke detector is sensitive to
smoke again. Continue to monitor the lavatory until the red Alarm
Indicator Light extinguishes.
Interrupt Switch Horn Cancel Switch

Power Indicator Light When pushed silence Self Test Switch Alarm horn is silenced
Illuminated – unit is the horn & suppresses When pushed activate
operating all indication the aural & visual signs
Alarm Indicator Light

Self Indicator Light
Illuminated – smoke is
detected
Self Test Switch  Illuminated (green)
When pushed activate - Steady: smoke detector has power
the aural & visual signs and is operating properly
- Blinking: maintenance is required
Note: Some of B777-300 is
 Illuminated (red)
equipped with this type of - Steady: smoke has been detected
smoke detector. - blinking - detector has failed

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-42
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

- An automatic fire extinguishing system is located beneath the sink in each
lavatory.
- A fire extinguisher discharged a halon vapor though either one or both
heat activated nozzle. Both nozzles discharged toward the waste disposal
container.
- The color of the tips change to an aluminum color if the extinguisher is
discharged.
- A temperature indicator is located inside the waste compartment below
each sink. Grey dots on the indicator turn black when exposed to high
temperatures. If any dot has turned black or a nozzle tip has changed
color, the extinguisher has discharged.
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
CHECK THE FOUR GREY DOTS ON
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
LOCATED ABOVE WASTE CONTAINER
IF ANY GREY DOT HAS TURNED BLACK
CHECK FOR FIRE DAMAGE
REPLACE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
REPLACE TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-43
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.9 GALLEYS
FWD 1
FWD 2
FWD 3
MID 1
MID 2
MID 5
AFT 2 AFT 3
AFT 1

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-44
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.9.2 Galley Electrical Power
A Galley EMERGENCY POWER OFF SWITCH is located

in each galley. The switch is covered with a red guard. With
the Red Guard closed, the switch is in the NORMAL (ON)
position. If there is an emergency (Smoke, Fire…etc.), the
Red Guard should be lifted and the toggle switch placed to
the OFF position. This removes all electrical power to the
galley. The Galley Emergency Power Off Switch should be
used only during an emergency situation. On placing the galley emergency
power off switch to the OFF position notify the flight deck.
Galley water is supplied from three potable water tanks. The tanks have a
combined usable capacity of approximately 1306 liters.
Galley water system pressure is supplied by one of two electric pumps. If the
primary pump fails, the alternate pump is automatically started or may be
manually selected. Water is not available while the tanks are being serviced.
The quantity of potable water may be verified on the cabin management system
POTABLE WATER display.
Water Shut off Valve

Each galley that has running water is equipped with a water shutoff valve.
Positioning the water shutoff valve to
OFF turns off water to that galley
If there is a galley water leak that cannot

be eliminated by turning off the WATER
SHUT-OFF VALVE, the ISOLATION
DRAIN VALVE associated with the galley
should be closed.
The ISOLATION DRAIN VALVE is

located on the panel above doors 2L. Closing the valve at door 2L shuts off all
water supply forward of door 2.
To shut off all water supplies from forward of door 5 and aft of door 2 press the
WATER SYSTEM OFF switch [OFF illuminated] on the door 5R attendant switch
panel removes power to the water pumps and shuts off all water in the aircraft.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-45
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note: Pushing the WATER SYSTEM OFF switch shuts down the entire
water system. There will be no water available in the aircraft even if
there is water in the tanks.
EVAC OFF

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT 1 LIGHTS / TST JACK
WATER SYSTEM

Galley sink waste water is drained overboard through heated drain masts.
To prevent sink drain blockages do not put solid waste (coffee grounds, tea
bags, fruit pulp, and so on) in the sink drain. Put solid waste in the galley waste
bins. Mixtures, which can curdle and create a drain blockage, should be diluted
with an equal amount of water.
Do not remove the sink drain strainer.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-46
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.10 OXYGEN SYSTEM
2.10.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen

 The passenger oxygen system is supplied by chemical oxygen generators.
 Oxygen masks are contained in the oxygen stowage box located in lavatory
ceilings, crew rest bunks, and in the passenger service unit (PSU) above the
passenger seat.
 One mask is supplied for each passenger seat and two for each lavatory.
 Pulling on the mask turns on the flow of oxygen to all masks contained in the
PSU.
 Oxygen is available for approximately 22 minutes.
 Additional masks are located in All PSU's above the passenger seats.
 Masks automatically drop from stowage and a continuous flow of oxygen is
initiated when a mask is pulled. Pulling on the mask causes oxygen flow. The
system activates automatically if cabin altitude exceeds approximately
13,500 feet.
 If a group of masks fails to drop, the oxygen mask compartment may be
opened manually by releasing the door latch. The latch can be opened by
inserting a hair pin or a thin rod into the hole of the compartment cover.
 The system may be manually activated by the flight crew at any altitude by
pushing the passenger oxygen switch on the flight deck.
 Due to the height of the ceiling in the
aircraft, cabin crew may not be able to
reach the oxygen masks at their stations
when in their seats with their seat belts and
harnesses on. When the oxygen masks
deploy, the cabin crew must pull on the
yellow streamer that falls from the oxygen
box. The streamer has the word PULL
stenciled onto it.
 Pulling the streamer allows the mask to
drop and turns on the flow of oxygen to the
masks and provides oxygen to both masks.
If cabin altitude exceeds approximately 10,000 FT the following automatic events
will take place:
- Cabin lights come on full bright.
- 3 hi chime sound.
- No smoking/fasten seat belt signs illuminate and corresponding chimes
sound.
- The decompression function lock-out message appears on the CMS
wherever on of these screens is displayed:
 Cabin lighting.
 Entry way and cross aisle lights.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-47
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note: the oxygen masks automatically drop from the PSUs if cabin altitude
exceeds approximately 13,500 FT. the oxygen masks may also be manually
deployed from the flight deck.
2.10.2 Cockpit Crew Oxygen

 Diluted or 100% O2 Flow
 Demand or Continuous Flow
 Goggle/Full-Face Smoke Clearance
 Integral Microphones
 A diluted demand oxygen system supplies the flight crew (4 flight crew)
with oxygen. It includes an oxygen mask with an integral pneumatic
harness at each crew-station….gaseous oxygen is supplied from a high
pressure cylinder.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-48
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
passenger cabin. An emergency evacuation signal command switch is located
on the flight deck and at all cabin crew panels at passenger entry door locations.
An evacuation horn and light are located at each Cabin Crew station.
operation. Actuation of the switch:
 Activates flashing amber light.
 A pulsating audio signal on the flight deck emergency evacuation panel and
all Cabin Crew panels.
The emergency evacuation signal can only be reset/turned off from the station
that originated the signal.
Placing the flight deck evacuation signal COMMAND switch to ON activate the
evacuation signal on the flight deck and on the cabin crew panels.
1 2 3
EVAC
EVAC HORN WORK WORK PA CI GROUND EMER EMER ACC

COMMAND SHUT OFF LIGHT 1 LIGHT 2 NORM/ALT NORM/ALT SERVICE LIGHTS / TST LIGHTS JACK
ASP panel
1 EVAC COMMAND Switch Guarded. When pushed:

 Initiates evacuation signal on the flight deck and at all cabin crew stations
 The evacuation system can be reset only from the station that originated
the evacuation signal
 Illuminated (red) only at the station where the evacuation is initiated.
2 HORN SHUT OFF Switch when pushed
 Silences the alarm only at that station where pushed Illuminated (white).
 Illuminates when horn is silenced at that panel.
3 Evacuation (EVAC) Light
 Illuminated amber flashes when evacuation is commanded.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-49
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
The Flight Deck EVAC Switch

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-50
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
There are 8 identically (type A) operated passenger entry doors paired along the
aircraft fuselage. They are used to enter and exit the aircraft, and also serve as
emergency exits, and equipped with a dual lane slide raft.
Additionally, there are two over wing emergency exit doors, 3L and 3R (Type C),
which function as emergency exits only, and equipped with a dual lane escape
slide.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-51
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.1 Entry Doors Emergency Power

Emergency Power Assist System (EPAS) Battery cover Assist System
A green light indicating that the EPAS battery is properly charged (EPAS) Reservoir
may be visible on the door bustle or if the cover is not completely Pressure Gauge
flush with the door liner.
Assist
Handle Door Mode
Select
Panel
Assist
Viewing Handle
Window
Gust Lock
Release
Handle
Door
Operation
Slide raft Handle
gas bottle
pressure Slide Raft
gauge Container
Girt Bar Indicator Flag Viewing Windows

 Yellow in view
Door and slide/raft are armed for automatic operation
and slide/raft deployment
 Black in view
Door Mode Door and slide/raft are not armed
Select Panel

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-52
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.1.1 Dedicated Assist Space Type A

(Applicable on Type C)
Near each door is a dedicated assist space. The
dedicated assist space is located between the cabin
crew station and the door sill. During an emergency
evacuation, it is important that the Cabin Crew grasp
the assist handle and place themselves in the
dedicated assist space to ensure that they are not
blocking the exit in any way. Blocking the exit
prohibits dual lane flow onto the slides.
2.12.1.2 Flight Lock Type A (Applicable on Type

C)
Each door has a flight lock that automatically engages
at speeds greater than 80 knots. The flight lock allows
limited travel of the door operating handle sufficient to open the vent panel but
prevents the door from opening. The flight lock releases at speeds less than 80
knots.
2.12.1.3 Evacuation Slides

Evacuation slide/raft and pneumatic door opening systems are contained in each
passenger entry door. A door bustle on the lower face of the covers the slide/raft.
With the mode select lever in the ARMED position, opening the door from the
inside activates the EPAS, which drives the door open. As the door rotates open
approximately 35 degrees, the slide/raft is deployed and automatically inflates in
approximately 6 seconds.
Note: If an inflated slide/raft becomes deflated after deployment, it may be

used as an apron slide.
A battery powered lighting system illuminates the landing area at the ground end
of the slide/raft.
Slide/Raft Manual
The slide/rafts are dual lane and can be
Detachment Inflation
released from the door sill to be used as Handle Handle
life rafts after ditching. A knife is
provided to cut the mooring line.
Note: If the raft is not fully inflated,

manual inflation valves can
be used to inflate the raft
using the hand pump. The
inflation valves are self-closing upon removal of the hand pump.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-53
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.1.4 Main Exits Evacuation Order
Land Evacuation
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM TWO LINES, JUMP
AND SLIDE ”
Ditching
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM TWO LINES,
INFLATE LIFE JACKET, CRAWL ON HANDS AND KNEES”
2.12.1.5 Raft Capacity

The following table shows the number of occupants allowed in each slide/raft.
Raft Location Normal Capacity Over Load Capacity
Dr 1 L & R 65 81
Dr 2 L & R 65 81
Dr 3 L & R Is not slide raft Is not slide raft
Dr 4 L & R 57 71
Dr 5 L & R 64 79
2.12.1.6 Entry Door Preflight Checks

 The door slide/raft gas bottle pressure gage must indicate in the green zone.
 The EPAS reservoir pressure gauge should indicate in the green zone.
 The EPAS battery cover must align with the fixed liner on the hinge arm
when the door is fully closed, latched, and locked.
WARNING: If the EPAS battery cover and the door liner are not aligned, as
indicated by a discontinuity in the red arrow affixed to the
cover/lining, the EPAS system has been manually deactivated
and the door is not ready for flight. Contact maintenance to
service the door.
Note: A green light indicating that the EPAS battery is properly charged
may be visible on the door bustle or if the cover is not completely
flush with the door liner.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-54
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.2 Over Wing Emergency Exit Overview
Emergency Power Assist System (EPAS) Battery Test Switch & light
The EPAS can be checked against a red beam light when pushed the button.
Assist
Door Mode
Handle
Select
Panel
Assist
Handle
Viewing
Window
Emergency
Power Assist
System (EPAS)
Reservoir
Pressure Gauge
Gust Lock
Release
Handle
Door
Operation
Handle
Girt Bar Indicator Flag Viewing Windows

 Yellow in view
Door and slide/raft are armed for automatic operation
and slide/raft deployment
 Black in view
Door and slide/raft are not armed
Door Mode
Select Panel

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-55
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.2.1 Evacuation Slides (Over wing slide)

The over wing slide is used for emergency
evacuation of the aircraft during land passenger Over wing slide
evacuation operations only. compartment
The over wing slide is installed in the wing-to-

body fairing on the fuselage, not in the door
bustle. It is a dual lane slide that deploys
automatically when the mode select lever is in
the ARMED position and the door operating
handle is rotated a full 180 degrees.
The over wing slide is ready for use in

Slide readiness is indicated by a Barber pole

“barber pole” at the end of the
ramp:
Note: Visibility of the “barber

pole” is the cue to
immediately initiate
evacuation.
Note: If an inflated slide
becomes deflated after
deployment, it may be
WARNING: Block the exit while the slide is inflating. Do not allow passengers
onto the wing until the slide is fully inflated. Full inflation is indicated
when barber pole is visible.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-56
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
When evacuating the aircraft, Fuselage mounted

passengers must step down onto emergency lights
the wing from the door sill. The
evacuation path on the wing has
a non-skid surface with directional
arrows pointing aft to the slide
ramp.
Exterior emergency lights are

mounted on the aircraft fuselage
which illuminates the wing
walkway. The over wing slide has
lights built into the sliding lanes
and at the toe end.
Emergency
escape path
Slide lane Toe lights
lights
If the slide deploys but becomes deflated and another exit with an inflated slide
or slide/raft is not available, the deflated slide may be used as an apron slide,
using the deflated lanyard.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-57
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.2.2 Over Wing Manual Inflation Handle

The over wing slide should deploy and inflate automatically.
In the unlikely event that manual inflation is required; a manual inflation handle is
located in the upper aft portion of the door frame.
Pull to manually inflate slide
Pulling down on the manual inflation handle will inflate the slide.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-58
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.2.3 Over Wing Exit Life Line

 A life line is located in the 3L & 3R frame and may be used to evacuate
passengers onto the wing. If the life line is to be used, push the door until the
exit door is fully open.
 Remove life line from door frame
Note: The life line is coiled and located in the upper forward part of the door
frame under a Velcro cover.
Life line
Lifeline attachment point
 Direct a passenger to attach life line to the hook on leading edge of wing
outboard of the engine
 Direct passengers to exit the aircraft and hold onto / follow the life line
Note: Passengers should remain on the wing and wait for further directions.
2.12.2.4 Over Wing Emergency Exit Evacuation Order
Land Evacuation
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM TWO LINES, STEP
DOWN FOLLOW THE ARROWS RUN AND SLIDE”
Ditching
INFLATE LIFE JACKET, STEP DOWN MOVE OUT HOLD LIFE
LINE, JUMP INTO WATER FROM LEADING EDGE, SWIM
AWAY”

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-59
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.2.5 Over Wing Emergency Exit Preflight Checks

 The EPAS reservoir pressure gauge should indicate in the green zone.
WARNING: If the gauge needle is outside of the green zone, the system may
be unusable. Contact maintenance to service the door.
 The EPAS battery cover must align with the fixed liner on the hinge arm
when the door is fully closed, latched, and locked.
WARNING: If the EPAS battery cover and the door liner are not aligned, as
indicated by a discontinuity in the red arrow affixed to the
cover/lining, the EPAS system has been manually deactivated
and the door is not ready for flight. Contact maintenance to
service the door.
2.12.3 Evacuation Slide/Raft Deployed

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-60
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
 The flight deck number two windows can be used for emergency evacuation.
 Two flight deck escape ropes are attached to the aircraft structure above and
AFT both number two flight deck windows.
 The ropes are stowed in compartments
above the pilot seats.
Flight Deck Window Emergency Egress

If the flight deck number two windows must be
used for emergency egress:
 Open the window

- Push the window lock lever release
button
- Rotate the window lock lever aft to the
open position
- Crank the window to the full open
position
Note: The WINDOW NOT CLOSED placard

will not be visible.
 Remove the bag containing the rope (above

and AFT of window).
 Pull on rope to ensure it is securely attached.
 Throw the bag out the window (bag falls off)
check the first rope handhold is green and is
located in the window opening.
 Sit on the window sill with upper body
outside.
Note: The escape rope has knots in it to

assist in lowering to the ground. Lower
slowly to the ground

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-61
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13 CREW REST
2.13.1 Door 5 Upper Crew Rest (OFAR)

Crew members must be trained on overhead crew rest operations and
evacuation routes prior to occupying the overhead crew rest area.
The crew rest area should not be occupied during taxi, takeoff, or landing
operations.
A door 5 upper crew rest area is located in the aft part of the aircraft in the
overhead between doors 4 and 5. Entry into the area is through an enclosure
located in the passenger cabin across from door 5L.
The area has its own smoke detection system but no fire extinguishing system.
WARNING: The upper crew rest area should not be occupied when the amber
AIRFLOW OFF light is illuminated.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-62
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.1 Entrance Enclosure

 Entry into the area is through
an enclosure located in the
passenger cabin across from
door 5L.
 The entrance to the crew rest
area has the same external
Call/Reset
appearance as a lavatory, but light
is placarded for crew use.
 The entrance enclosure
contains the main control
panel. Main control
 An amber call/reset light is panel
mounted on the exterior wall
above the entrance door.
Note: Before entering the crew

rest area, ensure that
conditioned air flow is
available. Verify that the
AIRFLOW OFF light on
the control panel in the
entrance enclosure is
not illuminated.
Note: The AIRFLOW OFF light will be illuminated when the aircraft is below
25,000 feet or during smoke detection mode.
Note: If the aircraft is above 25,000 feet and the AIRFLOW OFF light is
illuminated, pushing the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch resets
the conditioned air system.
WARNING: If the AIRFLOW OFF light remains illuminated after the

AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch has been pushed, the door 5
upper crew rest area should not be occupied and PIC shall be
notified.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-63
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.1.1 Entrance Enclosure Control Panel
1 2
AREA
COMMON AREA
LIGHTING 3 4
5
OFF PRESS
TO
TEST
AIRFLOW / BACKUP
SMOKE RESET AIRFLOW OFF LIGHTS/TEST
1 COMMON AREA LIGHTING Switch/Light when pushed:

Turns the common area lights in the area on (light
illuminated)/off (light extinguished)
2 Alert horn Horn sounds when:
 Aircraft decompression occurs (continuous)
 Smoke is detected in the overhead crew rest area (pulsating)
3 AIRFLOW OFF Light Illuminated (amber) -

 Area airflow exhaust valves are open or during smoke detection mode
operations
 The area airflow is off
4 BACKUP LIGHTS/TEST Switch/Light Guarded switch/light. When pushed:
Illuminated (white) -
 turns the emergency lights in the area on (light
illuminated)/off (light extinguished)
Push and hold (2 seconds)
 The emergency lights in the area turn on for
approximately one minute.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-64
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
5
AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET Switch Guarded switch.
Push and hold (2 seconds)

 Resets the airflow to the area
 Resets aft galley electrical power
Note: The AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch is operative only when the
aircraft is on the ground or above 25,000 feet.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-65
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.2 Temperature Control System
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
2
F
1 70
O
C
4
O
F 3
1 Temperature Display
Displays - current ambient air temperature in degrees F or C
Flashing -new temperature set point when warmer or cooler arrows are
pushed
2
2 WARMER Arrow
Push - increases temperature in crew rest area when the temperature
display is flashing
Note: Push and hold the WARMER arrow until the temperature display
flashes. This allows the target temperature to be changed using
the arrow.
3 COOLER Arrow
Push - decreases temperature in crew rest area when the temperature
display is flashing
Note: Push and hold the COOLER arrow until the temperature display
flashes. This allows the target temperature to be changed using
the arrow.
4
4 UNITS Selector
Push - toggles between degrees F and degrees C for display and
temperature selection
The temperature may be set between 18 degrees C and 29 degrees C.
Note: The temperature control system is inoperative below 25,000 feet.

Note: Do not expect an immediate change in the temperature.
Note: Maximum controllable temperature is 29 degrees C.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-66
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.3 Evacuation Using Emergency Hatch

The primary evacuation route is through the entrance enclosure. If the main
entrance is unusable, evacuation is possible through the emergency hatch
located under bunk 6.
1
1 For egress:
 Lift and remove the mattress pad
Note: Stow the mattress pad where it cannot
obstruct emergency hatch or the aisle. 2
2
 Unlatch lower hatch
 Command passengers in immediate
area to move clear of evacuation area
3  Sit on floor facing outboard and lower legs

into hatch opening 3
4
 Reach out and grab the outboard
handhold
 Keep elbows close to sides
 Use step on lower hatch to climb/swing 4

5 down to main deck
 Exit to main deck
WARNING: During exit to the main deck, stepping

on the seat back may cause the seat
back to fold forward. If this occurs, the
crew member may lose balance and 5
hand grip, resulting in personal injury.
WARNING: If the emergency hatch was used for

crew evacuation, the lower hatch must
be closed when evacuation is complete,
to prevent the spread of smoke or fire.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-67
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
A) Evacuating an incapacitated person from the OFAR

Main Stairway
The upper assistant(s) should:

 Obtain assistance as necessary
 Place the incapacitated person on the floor, face
up, with feet near the top of the stairs
With the incapacitated person sitting on the edge at

the top of stairs:
 The upper assistant(s) should:
- Move the incapacitated person so most of
his/her legs are down the stairs.
- Sit behind the incapacitated person without
supporting much of the incapacitated person's
weight
- Prepare to transfer the incapacitated person to
the lower assistant(s)
 The lower assistant(s) should:

- Request assistance (as required)
- Work the feet into the stairway
- Take as much weight as possible

 Transfer grip to the back of the jacket or shirt (or
under the shoulders) of the incapacitated person
Note: Do not support much of the
incapacitated person's weight.
 Proceed down the stairs

Note: Protect incapacitated person’s head and
neck as much as possible.
The lower assistant(s) should:

 Receive the incapacitated person
 Lower him/her to the floor while protecting the
head and neck
 Close the area door

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-68
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
B) Evacuating an incapacitated person from the OFAR

Emergency Hatch
Prior to evacuation, the assistant(s) on the main deck should command
passengers in the immediate area to move clear of evacuation area.
Note: Displace the minimum number of passengers.
1 The assistant(s) in the crew rest should: 1

 Obtain assistance as necessary
 Lift and remove the mattress pads
Unlatch and raise upper hatch cover

 Unlatch lower hatch
 Place the incapacitated person in the
walkway at the base of the hatch, face up
 Feet should be placed near the hatch 2
opening
With one or more assistant(s) located below to

handle the incapacitated person,
2 The upper assistant(s) in the crew rest should:

 Place the incapacitated person's feet in the
hatch opening
 Move to a position behind the incapacitated
person
 Raise the incapacitated person to a sitting
position
3
3  Placing hands under the incapacitated
person's shoulders
- Slide the incapacitated person until the
incapacitated person's feet are in the hatch
and weight is transferred to walkway floor
The main deck assistant(s) should:

 Hold the incapacitated person’s feet on the
step
Note: This helps support the incapacitate
person while being lowered into the hatch.

 Slowly lower the incapacitated person down through the hatch

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-69
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
4  Transfer incapacitated person’s weight 4

to hatch step as necessary
5 The lower assistant(s) shall:

 Receive the incapacitated person 5
Note: The upper assistant should

protect the incapacitated
person’s head and neck as
much as possible while she/he is
being lowered to main deck by
the lower assistant(s).
 Close the upper and lower hatch

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-70
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.2 Door 1 Upper Crew Rest (OFCR)

A door 1 upper crew rest area is located in the forward part of the aircraft near
door 1. Access into the area is through an enclosure located in the passenger
cabin near door 1L.
The door 1 upper crew rest is to be occupied by crew members trained in the
use of the crew rest evacuation routes, firefighting procedures and
depressurization procedures.
Occupancy of the door 1 upper crew rest area during taxi, take-off and landing is
restricted to flight crew members who the PIC has determined are trained in the
emergency procedures for the crew rest compartment are able to rapidly use the
evacuation routes and the enclosure door should be latched open to provide
proper door 1 upper crew rest area ventilation.
Note: The door 1 upper crew rest area must be secured for taxi, takeoff,
and landing operations. For example, seat backs upright, foot rest
stowed, IFE monitors and control unit stowed …etc.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-71
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

 Entry into the door 1 upper crew rest area
is through an enclosure located in the
passenger cabin near door 1L. The Call/Reset
entrance to the crew rest area has the light
same external appearance as a lavatory,
but is placarded for crew use.
 The entrance enclosure contains an area
main control panel.
 An amber call/reset light/switch is mounted
on the exterior wall above the entrance
door. When smoke is detected in the area,
the light flashes. The light will illuminate
steady when the attendant call button on a Main control
passenger control unit (PCU) inside the panel
area has been pushed.
Note: If the door 1 upper crew rest is

occupied, the entrance door must
be latched open during taxi, takeoff,
and landing operations. The door
may be closed when at altitude and
the Fasten Seat Belt signs are extinguished.
 In preparation for descent, when the Fasten Seat Belt signs are illuminated,
the enclosure door must be latched open.
 Conditioned air is used to provide temperature control and ventilation to the
door 1 upper crew rest area. When using the area, conditioned air flow must
be available. Amber SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light on the main control panel
in the entrance enclosure illuminates when conditioned air is not available.
Note: If the SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light is illuminated with the aircraft on
the ground, push the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch to reset the
supply air system prior to entering the overhead rest area. Ensure that
the enclosure door is latched open.
 After the FASTEN SEAT BELT signs are turned off, the door 1 upper crew
rest door may be closed. Prior to closing the enclosure door, verify that the
SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light is extinguished.
Note: If the SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light is illuminated, push the AIRFLOW
/ SMOKE RESET switch one (1) time and wait 10 minutes before
closing the enclosure door. If the SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light
remains illuminated, the enclosure door should be latched open to
provide proper door 1 upper crew rest area ventilation.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-72
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.2.1.1 Main Control Panel

Refer to 2.13.1.1 Entrance enclosure control panel
2.13.2.2 Main Area Control Panel 1 2
1 1 MAIN AREA LIGHTS Light/Switch
When pushed:
 Turns area lights on/off. MAIN AREA HORN
LIGHTS SHUT OFF
2
HORN SHUT OFF Switch
When pushed:
 Silences the smoke detector system alarm horns
 Silences the decompression alarm horns
2.13.2.3 Temperature Control System

Refer to 2.13.1.2 Temperature control system

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-73
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.3 Crew Rest Non Normal Situation
2.13.3.1 Decompression
Indications inside the OFAR & OFCR:
1) A decompression (continuous) horn sounds in the crew rest area
2) For OFAR only - in the door 5 upper crew rest common area, the green
oxygen indicator light, located above the stair, will illuminate.
3) Oxygen masks will drop automatically.
Drills:
 Crew rest occupants should immediately don one of the PSU or bunk
service unit oxygen masks, move to an unoccupied position, and fasten
the seat/bunk lap belt.
WARNING: It is acceptable to reach over a seat/bunk occupant to

obtain an open/unused oxygen mask to prevent oxygen
deprivation / light-headedness when moving to an
unoccupied position.
 Evacuate the upper crew rest area when directed by the flight crew.
Note: Prior to evacuating the upper crew rest area, push the HORN
SHUT OFF switch (located in the crew rest common area). This
will silence the decompression alarm horns in the overhead crew
rest area.
2.13.3.2 Air Flow Off

Indications:
 A HI/LO chime will sound 5 times in the area whenever the air supply shutoff
valve is commanded closed.
 SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light will Illuminated amber :
- Area airflow exhaust valves are open or during smoke detection mode
operations
- The area airflow is off
Note:
 The SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light will be illuminated in the smoke detection
mode.
 When the SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light is illuminated, the overhead crew
rest entry door should be latched open when the crew rest area is occupied.
 The AIRFLOW OFF light will be illuminated when the aircraft is below 25,000
feet or during smoke detection mode.
 To salience the horn push the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-74
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.3.3 Smoke Detected

Indications inside the cockpit:
 The master caution light illuminates
 An aural caution alarm sounds
 A “SMOKE REST UPR DR 1” if smoke detected inside OFCR or “SMOKE
REST UPR DR 5” if smoke detected inside OFAR message at EICAS is
displayed
Indications inside the OFAR:
 The respective smoke detector alarm indicator light illuminates
 The pulsing smoke detection system alarm horns sound
 All area lights illuminate
 The crew rest area air supply valves are closed & the area smoke evacuation
valves are opened
Indications inside the cabin:
 The amber light above the entrance enclosure door flashes
 A “SMOKE REST UPR DR 1” or “SMOKE REST UPR DR 5” message
appears on the CMS.
 AFT galley electrical power is removed
 A continuous LO chime sounds at door :
- 1L, 1R, 2L, 2R, and in FWD galley for OFCR smoke detecting.
- 4L, 4R, 5L, 5R and in AFT galley for OFAR smoke detecting
Drills:
If smoke is detected and the Upper Crew Rest is occupied
At least one crew member in the crew rest:

- Dons a smoke hood
- Pushes the HORN SHUT OFF switch in the common area to silence
the smoke detection system alarm horn and chimes, if required
Note: Pushing the HORN SHUT OFF switch also removes the cabin
management system pop-up screen “SMOKE DETECTED DR1”
OFCR or “SMOKE DETECTED DR5” OFAR
Note: The flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System (EICAS)
message remains displayed until the smoke detection system is
reset “SMOKE REST UPR DR 1” or “SMOKE REST UPR DR 5”
- Fights fire
WARNING: If the source of the smoke/fire cannot be readily found,
maintain access to the main entrance while continuing to
search for source.
WARNING: If it becomes necessary to set the fire extinguisher down
while searching for the fire source, ensure the extinguisher
remains in contact with some part of the body for quick
retrieval.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-75
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Crew members not fighting the fire are to evacuate the upper crew rest
area:
- Ensure the entrance door is closed
- Establish communications with the flight deck
- Relocate additional emergency equipment to near the overhead Crew
rest area entrance
- Assist the crew member in the crew rest area, as required
A crew member outside the overhead rest entrance:

- Pushes the amber reset light above the entrance enclosure door to
silence smoke detection system alarm horn and chimes, if required.
Note: Pushing the amber reset light removes the cabin management
system pop-up screen “SMOKE DETECTED DR1 UPR REST”
or “SMOKE REST UPR DR 5”
Note: The flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System (EICAS)
message remains displayed until the smoke detection system is
reset “SMOKE REST UPR DR 1” or ‘SMOKE REST UPR DR 5”
After the smoke has been cleared from the crew rest area:
- Push the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch on the entrance enclosure
main control panel
Note: To reset the crew rest smoke detection system, the AIRFLOW /
SMOKE RESET switch in the crew rest entrance enclosure must
be pushed.
Note: To restore power to the aft galley, the AIRFLOW / SMOKE
RESET switch in the crew rest entrance enclosure must be
pushed.
WARNING: If the crew rest smoke detection system is not reset,

subsequent crew rest smoke occurrences will not be
annunciated.
WARNING: Do not push the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch prior
to ensuring the fire has been extinguished and all smoke
has been cleared from the rest area as this may allow
smoke to enter the passenger cabin.
- Continue to monitor the upper crew rest area visually & use CMS.
Note: The upper crew rest area may be used if:
- The ignition source has been positively identified and
extinguished
- All smoke has been cleared from the crew rest area
- The smoke detection and air flow systems have been reset
by pushing the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch in the
entrance enclosure
- The AIRFLOW OFF light on the main control panel in the
entrance enclosure is not illuminated

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-76
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
WARNING: If the emergency hatch was used for crew evacuation, the lower
hatch must be closed to help prevent the spread of smoke or
fire.
If smoke is detected and the Upper Crew Rest is Unoccupied
- Ensure the entrance door is closed

- A crew member outside the overhead rest entrance pushes the amber
reset light above the entrance enclosure door to silence smoke
detection system alarm horn and chimes, if required
-
Note: Pushing the amber reset light removes the following cabin
management system pop-up screen “SMOKE DETECTED DR1
UPR REST” OFCR or “SMOKE DETECTED DR5 REST” OFAR
Note: The following flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System
(EICAS) message remains displayed until the smoke detection
system is reset “SMOKE REST UPR DR 1” or “SMOKE
DETECTED DR5 REST” OFAR
- At least one crew member:
- Obtains a fire extinguisher
- Dons a smoke hood
- Feels the door
- If the door is hot:
 Keep the door closed
 Use a crash axe to chop a small hole in the upper part of the door
just big enough to receive a fire extinguisher nozzle
 Discharge the fire extinguishing agent, preferably halon, into the
hole
 Discharge the extinguisher completely
 If needed, discharge the remaining extinguishers into the same
hole to build up and maintain a high concentration of extinguishing
agent
- If the door is cool:
 Enters enclosure and closes door
Note: Opening/closing of the door may require assistance of a
second assistant if fire gloves are on.
 Puts on fire gloves (unless previously donned)
 Pushes the HORN SHUT OFF switch in the common area to
silence the smoke detection system alarm horn and chimes, if
required

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-77
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note: The respective flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System
(EICAS) message remains displayed until the smoke
detection system is reset
 Fights fire.
WARNING: If the source of the smoke/fire cannot be readily

found, maintain access to the main entrance while
continuing to search for source.
WARNING: If it becomes necessary to set the fire extinguisher

down while searching for the fire source, ensure the
extinguisher remains in contact with some part of the
body for quick retrieval.
- Crew members not fighting the fire assist as necessary

- Relocate additional emergency equipment near the overhead crew
rest area entrance
- Assist the crew member in the crew rest area, as required
- After the smoke has been cleared from the crew rest area:
 Push the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch on the entrance
enclosure main control panel
Note: To reset the crew rest smoke detection system, the AIRFLOW /
SMOKE RESET switch in the crew rest entrance enclosure
must be pushed.
Note: To restore power to the aft galley, the AIRFLOW / SMOKE

RESET switch in the crew rest entrance enclosure must be
pushed.
WARNING: If the crew rest smoke detection system is not reset,

subsequent crew rest smoke occurrences will not be
annunciated.
WARNING: Do not push the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch prior

to ensuring the fire has been extinguished and all smoke
has been cleared from the rest area as this may allow
smoke to enter the passenger cabin.
- Continue to monitor the upper crew rest area visually & use CMS.
Note: The upper crew rest area may be used if:
 The ignition source has been positively identified and
extinguished
 All smoke has been cleared from the crew rest area

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-78
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
 The smoke detection system and air flow have been reset by
pushing the AIRFLOW / SMOKE RESET switch in the entrance
enclosure
 The SUPPLY AIRFLOW OFF light on the main control panel in
the entrance enclosure is not illuminated
WARNING: If the emergency hatch was used for crew evacuation, the
lower hatch must be closed to help prevent the spread of
smoke or fire.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-79
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.14 FLIGHT DECK SEAT
The flight deck has two pilot seats, a first observer and a second observer’s seat.
2.14.1 Pilot Seat

The pilot seats:
• Recline.
• Adjust forward, aft and vertically.
• Adjust for thigh support, lumbar
support and seat pan tilt angle
The seats also have:

• Adjustable armrests and
headrests.
• Inertial–reel shoulder harnesses
with manual locks, lap belts and
crotch straps
The seats move outboard during the

last two inches of aft travel. Electric
and manual controls provide
forward, aft, and vertical adjustment.
WARNING: When manually adjusting the vertical seat position, pilots should use
their legs and/or the overhead hand-hold to unload their weight from the seat
prior to releasing the manual lever. A weighted seat may rapidly fall to the full
down position upon lever release and may result in personal injury.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-80
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.15 MISCELLANEOUS
Emergency zone responsibility is based on the

minimum number of C/C for safety.
The duties of C/C above the minimum number for

safety shall be assigned, according to the 1L
numerical order, basically to cover the main exits.
The duties of the additional C/CREW e.g. ILA,

1LC,5LA..Etc, shall be assigned by the flight
Purser.
The A/C is divided into 4 Zones:
Zone one starts from FWD of A/C till 2L & 2R

2L 2R
doors.
Zone two starts from 2L & 2R doors till 3L & 3R

doors.
Zone three starts from 3L & 3R doors till 4L &

4R doors. .
Zone four starts from 4L & 4R doors till 5L & 5R

doors. 4L 3R
5L 4R

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-81
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

1L 1R
Flash Light First Aid Kit
ELT* Flash Light
Megaphone
Door opening/slide
and emergency
equipment removal
responsibility DOOR/SLIDE DOOR/SLIDE
2L 2R
following emergency Flash Light First Aid Kit
landing/ditching Flash Light
3L 3R
DOOR/SLIDE 4L 4R DOOR/SLIDE
Flash Light
5L 5R
Flash Light
Megaphone

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-82
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

* The Minimum Cabin Crew for Safety Is "7"
 The cabin crew numerical order is based on the minimum Number of
cabin crew for safety.
 Cabin crew above the minimum crew for safety shall take Positions
according to indicate numerical order.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-83
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Safety demo is videotaped. Should video fail, Purser will make the demo
announcement while C/Crew perform the demo in the indicated position.
Manual Demo Safety Film Running

If minimum C/C, 2L replaces Observation
1LA, 2R replaces 1LC, 4L If minimum C/C, 2L replaces 1LA,
replaces 3L and 5L replaces 4L 2R replaces 1LC, 4L replaces 3L
and 5L replaces 4L

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-84
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

(Halon) (Water) (O2 Bottle + O2 Mask)
I S
Life Jacket Jacket Jacket Jacket
(1) ELT + (1) Fixed (19) Flash Light (6) Demo Kit (18) Extension
{Life vest + O2 mask
ELT +Seat belt + Safety Seat Belt
Card}
(1) Aisle Wheel Chair (2) Megaphone (10) EXIT Path (8) Survival Kit
with Escape
Slide/Raft

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-85
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Closet behind Cockpit Galley Outboard STW
Body Bag Precaution
(1) Kit
(2)
Stowage beside 1L Seat (2)
Center C/C (2) In Upper STW of Full Height Closet

(2) Seat Headrest
In Upper STW of Full Height Closet
In Center Floor Mounted STW

In Last Center
OHSC (6)
20 (6) (5)
I S
Each C/C Seat In floor
Mounted STW
(17) (17) In Center Mounted STW
(6)
At each pax/
(5)
S
emergency door (10)
station
Under Each Pax Seat
Y/C & Under Centre

Behind Last Row
Armrest B/C
Fitted In Each Slide
Raft S
OFCR
(4) (2) (2) (2)
OFAR (2) Galley Outboard

STW
(3)
(2)
(2)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-86
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
(1) Fire Extinguisher (1) Protective Breathing (4) Crew Life (1) Protective
(Halon) Equipment Jacket Gloves
(Smoke Hood)
(2) EXIT Path with

(2) Flash Light (4) Oxygen Mask Escape Strap

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-87
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
PART 2 B787-9
S B787-9
1 SU-GER
2 SU-GES
3 SU-GET
4 SU-GEU
5 SU-GEV
6 SU-GEW

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-88
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
60.1 meters
9.8 meters
meters
17
meters
meters
25.8 meters
62.8 meters

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-89
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
B787-9
Rolls Royce Trent 1000-J, rated at

Engines
74,400 pounds of thrust each
Max Takeoff weight 254,011 kilograms
7,635 nautical miles (14,140

Range
kilometers)
320 to 360 knots (0.85 to 0.90

Speed
Mach)
Maximum Operating Altitude 43,100 feet
Passenger Seating Capacity 309 total (30 B/C , 279 Y/C)
Lavatory 9
Galleys 8
Captain
First officer
Crew
2 Observer
Up to 12 Cabin Crew

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-90
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note:
- Two medical power outlets are located in the passenger cabin (220 volts
AC/28 DC).
- The outlets are located at the left aft area of the business class aft row 16A
and left aft area of the economy class aft row 51A.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-91
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.4 CONTROL PANELS
2.4.1 Attendant Switch Panel (ASP)

An attendant switch panel (ASP) is installed at each cabin crew station. One
ASP is designated as the master switch panel and is located at door 1 left. The
Attendant switch panels may be used to:
- Test the emergency lights (master switch panel only).
- Check the AUTO/MANUAL status of all passenger doors (master switch
panel only).
- Check and turn on/off status of GROUND SERVICE power (master
switch
panel only).
- Initiate passenger evacuation.
- Silence the evacuation horn.
- Turn on emergency exit lights.
- Turn work lights on or off.
Main Station Master ASP 1L

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-92
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5 CABIN SERVICE SYSTEM
The Cabin Service System (CSS) is a computerized system designed to

control cabin services.
Cabin crew use the Cabin Attendant Panel (CAP) to operate CSS.
B787-9 has two master CAP ‟s (cabin attendant panel) at 1L & 2L stations
and one CAP at 4L station. CAP‟s has touched sensitive display that enables
the user to select allfunctions.
The panel override function allows 4L CAP to override its default configuration
and have control of all configured screens for all configured Areas.
The CSS provides control/monitoring of the following systems:
- Cabin Door Status.
- Cabin Lighting.
- Cabin Temperature.
- Crew Rest Smoke Detection.
- Galley Chillers.
- Galley Heaters.
- Lavatory Smoke Detection.
- Passenger Services (reading lights and chimes).
- Potable Water and Waste Tank Levels.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-93
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-94
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.1 Lighting
2.5.1.1 Cabin Scene Lighting

The cabin scene lighting control allows cabin crew to set cabin lights according
to pre-set lighting scenes with different colors and length of time.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-95
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
The following are standard cabin lighting scene names and descriptions:
Scene Name Description
Bright blue ceiling illumination and bright white bin and

Boarding sidewall lighting- intended for boarding and deplaning to
/Deplane highlight the interior and facilitate locating seats, stowing
retrieving items. Time: 5 seconds.
Lower overall level illumination than Boarding/Deplane

Take off / Landing with blue ceiling illumination and lower bin and sidewall
lighting. Time: 5 seconds.
Low level white ceiling lighting intended for airlines that

Take off /Landing
dim cabin lighting for take-off and landing. Slow
Night
transition from any previous scene. Time: 7seconds.
Similar to Boarding/Deplane with lower sidewall
Cruise Bright
illumination levels. Time: 5 seconds.
Similar to Cruise Bright with lower overhead illumination
Cruise Low
and sidewall illumination off. Time: 5 seconds.
Similar to Cruise Bright with warm sidewall illumination.
Cruise Warm
Time: 5 seconds.
Meal / Beverage Warm ceiling and sidewall illumination with bright cross
Bright bin illumination - intended for meals. Time: 5 seconds.
Warm ceiling illumination with sidewall illumination off

Meal / Beverage and low cross bin illumination- intended for meals in
Medium premium classes where some passengers may be
sleeping. Time: 5 seconds.
Similar to Meal/Beverage Bright with lower overhead
and sidewall illumination- intended for mid-flight
Meal / Beverage
Low beverage/snack distribution in economy class to
facilitate cabin crew movement in the aisles with carts.
Time: 5 seconds.
3 minute 45 second transition simulating sunset, starts
at Meal Beverage Low - recommended for in-flight
Sleep Long
dimming of cabin after meal/beverage service and pick
up is complete.
Sleep Short 1 minute version of Sleep Long

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-96
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
4 minute transition simulating sunrise, starts from Sleep

steady state and ends at Meal/Beverage Medium -
Wake Long
intended to gently wake up passengers in preparation
for landing or meal service.
Wake Short 1 minute version of Wake Long.
Full intensity illumination intended for use on ground

White Bright
during cleaning or maintenance. Time: 5 seconds.
White Medium Medium level setting of White Bright. Time: 2 seconds.
White Low Lower level setting for White Bright. Time: 2 seconds.
Off Transition lights to off. Time: 2 seconds.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-97
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.1.2 Entry Ways Scene Lighting

Entry way lights are used to illuminate designated doorway areas.
100 percent white light intended for use on ground during

White Bright
cleaning or maintenance. Time: 2 seconds.
White Medium 65 percent white light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

White Low 30 percent white light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Cool Bright 100 percent blue light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Cool Medium 50 percent blue light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

Cool Dim 5 percent blue light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Warm Bright 70 percent orange light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Warm Medium 45 percent orange light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

Warm Dim 20 percent orange light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-98
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.1.3 Galley Scene Lighting

The galley scene lighting screen is used to control some lights above
galley areas.
100 percent white light intended for use on ground during

White Bright
cleaning or maintenance. Time: 2 seconds.
White Medium 65 percent white light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

White Low 30 percent white light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Cool Bright 100 percent blue light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Cool Medium 50 percent blue light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

Cool Dim 5 percent blue light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Warm Bright 70 percent orange light setting. Time: 2 seconds.
Warm Medium 45 percent orange light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

Warm Dim 20 percent orange light setting. Time: 2 seconds.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-99
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note: The galley lighting scene starts only if the galley ceiling light selector is in
the auto position.
2.5.1.4 Door Lighting

The door lighting screen allows cabin crew to monitor and control white LED
lights located above door 2.
2.5.1.5 Reading Light by Seat

The reading light control by seat screen allows cabin crew to control passenger
reading lights on an individual seat basis. Individual lights may be turned on or
off or all reading lights in the cabin may be turned off at once.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-100
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.2 Attendant Call
2.5.2.1 Service Call

Using the service call screen, cabin crew can view all the active seat and
lavatory calls in a seating area. Seat calls can be reset from the CAP. Lavatory
calls can be reset at each lavatory using the lavatory reset switch above the
door. Seat calls can also be reset from the PCU at each seat.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-101
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.2.2 Chime Control by Area

The chime control by area screen allows cabin crew to silence audible service
call chimes by cabin area. Other service call indications (MCL lights and PSU
lights) will still be displayed. This control is for service calls from passenger seats
only. Lavatory call chimes are not disabled. Chimes will still be audible in crew
rest areas.
Note:
- The chime control by area and the chime control by seat screens
function independently. Chime status (enabled or disabled) will not be
updated on the chime control by seat screen.
- Chimes disabled on the chime control by area screen are automatically
reset (enabled) at landing.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-102
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.2.3 Chime Control by Seat

The chime control by seat screen allows cabin crew to silence audible service
call chimes by individual seat. Other service call indications
(MCL lights and PSU lights) will still be displayed.
Note:
- The chime control by seat and the chime control by area screens
function independently. Chime status changes (enabled or disabled)
made on the chime control by area screen will not be shown on the seat
map.
- Chimes disabled on the chime control by seat screen are automatically
reset (enabled) at landing.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-103
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.3 Temperature
2.5.3.1 Cabin Temperature
The cabin temperature screen allows cabin crew to monitor and control the
temperature in the cabin areas. Actual cabin temperatures are displayed by
area. Cabin crew can increase or decrease temperatures by area or reset to the
default temperature set on the flight deck.
Note:
- Only one area at a time can be selected for temperature changes.
- The cabin master temperature range (65º F to 85º F / 18° C to 29°C) is
controlled on the flight deck. Each cabin zone temperature can be
adjusted ±5º F / ±3° C from the temperature set on the flight deck.
- The cabin is divided into 4 temperature zones.
2.5.3.2 Galley Chillers

The galley chillers control allows cabin crew to monitor and control the chillers in
the cabin galleys. Controls and status for the galley refrigeration system and for
individual galley chillers are displayed.
Note: CAP screen cooling status icons are equivalent to indications on the galley
refrigeration switch at each galley control panel

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-104
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.3.3 Galley Heaters

Galley areas with refrigeration have one or more heater outlets to maintain a
comfortable temperature in the associated galley area. The galley heaters
screen allows cabin crew to monitor and control heaters in each of the galley
areas. Cabin crew can increase or decrease the heater output at each galley or
turn off individual heaters. All heaters can also be reset to default temperature.
Galley heaters are not available when the aircraft is on the ground.
2.5.3.4 Heat Reduction

The heat reduction screen allows cabin crew to respond to warm cabin
conditions on the ground (with cabin doors closed) or during flight.
The control will dim or remove power from some cabin lighting to reduce heat
output in the cabin when the cabin temperature cannot be lowered via the cabin
temperature screen (when actual temperature remains two degrees above the
selected target temperature for more than 10 minutes).
A message will be displayed on the cabin temperature screen which refers the
cabin crew to the heat reduction screen. In rare cases it may also be started
automatically by the ECS if no action is taken by the crew.
Starting the heat reduction function will:

 Dim the overhead ceiling lights and lights installed under the crew rests
(cabin crew can still change lighting scenes via the CAP).
 Turn off the inboard ceiling and sidewall lights.
 Set the dimmable windows to the darkest setting (passengers can still adjust
window settings).
 Turn off all reading lights (passengers can still control reading lights).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-105
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
While heat reduction is active, an alert message displays on CAP cabin control
screens (unless a higher priority alert message is active) to remind cabin crew
that Cabin Lighting functionality is reduced.
Notes:
- Entry, Galley and work lights are not affected by the Heat Reduction
function.
- Standby soft key: Starts IFE heat reduction standby mode. Turns off the
backlights on all IFE seat monitors. Passengers can reactivate screens
as desired.
- Sleep soft key: Starts IFE heat reduction sleep function. Removes
power to airline determined IFE system seats.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-106
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.4 Dimmable Windows

The dimmable windows screens allow cabin crew to control the passenger cabin
electronically dimmable windows. Windows on the passenger doors cannot be
controlled from the CAP screen.
2.5.4.1 Window Control by Area

The window control by area screen allows cabin crew to set the state of
electronically dimmable windows by cabin areas. Windows may also be locked
to prevent the control switch at the window from changing the window
state.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-107
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.4.2 Window Status

The window status screen allows cabin crew to view the current dimming level
for each individual passenger cabin window. Cabin crew can also change the
dimming state of individual windows. Windows may be locked to prevent the
control switch at the window from changing the window state.
2.5.4.3 Window Range by Area

The window range by area screen allows Cabin Crew to set the window dimming
range by cabin areas. Passenger control of the window will be limited to within
the range set. Screen also displays the last commanded range.
Note: Window range limits set on the window range by area screen are
automatically reset to the default range at landing.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-108
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.5 Water Waste Tank Status
2.5.5.1 Lav. Sink Waste Tank Status

The lavatory/sink/waste tank status screen allows cabin crew to monitor
lavatories status (vacant or occupied) and fill percentage of the aircraft waste
tanks. The screen also identifies the associated lavatories and galley sinks for
each waste tank.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-109
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.5.2 Potable Water Status

The potable water status screen allows cabin crew to monitor the amount of
water available.
Water pumps may be reset to attempt to restore operation.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-110
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.6 Additional Status and Control
2.5.6.1 Cabin Occupants

The cabin occupant's screen provides cabin crew with the ability to enter the
cabin occupant count for the aircraft on each flight. This number must be entered
on the ground before pushback. This number is used to adjust the cabin airflow
during cruise. If there is less than a full passenger load, the adjusted occupant
value can reduce power consumption, reduce fuel burn, and increase humidity
within the cabin.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-111
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.6.2 Door Status
2.5.6.3 Display Controls

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-112
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.7 Pop-up Alert Windows

Pop-up alert windows display alert messages for urgent or abnormal system
conditions that require crew action.
Pop-up alert windows show on top of the current CAP screen or the screen
saver.
When a pop-up alert window is active, only the soft key(s) on the pop-up are
selectable and all other CAP screen menus and controls are locked out.
Pop-Up Alert Window Priority

Pop-up Alert Window priority (highest to lowest) is:
1. Smoke Detection.
2. Waste Tank Full or INOP.
3. Chiller Failure.
4. Chiller Too Warm.
5. Potable Water Level Empty.
6. Cabin Too Warm.
7. Reduced Power.
If more than one pop-up alert window is activated at the same time, the alert
windows are overlaid so that window with the highest priority remains in front,
with the other windows layered behind it.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-113
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.7.1 Smoke Detected Pop-up Window

A maximum of four smoke detector alarms may be shown in the window, with
the most recently activated smoke detector listed first. The window shows the
message smoke detected and the location of the associated lavatory or
overhead crew rest area on all cabin attendant panels.
Touch the close soft key on any cap to remove the pop-up window from all CAPs
and return to the screen previously displayed.
Note: The smoke detected pop-up window will be automatically removed from all
CAPs when smoke is no longer detected.
Smoke Detected Alert Text
If the smoke detected pop-up window is closed and smoke is still detected, an
alert.
"SMOKE DETECTED"
Shows in red text in the alert message display box of all CAP screens until all
smoke alerts are reset or deactivated.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-114
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.7.2 Waste Tank Full or Inop Pop-up Window

When the waste system sends a message that a waste tank is full or inoperative,
a waste tank full or inop pop-up window is activated.
This pop-up window is displayed at all Cabin Attendant Panels.
Touch the close soft key to remove the pop-up window from all CAPs and return
to the screen previously displayed.
2.5.7.3 Chiller Failure Pop-up Window

The chiller failure pop-up window appears at all CAP screens when either the
galley refrigeration system or a galley chiller has failed. The pop-up window lists
the galley refrigeration system or the failed galley chiller(s).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-115
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Individual Chiller Failure
2.5.7.4 Chiller Temperature Too Warm Pop-up Window

The chiller temperature too warm pop-up window appears at all CAP screens
when a galley chiller has reached a “too warm” temperature.
The affected chiller(s) are listed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-116
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.5.7.5 Potable Water Level Empty Pop-up Window

The low potable water pop-up window appears at all CAP screens when the
potable water tank is empty.
2.5.7.6 Cabin Too Warm Pop-up Window

The cabin too warm pop-up window appears at all CAP screens when the
aircraft power management system has detected a condition where the cabin
temperature cannot meet the target set by the flight deck.
Touch the close soft key on any CAP to remove the pop-up window from all
CAPs and return to the screen previously displayed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-117
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Heat Reduction Alert Text

When the cabin system heat reduction function is started, the alert
"REDUCED CABIN LIGHTING. HEAT REDUCTION IN PROCESS"
Shows in red text in the alert message display box of all CAP screens until the
function is stopped.
Note: If a smoke detected event occurs, this higher priority alert text will replace
the reduced power alert.
2.5.7.7 Reduced Power Pop-up Window

The reduced power pop-up window appears at all CAP screens when the aircraft
power management system has reduced power levels to some of the cabin
lighting to maintain cabin temperature. Lighting levels will be gradually reduced
and cabin lighting scenes are still allowed to execute.
Touch the close soft key on any CAP to remove the pop-up window from all
CAPs and return to the screen previously displayed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-118
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Reduced Power Alert Text

Once the reduced power pop-up window is closed, the alert
"REDUCED POWER. LIGHTS AND SIGNS MAY BE AFFECTED"
Shows in red text in the alert message display box of all CAP screens until
normal power returns to the system.
Note: If a smoke detected event occurs, this higher priority alert text will replace
the reduced power alert.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-119
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.6 LIGHTING
2.6.1 Cabin Lighting

Cabin lighting is provided by LED lights. Some can show full color. General cabin
illumination includes ceiling, sidewall, and entry way lights. These are
supplemented by reading, lavatory, work, galley, and closet lights.
The primary lighting in the passenger cabin is controlled by the Cabin Services
System (CSS) using the lighting controls from the CAP. Cabin crew can select
various dynamic lighting scenes for passenger cabin lights and control lighting in
individual cabin areas. (Refer to 2.5.1.1).
2.6.2 Reading Lights

The reading lights are located in the passenger service unit (PSU) and provide
light from above the passenger seats. They can be operated from the passenger
control unit (PCU) or the cabin services system. (Refer to 2.5.1.5).
2.6.3 Work Lights

Each cabin crew station is provided with a work light. The LED lights illuminate
the seat area and are controlled by the work light switches on the attendant
switch panel (ASP) located at each station.
Note: In some configurations where cabin crew stations are located adjacent to
each other, work light switches for both stations may be located at one station.
2.6.4 Closet Lights

There is a light for each closet door. A closet with two doors has two lights.
A closet light is automatically turned on when a closet door is opened and turned
off when the door is closed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-120
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Lavatories are illuminated by LED lighting in the ceiling, mirror and counter.
With the aircraft on the ground and the ground service bus powered, the lights
illuminate bright regardless of the door position. In flight, the lights illuminate dim
when the door is unlocked and bright when the door is locked.
2.6.6 Galley Lights

The ceiling lighting in each galley is controlled by a four-position switch on a
galley electrical panel. The switch positions are OFF, DIM, BRT (bright), and
AUTO. When the switch is in the auto position, galley ceiling lights can be
controlled from the cabin attendant panel. (Refer to 2.5.1.3).
2.6.7 Emergency Lights

The emergency lighting system provides direction to exit locations and
illuminates the egress paths inside the aircraft.
The system is normally controlled by a switch on the flight deck and is placed in
the ARMED position prior to flight. In this position, all interior emergency lights
illuminate automatically if there is a total loss of electrical power. Exterior
emergency lights illuminate only if the slides are deployed.
The flight crew can illuminate the interior emergency lights at any time by placing
the flight deck emergency lights switch to ON.
The emergency lights switch located on the attendant switch panel at door
1L can be used to bypass the flight deck emergency lights switch and illuminate
the interior emergency lights.
Note: The attendant switch panel cannot turn the system OFF when the flight
deck switch is in the ON position.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-121
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Emergency (EMER) LIGHTS Switch

Push (guarded) –
• Illuminated (red):
• All passenger cabin and exterior emergency lights illuminate.
• Bypasses the flight deck emergency lights switch
• Extinguished:
• All passenger cabin and exterior emergency lights extinguish.
2.6.7.1 Interior Emergency Lights

Exit signs and emergency area lights indicate all passenger cabin exit routes. All
emergency lights are powered by remote batteries and are controlled by the
emergency lights switches.
Interior emergency lighting consists of door, aisle, cross-aisle, escape path, exit
lights, and luminous exit signs.
General Illumination (GI) lights are installed on centerline stowage bins, ceiling
panels and OFCR panels and integrated into the exit locator signs to provide
required illumination in aisles and exit areas. They are also integrated into exit
marking and exit identifier signs to provide illumination on the exit door, handle
and instructions and the floor of the exit aisle.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-122
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
LED-illuminated graphic exit signs are located above each main aisle at each
door and will also provide illumination for the main aisle. The signs may also
include master call light indications and/or general illumination.
Escape path lighting consists of lights installed in the arm rest of the center
passenger seats, center galleys, lavatories, closets and partitions spaced at
intervals in the aisles and cross-aisles. When illuminated, escape path lighting
provides visual guidance for emergency evacuation if all sources of lighting more
than four feet above the aisle floor are obscured by smoke.
Emergency lighting installed in the crew rest areas includes exits signs for the
main stairways and escape hatches and area lights in the bunk PSUs and
entrance areas.
2.6.7.2 Exterior Emergency Lights

Exterior emergency lighting consists of integrated escape slide lighting and door
viewing lights.
Each slide has several lights built into the sliding lane and at the base near the
landing area. When the slide is deployed, the lights turn on automatically to
illuminate the slide and the landing area.
One LED light is located aft of each passenger door to illuminate the area at the
base of the escape slides.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-123
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7 COMMUNICATIONS
2.7.1 Cabin Interphone System

The cabin interphone system is a phone network with stations on the flight deck,
cabin crew stations and overhead crew rest area(s).
The cabin interphone system is used to initiate and receive:

 Flight deck-to-cabin crew calls.
 Cabin crew-to-flight deck calls.
 Cabin crew -to-cabin crew calls.
 Passenger address announcements.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-124
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.1.1 Master Call Light

Master call light panels provide cabin crew with a visual indication that a call is
initiated or an event has occurred that requires attention.
Typical calls initiate from the flight deck, cabin crew stations, passenger seats or
lavatories.
Master call light panels are located throughout the cabin near cabin crew
stations and some galleys.
The cabin interphone call lights and cabin crew station chime annunciations are
used as call indicators at the receiving location. Some call types may cause the
call light to flash. The cabin interphone crew call light extinguishes when the
receiving station handset is removed from the cradle.
Note: 2 new call indicator colors are introduced:

- White (steady): flight deck busy (below 10,000 ft./ DND time) indicate at
1L&1R stations.
- Green (steady): pilot to cabin crew call

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-125
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Master Call Light and Chime Definition

Event Master Call Light Chime
ALL CALL interphone call Pink (Flash) Hi
Cabin crew alert
None Lo/Hi
(waste tank full or inoperative)
Cabin crew all call
Pink (Steady) Hi/Lo
interphone call
Cabin crew to cabin crew
Pink (Steady) Hi/Lo
interphone call
Crew rest smoke Amber (Flash) Hi (continuous)
Flight Deck busy
White (steady) None
(below 10,000 feet)
Lavatory service call Amber (Steady) Hi
Lavatory smoke Amber (Flash) Hi/Lo (continuous)
Passenger service call Blue Hi
Pilot to cabin crew
Green (steady) Hi/Lo (2)
Interphone call
2.7.1.2 Call Types

A) Pilot alert (dial code **)
A priority call from a cabin handset to the flight deck typically used to notify the
flight crew about an emergency. The pilot alert call is not inhibited at any time. A
pilot alert (priority) call:
• Annunciates the call on the flight deck by sounding a single Hi/Lo
chime.
• The location of the cabin handset making the call appears on the pilot’s
tuning and control panels
• Causes a CABIN ALERT message to appear on the Engine Indicating
and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) display on the flight deck.
Note: Pilot alert calls take priority over all other calls to the flight deck.
A lower priority call in progress is automatically disconnected. If more than one
pilot alert call is initiated, all callers are connected via a conference call.
B) Flight deck (dial code 31)

A normal two-way call to the flight deck may be made by any station.
A normal pilot call:
• Annunciates the call on the flight deck by sounding a single Hi/Lo
chime.
• Causes a CABIN CALL message to appear on the EICAS display on
the flight deck.
Once a cabin crew-to-pilot call is made, one or two more stations may be added
to the connection.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-126
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
C) Cabin ready (dial code 6*)

A Cabin Ready is a non-voice call is used to notify the flight crew that the cabin
is secured and ready for taxi, takeoff and/or landing.
• Causes the CABIN READY message to appear on the EICAS display
on the flight deck for 60 seconds.
• Sounds a single Hi/Lo chime on the flight deck.
• Caller hears a rapid beep-beep to acknowledge a successful call and
then a dial tone
D) Pilot to cabin crew

Pilot to cabin crew is normal two-way calls initiated by the flight crew. It
causes:
• 2 Hi/Lo chimes.
• Steady green light in master calls light.
One or two more stations may be added to the connection.
E) Station – to – station
Station-to-station calls are normal two-way calls; any station can make a call to
any other station using the two digit dial code will cause:
• A single HI/LO chime.
• A steady pink light in master call light
Once a station-to-station call is made, one or two more stations may
be added to the connection.
F) Attendant all call (dial code 54)

Attendant all call is used by the cabin crew to call all the cabin crew handsets.
Attendant all call includes all cabin and Cabin Crew rest handset and excludes
the flight crew handsets. It will cause:
• A single HI/LO chime.
• A steady pink light in master call light.
Each handset connects to the call as it is removed from the handset cradle.
G) All calls (dial code 55)

All call is used by the cabin crew to call all the handsets.
The all call selection includes all handsets at cabin crew stations, overhead crew
rests and the flight deck. It will cause:
• A single HI chime.
• A flashing pink light in master call light.
Each handset connects to the call as it is removed from the handset cradle.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-127
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note: Cabin crew can answer a call from a different handset than the one being
called. To remote answer, enter the dial code of station being called. The call light
at the other location will be extinguished.
It is not possible to remote answer a call to the flight deck.

Passenger address announcements are made by selecting the desired area
on the handset and pushing the Push-to-Talk switch on the handset.
The Push-to-Talk (PTT) switch must be held down during the announcement.
2.7.2.1 Passenger Address Priority

Passenger address announcements are prioritized in the following order:
• Flight interphone (flight deck).
• Handset – priority PA.
• Handset – normal PA.
• Pre-recorded announcements – PRAM.
• Video area announcements.
• Boarding music – primary or secondary
A higher priority announcement overrides a lower priority announcement. When

the cabin interphone system is used to make PA announcements and a higher
priority announcement is initiated, the cabin interphone system resets and a dial
tone is heard in the handset.
There is a flight deck indication when the PA system is in use in the passenger
cabin.
2.7.3 Passenger Call

A call from the passenger seating area is made by activating the attendant call
switch located on the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) in each passenger seat.
Seats without a PCU have passenger call controls on the seat monitor.
Pushing the attendant call switch:
• Illuminates the blue row call light in the passenger service unit (PSU)
above the seat.
Note: For center seat groups with an odd number of seats, the row call
light indication for the middle seat illuminates on the left aisle side.
• Illuminates the blue attendant call light at the master call light panel(s)
configured for that seat.
• Sounds a single HI chime at cabin speaker(s) configured for that seat.
• Displays the seat location on the bottom of the list of active seat calls on
the service call CAP screen (assuming the seat is in the current area
selected on the service call screen).
Pushing the attendant call switch again from a seat where a call is already active
sounds the chime again.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-128
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.7.4 Lavatory Call

A call from the lavatory is made by pushing the attendant call switch located on
the front side of the lavatory sink cabinet.
Pushing the attendant call switch:
• Illuminates the switch to confirm selection.
• Illuminates the lavatory call light/reset switch located over the door of
the calling lavatory.
• Illuminates a steady amber lavatory call light at the master call light
panel(s) configured for that lavatory.
• Sounds a single HI chime at cabin speaker(s) configured for that
lavatory.
• Displays the lavatory location on the bottom of the list of active
lavatory calls on the service call CAP screen (assuming the lavatory is
in the current area selected on the service call screen).
Pushing the attendant call switch again from a lavatory where a call is already
active sounds the chime again.
2.7.5 Communication Non-Normal Operations
2.7.5.1 In-flight Entertainment (IFE) System Smoke or Fire

In the event of smoke or fire caused by any of the in-flight entertainment system
(IFE) components, all electrical power should be removed from the IFE system
and passenger seats.
Immediately notify the flight deck and request help from other crew members, as
required.
Note: Continuous communication among crew members provides

information essential for making safety-of-flight decisions.
Power to the IFE system is removed by moving the IFE Master Power
switch, located in the Video Control Center (VCC), to the OFF position.
WARNING: Once power is removed from the IFE system, do not turn the
IFE Master Power switch back on for the remainder of the flight.
Note: Power to the passenger seats and IFE system may also be
removed by the flight crew. If the IFE/PASS SEATS power switch
on the flight deck is moved to OFF, all power to the cabin IFE and
passenger seats is removed.
Note: If the IFE Master Power switch is placed in the OFF position, no
passenger service functions (reading lights or attendant call) are
available.
Note: Moving the IFE Master Power switch to the OFF position does not
cause an EICAS message to be displayed on the flight deck.
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-129
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Placing the IFE POWER switch at the video control station (VCS) in the cabin
OFF removes power from the following:
• IFE (all components).
• Video control station.
• Passenger seat power (excludes flight deck and overhead crew rest
outlets)
Placing the CONNECTIVITY POWER switch at the video control station (VCS)
OFF removes power from the following:
• All three cabin wireless access points.
• Onboard telephony network.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-130
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.8 LAVATORIES

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-131
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

The potable water system is supplied from two tanks located beneath the
cabin floor. The two tanks have a combined usable capacity of approximately
270 gallons.
In the lavatories, potable water is supplied to the sink, the toilet assembly for
bowl rinsing. Water tank quantity status is displayed on the cabin attendant
panels.
Two centrifugal pumps continuously pressurize the water in the distribution

system. One pump operates continuously to maintain system pressure.
The second pump is used as a backup and to assist in powered drainage of the
system. The pumps are switched off if there is no water in the system.
There is no main water Shut Off valve on this Aircraft.

In case there is no water in the cabin but the water tanks are full push the
WATER PUMP RESET BUTTON located in the potable water status in the cap
to restore the functions of the pumps.
2.8.3 Lavatory Water Heater

A water heater provides hot water to the sinks in each lavatory. There are no
controls accessible by the cabin crew. The maximum water temperature in the
water heater is 118 degrees F (48 degrees C).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-132
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.8.4 Water Shutoff Valve

All Lavatories have (4) position shut-off valves except the lavatories at doors 3L
and 3R (in the middle) have (2) separate shut off valves with only (2) positions
each (Open/Close).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-133
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

All waste is stored in two waste tanks installed aft of the bulk cargo
compartment.
Each tank has a usable volume of 230 gallons for a total of 460 gallons.
Each waste tank system operates independently – one on the left and one on
the right side of the aircraft. Each waste tank has two level sensors – a point
level sensor which only indicates when the tank is full and a continuous level
sensor which provides a measurement of tank levels from empty to full. When
both sensors indicate a tank is full, all toilets and sinks connected to the waste
tank are shutdown to prevent the tank from overfilling. The output of the
continuous sensor is also used to display tank level on the CAP.
Waste tank quantity status is displayed on the CSS. (Refer to 2.5.5.1).
Note: Toilet blockages can occur if large objects are flushed down the toilet.
Items which commonly cause blockages are diapers, hand towels, cups and
large quantities of toilet paper.
For ground and low altitude operation, the waste system uses vacuum
generators to collect the waste water from the toilets and the lavatory and galley
gray water drains. There are no gray water drain masts installed on the aircraft.
During flight at cruise altitudes, the pressure difference between the cabin and
outside moves the waste from the toilets to the tanks.
2.8.6 Lavatory Flush

2.8.6.1Standard Flush
The toilet flush switch is a combination infrared control (touchless) and manual
control (touch). Initiate the flush cycle by hand motion in front of the switch or
pressing the switch. Once the flush cycle begins, there is an automatic 15
second delay for a system reset before the next flush cycle can be initiated. This
delay conserves water by preventing consecutive flushes if the flush switch is
repeatedly activated by either method.
Note: Toilet flushes with the lid and seat in the up or down position.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-134
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.8.6.2 Wheelchair-Accessible Lavatory Flush

Wheelchair-accessible lavatories have a secondary flush switch, which is located
on the lower sink cabinet. Operation of the secondary switch is by manual
control, or touch, only.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-135
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

A smoke detector is mounted in each lavatory ceiling. When activated by either
detecting smoke or pushing the self-test switch, a horn sounds in the smoke
detector and the red alarm status indicator light illuminates on the smoke
detector.
1 Status Indicator Lights

Illuminated (green)
• Steady smoke detector has power and is operating properly.
• Blinking maintenance is necessary
Illuminated (red)
• Steady smoke has been detected.
• Blinking detector has failed
Note: If status indicator light is not illuminated (off), power is not supplied and
the detector is not operational.
 Self-Test Switch
When pushed activate the aural and visual signs.
Note: Switch is recessed in the smoke detector housing and requires a pen or
other device to push.
 Horn Cancel Switch

When pushed silence the aural and visual signs.
When released the horn cancellation/smoke alarm suppression cycle remains
active until the detector has not sensed smoke for a period of 30 seconds, at
which time the detector resets.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-136
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note:
- Switch is recessed in the smoke detector housing and requires a pen or other
device to push.
- The horn cancel switch does not affect the status indicator lights on the
smoke detector.
- The horn cancel switch does not remove the flight deck EICAS message. The
flight deck message is only removed when smoke detector no longer detects
a smoke event.
 Smoke Detector Horn

Sounds when the detector senses a smoke event.
When smoke is detected in a lavatory, the smoke detector activates the following
indications:
• Smoke detector horn sounds.
• Smoke detector status indicator light illuminates red.
• Lavatory call light/reset switch above the door flashes amber.
• A continuous cabin chime sounds in the cabin near the lavatory master
call lights flash.
• An EICAS message SMOKE LAVATORY is displayed on the flight
deck.
• The SMOKE DETECTED pop-up window is displayed on all cabin
attendant panels with the affected lavatory location listed in the window.
Audio and visual smoke indications can be cleared by using the smoke detector
horn cancel switch or the call light/reset switch on the exterior of the affected
lavatory.
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-137
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note:
- If smoke is still detected in the lavatory, the red alarm status indicator light on
the smoke detector remains illuminated.
- The SMOKE DETECTED red alert text message remains displayed while any
smoke alerts are active.

An automatic fire extinguishing system is located beneath the sink in each
lavatory. A fire extinguisher discharges a non-halon vapor through either one or
both of the heat-activated nozzles. Both nozzles discharge toward the waste
disposal container.
A temperature indicator is located inside the waste compartment below each

sink. White dots on the indicator turn black when exposed to high temperatures.
If any dot has turned black, the condition of the extinguisher must be checked.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-138
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.8.9 Lavatory Non Normal Operations
Toilet Does Not Flush

If one of the toilets does not flush, use the CSS Lavatory/Waste Tank Status
display to check the status of the waste tank for that lavatory. If the waste tank is
full, placard all lavatories connected to the full waste tank as inoperative. If the
waste tank is not full, placard only the affected lavatory as inoperative.
Toilet Flooding
If a toilet floods due to the water rinse valve sticking open after flushing.
Immediately flush the toilet to evacuate excess water from the toilet bowl.
Note: Wait at least 15 seconds between each flush to ensure the previous flush
cycle has finished. If the toilet flushes, but water continues to flow into the toilet
bowl, flush the toilet once or twice more to attempt to close the valve.
If the water continues flowing, shut off the water for that toilet. Turn the water
supply selector valve to the FAUCET or SHUT OFF position.
Toilet Flush Valve Fails to Reset

A loud continuous air noise or sucking noise coming from the toilet is caused by
the flush valve sticking in the open position. Flush the toilet once or twice more
to attempt to close the valve.
Note: Wait at least 15 seconds between each flush to ensure the previous flush
cycle has finished. If flush valve does not close, the lavatory remains usable.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-139
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.9 GALLEYS

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-140
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.9.2 Galley Electrical Power

A galley power control switch is located in most galleys.
The switch is covered with a red guard. With the Red
Guard closed, the switch is in the NORMAL (ON)
position. If there is an emergency, the Red Guard should
be lifted and the toggle switch placed to the OFF
position. This removes all electrical power to the galley.
The galley power control switch should be used only
during an emergency situation.
2.9.3 Galley Refrigeration Control Panel

Galley control panels can be used for control and indication of an individual
galley cooling system. Commands from the GALLEY CHILLERS CAP screen
and the local control panel have equal authority.
 Fault Light
Illuminated (blinking red) indicates that the galley chiller function is degraded and
may not support food cooling.
Illuminated (steady red) indicates that the galley can no longer support food
cooling.
2
 Galley Refrigeration Switch
WAIT (illuminated yellow) indicates that the galley refrigeration is selected ON
but the temperature is not within normal operating range.
ON (illuminated green) indicates that the galley refrigeration is selected ON and

the temperature is within normal operating range.
Blank galley refrigeration is off.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-141
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Galley Refrigeration Switch Indications

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-142
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

The potable water system is supplied from two tanks located beneath the
cabin floor. The two tanks have a combined usable capacity of approximately
270 gallons.
Potable water is supplied to galley sinks and various galley inserts (i.e. coffee
makers, water boilers, steam ovens, etc.). Galleys with a sink have a faucet. A
water heater is not provided for galley sinks. A charcoal water filter is installed.
Water tank quantity status is displayed on the cabin attendant panels.
Two centrifugal pumps continuously pressurize the water in the distribution

system. One pump operates continuously to maintain system pressure.
The second pump is used as a backup and to assist in powered drainage of the
system. The pumps are switched off if there is no water in the system.
There is no main water Shut Off valve on this Aircraft.

In case there is no water in the cabin but the water tanks are full push the
WATER PUMP RESET BUTTON located in the potable water status in the cap
to restore the functions of the pumps.
2.9.5 Water Shut Off Valve

Each galley that has running water is equipped with a water shutoff valve to shut
off the flow of water to the entire galley. The shutoff valve is accessible in flight
without the use of tools. Positioning the water shutoff valve selector to CLOSE
turns off water to that galley.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-143
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Galley sink waste water is drained to one of two waste tanks on the aircraft.
Refer to Lavatory/Sink/Waste Tank Status. (Refer to 2.5.5.1).
To prevent sink drain blockages do not put solid waste (coffee grounds, tea
bags, fruit pulp, and so on) in the sink drain. Put solid waste in the galley waste
bins.
Galleys also have a clog removal valve to help clear blockages. Do not remove
the sink drain strainer.
2.9.7 Gray Water Interface Valve (GWIV) and Manual Override Switch
Galleys have a gray water interface valve (GWIV) to automatically drain waste
water from sink drains to the waste tanks. When the GWIV senses a sink drain is
near capacity, the GWIV automatically opens and vacuum pressure drains the
contents to the associated waste tank. The valve closes before the sink drain
completely empties to limit the noise from the vacuum.
Galleys have a GWIV MANUAL OVERRIDE switch that allows cabin crew to
activate the GWIV regardless of the amount of fluid in the GWIV. Pressing and
releasing the switch opens the valve and drains the sink.
If the sink drain becomes clogged, cabin crew can actuate clog clearing valve
and depress the "Manual GWIV" switch on the galley electrical panel.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-144
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.9.8 Galley Non Normal Operations

Galley Water Fails to Shutoff
If the water cannot be turned off in any of the galley fixtures, such as the sink
water faucet, coffee maker, or water boiler, the water system for that galley must
be shut off. Position the galley water shutoff valve selector to CLOSE.
Galley Sink Drain Blockages

If a sink drain is blocked, or drainage is slow, a vacuum can be applied to the
drain to clear the blockage.
Use the clog removal feature to attempt to remove drain blockages:

1. Position the clog removal valve handle to the closed position.
Note: The clog removal valve handle is spring-loaded to the open position and
must be held in the closed position.
2. While the clog removal valve is closed, press and release the Gray Water
Interface Valve (GWIV) manual override switch.
Note: This allows full system vacuum to be applied to the sink drain line to help
clear any blockage.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-145
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.10 OXYGEN SYSTEM
2.10.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen

• The passenger oxygen system provides supplemental oxygen to passengers,
and cabin crew in the case of a depressurization event.
• The system provides oxygen to the main seating areas, galleys, cabin crew
stations, upper crew rest areas, and lavatories.
• The passenger oxygen system is a pulse system. A small pulse of oxygen is
delivered with each breath. The pulse duration depends on cabin altitude. The
system provides longer pulses at higher altitudes and shorter ones at lower to
altitudes delivers a constant volume of oxygen at any given altitude.
• The pulse delivery also reduces the amount of oxygen required compared to
traditional chemical or gaseous oxygen systems by concentrating pure oxygen
at the start of inhalation.
• Oxygen is provided for approximately 22 minutes.
• Passenger oxygen masks are located in overhead PSU compartments. One
mask is supplied for each passenger seat with one standard additional mask
provided at each passenger seat group. For example, a grouping of 3 seats
will have 4 oxygen masks. Two masks are provided in each lavatory. One
additional mask is also provided at each location with bassinet provisions.
• Each group of masks above outboard business class seats where a
passenger’s view of the mask may be obstructed has a single PULL flag
attached. There are two PULL flags with each group of masks for inboard
business class seats. The masks do not drop the full distance until the PULL
flag is pulled.
• Green LED oxygen flow indicators will be visible in the overhead PSU when
the mask compartment opens. There is one LED for each installed mask. One
LED illuminates green for each mask which is being used.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-146
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
• One oxygen mask is provided for each cabin crew station. The mask drops
within reach of a seated cabin crew. Two oxygen masks are located in the
ceilings above galley areas. One oxygen mask is located in the ceiling above
each crew rest bunk and the above the seat in the OFCR.
• Gaseous oxygen cylinders are located throughout the cabin in passenger
service units (PSUs) and overhead ceiling modules. The oxygen cylinders are
single use devices and once activated provide oxygen until the cylinder is
depleted and then must be replaced. The passenger oxygen system cannot be
turned off during flight.
• The masks automatically drop from the PSUs prior to the cabin altitude
reaching approximately 14,500 feet.
• Once the system activated, normal breathing initiates the oxygen flow for each
mask. The system regulates the pressure and distributes oxygen to the masks
by providing small pulses of oxygen to the user during inhalation. Since
oxygen is supplied upon demand, there is no need for a reservoir bag.
• On the flight deck, the EICAS advisory message PASS OXYGEN ON is
displayed indicating the system has been activated.
• The passenger cabin masks can be manually deployed from the flight deck by
pushing the PASS OXYGEN switch on the overhead panel to the ON position.
• If mask compartment door fails to drop open, the PSU door can be opened
manually. Push one of the circular ends on the soft rubber PSU latch button
which causes the other end to extend. Turn the button 180 degrees
counterclockwise; then push button to release the compartment door.
• If cabin altitude exceeds approximately 10,000 FT the following automatic

events will take place:
- Cabin lights increase to full bright.
- All crew rest entrance area, bunk area, and flight crew seat area lights
turn on.
- Passenger address system volume increases to maximum.
- Three Hi chimes sound.
- FASTEN SEAT BELT signs illuminate with corresponding chimes
- RETURN TO SEAT signs extinguish.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-147
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.10.2 Flight Deck Oxygen

• The flight crew oxygen system provides
oxygen to the flight crew to prevent
hypoxia in a depressurization event,
protective breathing, and non-emergency
operational requirements. Cabin crews
should be familiar with this system for
cases where they may be required to
occupy flight deck seats.
• The flight crew oxygen system uses quick-
donning diluter-demand masks located at
flight crew and observer stations. Oxygen
flow is controlled by an automatic pressure
breathing regulator mounted on each mask.
Operation
- Grasp and squeeze the
regulator’s red inflation
levers to remove the mask
from the stowage box.
- Pull the mask out and
away from the box,
ensuring ample hose
extension.
- Face inboard or outboard
(to minimize interference
with flight deck
obstructions), and place
the inflated harness behind
the head, with the lower
harness tube near the
neck. Tilting of head may
be required.
- With the harness tight to
the back of the head, bring
the mask down and away
from the face from the
forehead to chin.
- Release inflation levers and guide the mask towards the face to secure
mask.
- Adjust as necessary for a comfortable, snug fit.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-148
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
passenger cabin. Evacuation command switches are located on the flight deck
and at attendant switch panels (ASP) near each passenger entry door.
operation. An evacuation horn and light are located at each Cabin Crew station.
Placing the flight deck EVAC command switch to ON activate the evacuation
signals on the flight deck and on the Cabin Crew panels.
With the flight deck EVAC command switch in ARM, pressing an EVAC
command switch on an attendant switch panel activates the evacuation signals
on the flight deck and on the attendant switch panels.
With the flight deck EVAC command switch in the OFF position, all emergency
evacuation switches in the cabin are disabled.The evacuation signaling can be
activated at any attendant switch panel with no oral horn sounds in the cabin
(only in the cockpit).
The emergency evacuation signal can only be reset/turned off from the
station that originated the signal.
Flight Deck EVAC Command Switch

ON:
• EVAC command EICAS warning.
• EVAC lights flash at the designated Cabin
Crew switch panel(s).
• An aural horn sounds in the cabin
ARM:
• Normal operating position.
• The evacuation signals can be activated at
the designated Cabin Crew switch panel(s)
OFF:
• The evacuation command signal is off.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-149
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
ASP Evacuation Controls
 Horn Shut Off Switch

Push – silences the evacuation horn at the door area where the ASP is located.
 Evacuation (EVAC) Light

Illuminated (flashes red) – when EVAC command switch is pushed or flight deck
EVAC command switch is placed to ON.
 EVAC Command Switch

Push (guarded)
• Evacuation horn sounds.
• Switch indicator illuminates.
• EVAC light flashes at all ASP locations.
• Inhibits EVAC command switches at all other ASP locations.
Re-selecting the EVAC command switch at the same ASP where the alarm was
initiated cancels the alarm.
Note: Selecting an EVAC command switch at an ASP location other than the
one where the evacuation was initiated has no effect on the alarm.
 EVAC Command Switch Indicator

Illuminated (red) – when EVAC command switch is pushed. Switch indicator is
illuminated only at the ASP where the evacuation alarm was initiated.
Note: The EVAC command switch is inhibited in the air to prevent accidental
evacuation commands during flight.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-150
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

There are 8 identically operated passenger entry doors paired along the aircraft
fuselage (6 type A and 2 type C 1L and 1R).
They are used to enter and exit the aircraft, and also serve as emergency exits.
There are no other passenger cabin exits. Doors on the left side of the aircraft
are identified as 1L, 2L, 3L, and 4L and are generally used for passenger entry.
Doors on the right side of the aircraft are 1R, 2R, 3R and 4R and are generally
used for servicing the aircraft.
The doors can be opened or closed manually from inside or outside the aircraft.
The passenger entry doors are translating, plug-type doors. An Electronically
Dimmable Window (EDW) in each door allows observation of conditions outside
of the aircraft. During opening, the door first moves inward and upward, then
translates outward and forward. Each door is held in the open position by a gust
lock. The gust lock engages as the door nears its forward limit of travel.
Heated floor panels provide supplemental heat to the passenger door area.
There are no controls accessible by the cabin crew.
A single lane slide/raft (type C door configuration) is contained behind the door
bustle of passenger entry and service doors 1L and 1R.
A dual lane slide/raft (type A door configuration) is contained behind the door
bustle of passenger entry and service doors 2L, 2R, 3L, 3R, 4L and 4R.
Rotation of the door operating handle forward to the closed position
automatically locks the door. As the handle is moved past the latched position,
the vent is closed.
Initial rotation of the handle aft (toward Open) opens the vent to equalize cabin
and outside air pressure.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-151
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.1 Entry & Service Doors
 Dimmable Window
Control Switch
Controls the viewing window
dimming state.
 Dimmable Viewing
Window
Allows observation of conditions
outside the aircraft.
WARNING: The door viewing window must be set to clear for taxi, takeoff and
landing.
 Door Locked Indicator

Illuminated (green) – indicates the door is closed, latched, and locked.
 Door Bustle
The door bustle contains the slide/raft.
 Door Mode Select Panel

Controls arming and disarming of the emergency
power assist system (EPAS) and deployment of the
slide/raft.
 Gust Lock Release Handle

Pull the gust lock release handle to release the gust
lock.
 Door Operating Handle

To open the door – rotate in the direction of the arrow.
To close the door – rotate in the opposite direction of the arrow.
 Slide/Raft Pressure Gauge

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-152
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Attendant Switch Panel Door Indicator
 Auto Light
Illuminated (blue) – all passenger door
mode select levers are in the automatic
mode position (armed).
 Manual Light
Illuminated (white) – all passenger door
mode select levers are in the manual
mode position (disarmed).
The Auto/Manual indicator is located on the ASP at door 1L.

When all of the passenger entry doors are in automatic mode, the upper half of
the indicator (Auto) illuminates light blue.
When all of the passenger entry doors in manual mode, the lower half of the
indicator (Manual) illuminates white.
If all of the doors are not in the same mode, the indicator does not illuminate.
Note: The Auto/Manual indicator is inhibited in the air.
2.12.1.1 Entry & Service Doors Preflight Check

• The door slide/raft gas bottle pressure gage must indicate in the green zone.
• Verify the locked indicator is illuminated.
• Verify the mode select lever is in the manual position (green band).
• Verify the manual mode indicator light is illuminated.
• Verify the viewing window is set to clear (no blue LED).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-153
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.1.2 Dedicated Assist Space

There is at least one dedicated assist
space near each door. A dedicated
assist space is located between the
cabin crew station and the door sill.
Doors with dual-lane slides have two
assist spaces, one on each side.
Doors with single-lane slides may
have one or two assist spaces.
During an emergency evacuation, it is
important that the cabin crew grasp
the assist handle and place
themselves in a dedicated assist
space to ensure that they are not
blocking the exit in any way.
2.12.1.3 Flight Lock

Each door handle is automatically locked when ground speed is greater than 80
knots. The flight lock allows limited door handle rotation sufficient to partially
open the door vent, but prevents door opening. If electrical power is removed or
fails, the flight lock is spring-loaded to the unlocked position.
2.12.2 Evacuation slides

Evacuation slide/raft and pneumatic door opening systems are contained in each
passenger entry and service door. A door bustle on the lower face of the door
covers the slide/raft.
With the mode select lever in the automatic mode position, opening the door
from the inside activates the EPAS, which drives the door open. As the door
rotates open, the slide/raft deploys and automatically inflates.
he slide/raft deploys and inflates within 10 seconds after the door handle is
initially rotated.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-154
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note:
- If an inflated slide/raft becomes deflated after deployment, it may be
- If EPAS does not activate when the door handle is moved to Open:
1. Direct two able-bodied passengers to assist in pushing the
door out and forward to the open position.
2. Push until the door is fully open.
3. Verify that the slide/raft automatically deploys.
- If the slide/raft does not automatically inflate:
1. Pull and discard the manual inflation handle located on the
right side of the door sill.
2. Observe the slide/raft inflates
Each slide/raft has several battery-powered lights built into the sliding lane and
at the base near the landing area. When the slide is deployed, the lights turn on
automatically to illuminate the slide and the landing area.
The aircraft’s interior lighting system illuminates the door sill and girt area of the
slide.
They can be released from the door sill to be used as life rafts after ditching. A
floating hook knife is provided to cut the mooring line.
If the raft is not fully inflated, manual inflation valves can be used to inflate the
raft using the hand pump. The inflation valves are self-closing upon removal of
the hand pump.
Note: The floating hook knife is tethered to the slide/raft and stowed in an
identified pocket near the mooring line attachment location for easy retrieval
following deployment.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-155
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.2.1 Evacuation Order
Land Evacuation Type A

AND SLIDE ”
Ditching Type A
Land Evacuation Type C

AND SLIDE”
Ditching Type C
2.12.2.2 Raft Capacity
Raft Location Normal Capacity Over Load Capacity

Door 1L & 1R 30 38
Door 2L & 2R 43 54
Door 3L & 3R 43 54
Door 4L & 4R 53 66

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-156
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.12.3 Flight Deck Overhead Hatch

The flight deck overhead hatch is located on the right side of the fuselage just aft
of the overhead panels may be opened from either the inside or outside of the
aircraft.
The flight deck overhead door can be opened only on the ground with the aircraft
depressurized.
2.12.3.1 Flight Deck Emergency Egress

To open the door:
• Remove protective cover from escape hatch door.
• Pull and rotate the door lock handle to the open
position.
WARNING: The flight deck overhead door is hinged

to fall inward when opened. Care should be taken to
avoid personal injury when opening the overhead
door.
To access the descent devices:

• Slide the descent device stowage compartment
latch to the open position.
• Grasp and remove a descent device from the
stowage compartment
• Descent device handle extends (telescopes)
automatically when removed from stowage
compartment to allow two handed grasp.
• Ensure the descent device handle is held
securely through all egress steps until safely on
the ground
•
WARNING: Ensure the descent device cable is
securely fastened to aircraft structure.
To exit the aircraft through the overhead door:

• Climb out the door using the first observer’s
seat (right foot), the observer’s console (left
foot), the fold-down step in the bulkhead (right
foot), and the overhead door between the
hinged area (left foot/left knee).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-157
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
To prepare for descent once outside the

aircraft:
• Check descent area for hazards.
• If hazards exist on the right side of aircraft,
use exterior step to escape to the left side of
aircraft.
• Grasp descent device handle firmly with both
hands before descending.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-158
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13 CREW REST

2.13.1 Overhead Flight Attendant Rest OFAR
An overhead flight attendant rest (OFAR) is located in the aft part of the aircraft
in the overhead area between door 4L and 4R. Access to the OFAR is through
an enclosure located in the passenger cabin near door 4L.
The overhead flight attendant rest has its own smoke detection system but no
fire extinguishing system.
The overhead flight attendant rest is to be occupied by crew members trained in
the use of the crew rest evacuation routes, firefighting procedures and
depressurization procedures.
The oxygen system inside the flight attendant rest compartment is part of the
passenger cabin oxygen system and its operation is identical. The oxygen
masks above the bunks drop automatically in the event of a decompression.
There is one mask over each bunk
Note:
- A placard is installed indicating any OFAR occupancy restrictions.
- The OFAR is not to be occupied during taxi, takeoff or landing
operations.
- The OFAR has no ventilation below 15,000 ft. altitude.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-159
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

The entrance to the crew rest compartment
is an enclosure located in the passenger
cabin near door 4L and has the same
external appearance as a lavatory, but is
placarded for crew use and utilizes a
keyless combination lock for security.
The door latch defaults to the locked
position except during opening.
The entrance enclosure contains lighting
and a warning horn shutoff switch.
An amber smoke alarm/call light is

mounted on the exterior wall above the
entrance door. When smoke is detected in the crew rest compartment, the light
flashes. The light illuminates steady when the attendant call switch on a crew
rest PCU has been pushed.
Conditioned air is used to provide temperature control and ventilation to the
overhead flight attendant compartment. This air is regulated using the
temperature control panel in the common area.
A humidification system for the OFAR is installed to supply moisture to the air
and provide an enhanced level of comfort.
2.13.1.1.1 Entrance Enclosure Door Lock

A keyless door lock is installed at the entrance to the OFAR.
 Door handle.
 5 button keypad.
 Reset button.
To unlock the door, enter the airline

programmed code and rotate the door
handle in either direction to retract the
door bolt. When the door handle is
released, the bolt automatically returns to the latched position allowing the door
to be closed without retracting the bolt.
2.13.1.1.2 Entrance Enclosure Control Panels

The overhead flight attendant rest main control and temperature control panels
are located inside the entrance enclosure.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-160
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.1.2.1 Main Control Panel

The OFAR main control panel is located inside
inside the entrance enclosure at the
bottom of the stairs.
 Area Light Switch

Push
• Turns entrance enclosure light on dim
(green light illuminates).
• Second push turns entrance enclosure light off (green light extinguishes)
Note: If the Lights Master switch is on, the Area Light switch cannot control the
area lights.
 Horn Shut Off Switch

Illuminated (red) during an aircraft decompression or rest compartment smoke
detection.
Push – silences the decompression/smoke alert horn (light remains red) in the
Cabin Crew rest area.
 Lights Master Switch

Push (guarded)
• Overrides individual lighting controls and turns the entrance area and bunk
area lights in the crew rest compartment on bright (green light illuminates).
• Second push turns all the lights in the crew rest compartment off and returns
control to the individual switches (green light extinguishes).
2.13.1.1.2.2 Common Area Control Panel

An area control panel is located on the common wall at the top of the stairs
below the cabin handset.

Push
• Turns entrance enclosure light on dim (green
light illuminates).
• Second push turns entrance enclosure light off
(green light extinguishes)
Note: If the Lights Master switch is on, the Area
Light switch cannot control the area lights.
 Handset Light
Illuminated (magenta) – indicates an incoming cabin interphone call to the
OFAR. Light extinguishes when a handset is removed from the cradle or the call
is canceled.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-161
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.1.3 Crew Rest Temperature Control

The temperature in the Cabin
Crew rest compartment is
controlled by the temperature
controller located on the wall in
the entrance enclosure.
The temperature can be set
between 59º F (15º C) and 80º
F (27º C) by selecting the
warmer or cooler arrows on
the panel. Each bunk has an
individual air flow outlet to help
control individual temperatures
in those areas.
Note: The Cabin Crew rest compartment temperature can only be increased
above the temperature in the aft cabin area. The system is not able to achieve
the selected temperature under all operating conditions.
 Temperature Display
Displays:
• Current selected air temperature in degrees F or C.
• A momentary flashing selected temperature after warmer or cooler arrows are
pushed
Note: If temperature display is continuously flashing, and not associated with a

current temperature setting change, the system has failed.
 Units Selector
Push – toggles between degrees F and degrees C for display and temperature
selection.
 Warmer Arrow
Push – increases temperature setting for the OFAR.
 Cooler Arrow
Push – decreases temperature setting for the OFAR.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-162
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.2 Bunk Lighting Control Panel

The OFAR has a lighting control panel
located in the PSUs of bunks 1, 3, 4,
and 6.Bunks 2 and 5 have a lighting
control panel on the side wall at the
head of the bunk.
 Bunk Area Light Switch

Controls the bunk area lights which
illuminate the header and footer of
each individual bunk.
Push –
• Turns bunk area lights on dim (green light illuminated).
• Second push turns area lights on bright (green light illuminated).
• Third push turns area lights off (green light extinguishes).
•
Note: The Area Light switch on the bunk lighting control panels does not control
the entrance area lights.
 Handset Light
is canceled.
 Reading Light Switch

Push –
• Reading Light ON/OFF switch turns reading light ON or OFF (default setting is
“dim”).
• Upper Reading Light switch increases illumination to “bright”.
• Lower Reading Light switch decreases illumination to “dim”.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-163
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.3 Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment

The primary evacuation route is down the entrance stairway through the
entrance enclosure. If the main entrance is unusable, evacuation is possible
through the emergency hatches located at bunks 3 and 5.
2.13.1.3.1 Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment Using the

Emergency Hatches
For egress from either emergency escape hatch:

- Lift and remove the mattress pad.
Note: Stow the mattress pad where it

does not obstruct the emergency
hatch.
- Unlatch the cover using the two

release levers.
- Pull up on hatch handle to open the
cover.
- Stow the hatch cover where it does
not interfere with evacuation through
the emergency hatch.
- Unlatch lower hatch.
For the aft escape hatch:
A. Pull the lower hatch release handle.
B. Let the hatch drop a few inches.
C. Pull out lanyard and let hatch fall.
For the forward escape hatch:
A. Push the lower hatch release lever.
- Command passengers in immediate area to move clear of evacuation area.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-164
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
- Sit on bench.(1)
- Lower legs into hatch opening.(2)
- Grasp the handholds keeping elbows tucked inward.(3)
- Use the lower hatch to slide/swing down and drop to main deck.(3)
- Use the seat armrest to assist in maintaining balance as necessary.(3)
WARNING: During exit to the main deck, stepping on the seat back may cause
the seat back to fold. If this occurs, the crew member may lose balance and
- Close the lower hatch when evacuation is complete
WARNING: The lower evacuation hatch must be closed to help prevent the
spread of smoke or fire.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-165
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.3.2 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Main Stairway

- Obtain assistance as necessary
- Place the incapacitated person on the
floor, face up, with feet near the top of
the stairs.(1)
With the incapacitated person sitting on

the edge at the top of stairs the upper
assistant(s) should:
- Move the incapacitated person so most
of his/her legs are down the stairs.(2)
- Sit behind the incapacitated person
without supporting much of the
incapacitated person's weight.(2)
- Prepare to transfer the incapacitated
person to the lower assistant(s).

- Request assistance (as required).
- Work the feet into the stairway.(2)
- Take as much weight as possible.(2)

- Transfer grip to the back of the jacket
or shirt (or under the shoulders) of the
incapacitated person.(3)
Note: Do not support much of the

incapacitated person's weight
- Proceed down the stairs.(3)
Note: Protect incapacitated person’s

head and neck as much as possible.

- Receive the incapacitated person.(3)
- Lower him/her to the floor while
protecting the head and neck.(3)
- Close the area door.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-166
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.3.3 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Emergency Hatch

Prior to evacuation, the assistant(s) on the main deck should command
passengers in the immediate area to move
clear of evacuation area.
Note: Displace the minimum number of

passengers.
The assistant(s) in the crew rest should:

- Obtain assistance as necessary.
- Lift and remove the mattress pads.
- Unlatch and raise bunk escape hatch
cover.
- Unlatch lower hatch
For the forward escape hatch:
A. Pull the lower hatch release handle.
B. Let the hatch drop a few inches.
C. Pull out lanyard and let hatch fall
For the aft escape hatch:
A. Push the lower hatch release lever
- Place the incapacitated person across the
bunks, face up
- Feet should be placed near the hatch
opening.
With one or more assistant(s) located below

to handle the incapacitated person. The
upper assistant(s) in the crew rest should:
- Place the incapacitated person's feet in the
hatch opening.(1)
- Move to a position behind the incapacitated
person.(1)
- Raise the incapacitated person to a sitting
position.(1)
- Placing hands under the incapacitated
person's shoulders.
- Slide the incapacitated person until the
majority of the legs are in the hatch and
weight transferred to hatch bench.(1)
The main deck assistant(s) should:

- Hold the incapacitated person’s feet on the step.(3)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-167
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note: This helps support the incapacitate person while being lowered into the
hatch.

- Slowly lower the incapacitated person down through the hatch.(2)
- Transfer incapacitated person’s weight to hatch step as necessary.(2)
The assistant(s) on the main deck shall:

- Receive the incapacitated person.(3)
Note: The upper assistant should protect the incapacitated person’s head and
neck as much as possible while she/he is being lowered to main deck by the
lower assistant(s).
- Close the upper and lower hatch.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-168
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.1.4 OFAR Non Normal Situation
2.13.1.4.1 Decompression
If a cabin decompression occurs during cruise:
- Decompression (continuous) horn sounds in the main crew rest compartment
and the entrance enclosure.
- The green oxygen indicator light also illuminates.
The oxygen system for the bunks is identical to passenger cabin system
operation. Crew rest occupants should immediately don one of the oxygen
masks and fasten the bunk lap belt.
WARNING: It is acceptable to reach over a bunk occupant to obtain an

open/unused oxygen mask to prevent oxygen deprivation/light-headedness
when moving to an unoccupied position.
Evacuate the upper crew rest area when directed by the flight crew.
Note: Prior to evacuating the crew rest compartment, push the Horn Shut
Off switch (located in the crew rest entrance area). This silences the
decompression alarm horns in the compartment.
2.13.1.4.2 Smoke Detected

Smoke detection is annunciated by a smoke alarm horn (pulsating) sounding in
the main crew rest compartment and the entrance enclosure.
A total of eight (8) smoke detectors (refer to 2.8.7) are installed in the OFAR.
There are two smoke detectors in the common area and one in each bunk area.
If smoke is detected in the overhead flight attendant rest:

In the flight deck:
- The master caution light illuminates.
- An aural caution alarm sounds.
- An EICAS caution message SMOKE REST UPR DR 4 is displayed.
In the OFAR:
- The smoke detector alarm indicator light illuminates red.
- All area lights illuminate
- The pulsating smoke detection system alarm horns sound in the overhead
area.
- The crew rest compartment air supply valves are closed and the
compartment exhaust valves are opened

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-169
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
In the passenger cabin:

- The amber smoke alarm/call light switch above the entrance enclosure door
flashes.
- A continuous chime sounds in the passenger cabin.
- Master call lights flash.
- A SMOKE DETECTED pop-up window is displayed on all cabin attendant
panels with the OFAR listed in the window.
- Continue to monitor the compartment until the red alarm indicator light
extinguishes.
- When the smoke detector no longer detects smoke, all the smoke indications
will be removed and the smoke detector is sensitive to smoke again.
Note: When the smoke detector has been activated by smoke, lingering
smoke in the detector sensor may cause reactivation. Blowing air into the
detector sensor may clear lingering smoke.
- Audio and visual smoke indications can be cleared by using the smoke
detector horn cancel switch or smoke alarm/call light switch above the
entrance door. Pushing either of these switches:
1. Extinguishes the flashing call light/reset switch.
2. Extinguishes the flashing master call lights.
3. Silences the smoke detector horn.
4. Silences the continuous cabin chime.
5. Removes the crew rest location from the SMOKE DETECTED pop-
up alert window from all cabin attendant panels or removes the
pop-up window if there are no other active smoke alerts.
6. Initiates a smoke alarm suppression cycle

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-170
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
Note:
- If smoke is still detected, the red alarm status indicator light on the
smoke detector remains illuminated.
- The SMOKE DETECTED red alert text message remains displayed
while any smoke detector alerts are active.
OFAR Is Occupied
If smoke is detected, at least one crew member in the crew rest:
- Dons a smoke hood.
- Pushes the Horn Shut Off switch in the entrance area to silence the smoke
detection system alarm horn and chimes, if required
Note: Pushing the Horn Shut Off switch also removes the cabin services
system alert pop-up window SMOKE DETECTED. A SMOKE DETECTED
message is then shown in small text at the bottom of all displays.
Note: The flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) message
SMOKE REST UPR DR 4 remains displayed until the smoke detection system
is reset.
- Fights fire
WARNING: If the source of the smoke/fire cannot be readily found, maintain

access to the main entrance while continuing to search for source.
WARNING: If it becomes necessary to set the fire extinguisher down while

searching for the fire source, ensure the extinguisher remains in contact with
some part of the body for quick retrieval.
Crew Members not fighting the fire are to evacuate the upper crew rest area
1. Ensure the entrance door is closed.
2. Establish communications with the flight deck.
3. Relocate additional emergency equipment to near the overhead crew
rest area entrance.
4. Assist the crew member in the crew rest area, as required.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-171
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
OFAR Is Unoccupied
- Ensure the entrance door is closed.
- A crew member outside the overhead rest entrance pushes the amber reset
light above the entrance enclosure door to silence smoke detection system
alarm horn and chimes, if required
Note: Pushing the reset switch also removes the cabin services system alert
pop-up window SMOKE DETECTED. A SMOKE DETECTED message is then
shown in small text at the bottom of all displays.
Note: The flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) message
SMOKE REST UPR DR 4 remains displayed until the smoke detection system
is reset.
At least one crew member:

- Obtains a fire extinguisher.
- Dons a smoke hood.
- Feels the door
If the door is hot:

- Keep the door closed.
- Use a crash axe to chop a small hole in the upper part of the door
just big enough to receive a fire extinguisher nozzle.
- Discharge the fire extinguishing agent, preferably halon, into the hole.
- Discharge the extinguisher completely.
- If needed, discharge the remaining extinguishers into the same hole to build
up and maintain a high concentration of extinguishing agent.
If the door is cool:

- Enters enclosure and closes door.
Note: Opening/closing of the door may require assistance of a second

assistant if fire gloves are on.
- Puts on fire gloves (unless previously donned).

- Pushes the HORN SHUT OFF switch in the common area to silence the
smoke detection system alarm horn and chimes, if required.
Note: The flight deck Engine and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) SMOKE
REST UPR DR 4 message remains displayed until the smoke detection
system is reset.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-172
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
- Fights fire.
- Locates source of fire/smoke.
- Discharge fire extinguisher at the base of the flames and/or any hotspots
WARNING: If the source of the smoke/fire cannot be readily found,

maintain access to the main entrance while continuing to search for
source.
WARNING: If it becomes necessary to set the fire extinguisher down while

searching for the fire source, ensure the extinguisher remains in contact
with some part of the body for quick retrieval.
- Crew members not fighting the fire assist as necessary.

- Relocate additional emergency equipment near the overhead crew rest
area entrance.
- Assist the crew member in the crew rest area, as required.
After the smoke has been cleared from the crew rest area:
- Continue to monitor the overhead flight attendant rest area.
- Visually monitor the crew rest.
- Use the cabin services system as appropriate
Note: The overhead crew rest area may be used if:

1. The ignition source has been positively identified and extinguished.
2. All smoke has been cleared from the crew rest area.
WARNING: If the emergency hatches were used for crew evacuation, the
lower hatches must be closed to help prevent the spread of smoke or fire.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-173
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.2 Overhead Flight Crew Rest OFCR

An overhead flight crew rest (OFCR) is located in the overhead area between
door 1L and 1R. Access to the OFCR is through an enclosure located in the
passenger cabin near door 1L.
The overhead flight crew rest has its own smoke detection system but no fire
extinguishing system.
The overhead flight crew rest is to be occupied by crew members trained in the
use of the crew rest evacuation routes, firefighting and depressurization
procedures.
The oxygen system inside the crew rest compartment is part of the passenger
cabin oxygen system and its operation is identical. The oxygen masks above the
seat and bunks drop automatically in the event of a decompression.
Note:
- The OFCR seat may be occupied during taxi, takeoff, or landing
operations. The bunks and common area may not be occupied.
- The OFCR door must be latched open when occupied during taxi,
takeoff or landing.
- A placard is installed indicating OFCR occupancy restrictions.
- When the oxygen masks deploy, the green oxygen indicator light in the
common area illuminates.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-174
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

The entrance to the OFCR
compartment is an enclosure located
in the passenger cabin near door 1L
and has the same external
appearance as a lavatory, but is
placarded for flight crew use only
and utilizes a keyless lock for
security.
The door should remain closed and
locked at all times unless the OFCR
is occupied during taxi, takeoff, or
landing.
The door may be secured open with
the quarter-turn door latch to keep
open when occupied during taxi, takeoff
Or/And Landing. The entrance enclosure
contains lighting a warning horn shutoff
switch.
An amber smoke alarm/call light is mounted on the exterior wall above the
entrance door. When smoke is detected in the OFCR, the light flashes. The light
illuminates steady when the attendant call switch on a crew rest PCU has been
pushed.
Conditioned air is used to provide temperature control and ventilation to the
OFCR compartment. This air is regulated using the temperature control panel in
the common area.
A humidification system for the OFCR is installed to supply moisture to the air
and provide an enhanced level of comfort.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-175
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.2.1.1 Entrance Enclosure Door Lock

Refer to 2.13.1.1.1
2.13.2.1.2 Entrance Enclosure Control Panels
2.13.2.1.2.1 Main Control Panel

Refer to 2.13.1.1.2.1
2.13.2.1.2.2 Common Area Control Panel

An area control panel is located on the common wall at the top of the stairs.

Push
• Turns entrance enclosure light on dim
(green light illuminates).
• Second push turns entrance enclosure
light off (green light extinguishes)
Note: If the Lights Master switch is on,
the Area Light switch cannot control the
area lights.
 Handset Light
is canceled.
 Bunk Light Switches

Push
• Turns associated bunk lights on dim (green light illuminates).
• Second push turns associated bunk lights off (green light extinguishes).
2.13.2.1.3 Crew Rest Temperature Control

Refer 2.13.1.1.3
2.13.2.2 Bunk Lighting Control Panel

Refer 2.13.1.2

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-176
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.13.2.3 Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment

through the emergency hatch located at the bunk on the right side.
2.13.2.3.1 Evacuation from the Crew Rest Compartment Using the

Emergency Hatches
through the emergency hatch located at the bunk on the right side.
For egress:
- Lift and remove the mattress pad.
Note: Stow the mattress pad

where it does not obstruct the
emergency hatch.
- Unlatch the cover using the

two release levers.
- Pull up on hatch handle to
open the cover.
- Stow the hatch cover where it
does not interfere with
evacuation through the
emergency hatch.
- Unlatch lower hatch.
- Pull the lower hatch release handle.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-177
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
- Let the hatch drop a few inches.

- Pull out lanyard and let hatch fall.
- Command passengers in immediate area to move clear of evacuation area.
- Sit on bench facing the right side of the aircraft.(1)
- Lower legs into hatch opening.(1)
- Grasp the handholds keeping elbows tucked inward.(2)
- Use the lower hatch to slide/swing down and drop to main deck.(2)
- Use the seat armrest to assist in maintaining balance as necessary.(2)
WARNING: During exit to the main deck, stepping on the seat back may cause
the seat back to fold. If this occurs, the crew member may lose balance and
- Close the lower hatch when evacuation is complete
WARNING: The lower evacuation hatch must be closed to help prevent the
spread of smoke or fire.
.
2.13.2.3.2 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Main Stairway
Refer to 2.13.1.3.2
2.13.2.3.3 Evacuating an Incapacitated Person Using the Emergency Hatch

Refer to 2.13.1.3.3
2.13.2.4 OFCR Non Normal Situation

Refer to 2.13.1.4
2.13.2.4.1 Decompression
Refer to 2.13.1.4.1
2.13.2.4.2 Smoke Detected

Refer to 2.13.1.4.2

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-178
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

The flight deck has two pilot seats, a first observer and a second observer’s seat.
2.14.1 Pilot Seat

The pilot seats:
• Recline.
• Adjust forward, aft and vertically.
• Adjust for thigh support, lumbar
support and seat pan tilt angle
The seats also have:

• Adjustable armrests and
headrests.
• Inertial–reel shoulder harnesses
with manual locks, lap belts and
crotch
straps
The seats move outboard during the

last two inches of aft travel. Electric
and manual controls provide
forward, aft, and vertical adjustment.
WARNING: When manually

adjusting the vertical seat position, pilots should use their legs and/or the
overhead hand-hold to unload their weight from the seat prior to releasing the
manual lever. A weighted seat may rapidly fall to the full down position upon
lever release and may result in personal injury.
A secondary horizontal (fore/aft) power

control is located in the upper seat back
near the headrest (guarded by a cover)
for easier horizontal seat movement
when not seated.
Manual levers provide other
adjustments. Lumbar and thigh pad
support can be adjusted using the
control wheels. Armrest pitch can be adjusted using the control knob under the
armrest. The armrests can be stowed vertically for easier seat access. Headrest
angle can be adjusted by moving the cushion to the right and rotating it.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-179
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
2.15 MISCELLANEOUS
 Emergency zone responsibility is based on the

 The duties of C/C above the minimum number for
safety shall be assigned, according to the numerical
order, basically to cover the main exits.
 The duties of the additional C/C e.g. 1LA, 2LA,

2RA….etc, shall be assigned by the flight purser.
The A/C is divided into 4 zones
Zone one starts from FWD of A/C till the last row of
business cabin.
Zone two starts from row No.20 till row No. 30.
Zone three starts from row No.31 till row No. 40.
Zone four starts from row No.41 till end if A/C.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-180
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
1L 1R
ELT Megaphone
2L 2R
First Aid Kit
3L 3R
First Aid Kit
4L 4R
4L 4R
Megaphone ELT

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-181
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

* The Minimum Cabin Crew for Safety Is "7"
 The cabin crew numerical order is based on the minimum Number of cabin
crew for safety.
 Cabin crew above the minimum crew for safety shall take Positions
according to the indicate numerical order.
1* 1L
1R 8
9 1LA
2L 2R 3*
2*
2RA 10
12 2LA
4* 3L 3R 5*
6* 4L 4R 7*
11 4LC

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-182
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Safety demo is video taped. Should video fail, Purser will make the demo
announcement while C/Crew perform the demo in the indicated position.
Manual Demo Safety Film Running Observation

If minimum C/C, 4L replaces If minimum C/C, 4L replaces 1LA,
1LA, 2R replaces 2RA 2R replaces 2RA

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-183
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
(3) Fire Extinguisher (6) Fire Extinguisher (13) O2 Pulse Kit

(Chemical) (Water) (O2 Bottle + O2 Mask)
I S
(12) crew Life (309) Pax Life (40) Infant Life (10) Extra Adult
Jacket Jacket Jacket Jacket
(2) ELT + (1) Fixed (14) Flash Light (6) Demo Kit (12) Extension
{Life vest + O2 mask
ELT +Seat belt + Safety Seat Belt +
Card} (1) B/C Extension
Seat Belt
(1) Aisle Wheel Chair (2) Megaphone (8) EXIT Path with (8) Survival Kit
Escape Slide/Raft

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-184
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019

Galley Stw. (B/C) (1)
LAV Stw.
C/C Station.
C/C Station.
C/C Station. Closed Upper Stw.
I
(8)
Closed Upper Stw.
(2) (2)
OFCR
C/C Station. C/C Station.
(2)
C/C Station.
Each C/C Seat: C/C Station.
Under Each Seat Galley Stw (Y/C).

(12)
Floor Mounted Stw.

Floor Mounted Stw.
I I
(7) (7)
Floor Mounted Stw.

Floor Mounted Stw.
(2)
C/C Station.
C/C Station.
Floor Mounted Stw.

Floor Mounted Stw. s s
(5) (5)
(2)
Floor Mounted Stw. OFAR
I
(9)
Floor Mounted Stw.
C/C Station. I
(9)
C/C Station.
Galley Stw.
(3)
C/C Station.
Galley Stw.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 2 2-185
B777-300 / B787-9
DEC 2019
(1) Fire Extinguisher (1) Protective Breathing (4) Crew Life (1) Protective
(Chemical) Equipment (Smoke Hood) Jacket Gloves
(1) Crash Axe (2) Flash Light

(4) Oxygen Mask (4) Inertia Release

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
3-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 3
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (3) A320 NEO

3.3.1 Medical Power Outlets 3-3
3.4.1 FWD Attendant Panel (FAP) 3-4
3.4.1.1 Light Page 3-6
3.4.1.2 Doors/Slides Page 3-7
3.4.1.3 Temperature Page 3-8
3.4.1.4 Water/Waste Page 3-8
3.4.1.5 System Info Page 3-9
3.4.1.6 FAP Setup Page 3-9
3.4.1.7 Seat Setting Page 3-10
3.4.2 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) 3-11
3.4.3 Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 3-12
3.4.4 Area Call Panel (ACP) 3-12
3.4.5 Cabin Handset 3-13
3.5.1 Public Address 3-14
3.5.2 Call from Cabin Station to Cabin Station 3-15
3.5.3 Call from Cabin Station to All Cabin Station 3-15
3.5.4 Call from Cabin to Cockpit 3-15
3.5.5 Emergency Call from the Cabin 3-15
3.5.6 Call from Cockpit to Cabin 3-15
3.5.7 Call from Cockpit to All Cabin 3-16
3.5.8 Emergency Call from Cockpit 3-16
3.5.9 Passenger’s Seat Calls 3-16
3.5.10 Lavatory Calls 3-16
3.5.11 Evacuation Signaling 3-17
3.6 LIGHTING 3-18
3.6.1 Cabin Light 3-18
3.6.3 Cabin Crew Work Lights 3-20
3.6.4 Passengers Reading Lights 3-21
3.6.5 Emergency Lighting 3-22

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 3
DEC 2019
3.6.5.1 Emergency Lights Control 3-23

3.7.3 Water & Waste System 3-25
3.7.4 Lavatory Manual Shut off Valve 3-26
3.7.5 Galley Manual Shut off Valve 3-26
3.7.6 LAVATORY WATER HEATER 3-26
3.7.7 Lavatory Drain Valve 3-26
3.7.8 Lavatory Smoke Detection 3-27
3.7.9 Lavatory Fire Extinguishing 3-28
3.7.10 Lavatory Non-Normal Situations 3-29
3.7.11 Galley Non-Normal Situations 3-29
3.8 OXYGEN 3-30
3.8.1 Cockpit Oxygen System 3-30
3.8.2 Cabin Oxygen System 3-33
3.9.1 Doors Type C 3-35
3.9.2 Exit Type III 3-35
3.9.3 Doors Warning Systems 3-36
3.9.4 Damper and Emergency Opening Actuator 3-36
3.9.5 Doors & Exits Operation 3-37
3.9.5.1 Normal Opening from Inside 3-37
3.9.5.2 Emergency Opening 3-37
3.9.5.3 Closing 3-37
3.9.5.4 Opening from Outside 3-38
3.9.5.5 Closing from Outside 3-38
3.9.5.6 Type III Emergency Exit Opening 3-39
3.9.6 Evacuation Devices 3-40
3.9.6.1 Type C Escape Slide 3-41
3.9.6.2 Type III Escape Slide 3-42

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-TOC-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 3
DEC 2019


Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
3-1
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
S A320
1 SU-GFJ
2 SU-GFK
3 SU-GFL
4 SU-GFM

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-2
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-3
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
A320-232
Max Takeoff weight 79,000 kilograms
Range 6650 Km
Speed 350 knots (0.82 Mach)
Lavatory 3
Galleys 3
Captain
First officer
Crew
2 Observer
6 Cabin Crew
3.3.1 Medical Power Outlets
1 Medical outlet is located at the AFT above row 40 RHS of the

passenger’s cabin.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-4
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4 CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)

The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) enables all of the
following:
‐ The control and monitoring of the cabin systems
‐ An interface between aircraft and cabin systems
‐ Communication between all of the following:
‐ Cabin crew
‐ Flight crew
‐ Maintenance
‐ Passengers.
All of the following components are connected to the CIDS:

‐ Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
‐ Additional Attendant Panels (AAPs)
‐ Cabin handsets
‐ Attendant Indication Panels (AIPs)
‐ Area Call Panels (ACPs)
‐ Passenger Service Units (PSUs)
‐ Smoke detectors
3.4.1 FWD Attendant Panel (FAP)

The FAP enables the cabin crew to control certain cabin systems and the
CIDS, indicates the status of several cabin systems and provides the cabin
zone programming. It is located at the FWD cabin crew station 1L.
Note: The main page of the FAP shows four diagrams only (Lights,
Doors/Slides, Temperature and Water/Waste).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-5
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
The hard keys are used for major functions which have to operate
independently from the
FAP touch screen. They are marked with the related system functions:
- EMER (activates the Emergency Lighting System)

- LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF (activates/de-activates the Cabin Lighting
System)
- LAV MAINT (sets the lavatory lights to full brightness in the case of
lavatory maintenance)
- SCREEN 30 sec. LOCK (sets the touch screen in a sleep mode for
a time period of 30 seconds for cleaning purposes)
- EVAC (COMMAND & EVAC RESET )
- SMOKE INDICATION
CABIN STATUS button

To indicate the CABIN STATUS page push the button in the lower right
corner of the touch screen. This page gives an overview of the
standard CABIN STATUS page including these pages:
• LIGHTS.
• DOORS/SLIDES.
• TEMPERATURE.
• WATER/WASTE.
CAUTION button, ACTIVE INFO AND HEADING ROW

The CAUT button is always shown in the upper left corner of the
touch screen, normally in the de-active mode (OFF). If CIDS receives a
message which cannot be indicated the CAUT button is illuminated in
flashing mode and a text message is displayed in the INFO ROW. This
message will stay as long as the respective page is not shown on the
touch screen.
After displaying the page (s) related to the message (s) or after pushing
the CAUT button the illumination of the CAUT button comes on steady.
Note: Arrows in front of the actual text message in the INFO ROW shows
that more than one message are present. The HEADING ROW displays
the title of the actual selected page below the INFO ROW in the middle of
the screen.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-6
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
SCREEN OFF button and TIME OUT FUNCTION

The SCREEN OFF button is located in the lower left corner of the display.
Pushing that button switches the screen off.
An automatic event (CIDS message) or touching the FAP display
reactivates the screen again. This touch does not activate any system
function.
As an option it is possible to protect the manual reactivation of the screen
through an access code against un-allowed use. Then the screen is locked
after it is switched off.
Only a SMOKE event is displayed on the screen automatically.
CABIN READY button

The message CABIN READY will be indicated in the cockpit on the
ECAM if the CABIN READY soft key is pushed after the seat belt sign is
recycled 2 minutes before takeoff / landing.
This key is located next to the SCREEN OFF key in the lower left corner of
the FAP display.
Note: In case of IFE smoke / fire:

PIC shall be informed, set IFE master power to off position.
3.4.1.1 Light Page

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-7
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.1.2 Doors/Slides Page

The doors and slides status can be checked at any time on the FAP.
To get the DOORS/SLIDES MENU on the FAP, touch the CABIN
STATUS ICON on any menu page followed by the DOORS/SLIDES
AIRCRAFT SYMBOL or the DOORS/SLIDES ICON.
All open doors are shown as red rectangles outside the aircraft
symbol. All closed doors with disarmed evacuation devices are shown
as amber rectangles inside the aircraft symbol. All closed doors with
armed evacuation devices are shown as green rectangles inside the
aircraft symbol. The DOOR/SLIDE PRESSURE and the SLIDE
ARMED/DISARMED indications are shown as amber text next to the
related door/slide.
The DOORS/SLIDES menu will be displayed automatically when the
following commands are received:
• SLIDE PRESSURE LOW
• DOOR PRESSURE LOW
• SLIDE DISARMED.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-8
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.1.3 Temperature Page

The cabin air is distributed through cabin outlets (above and below the
overhead stowage compartments) and passenger individual air outlets.
To control the cabin temperature individually, the cabin is divided into two
areas (Area 1 (FWD) and Area 2 (AFT).
The used air is extracted through panels near the cabin floor.
A Temperature control panel is available in the flight deck and also on the
FAP. During cruise, the C/C can modify each cabin zone Temperature
that is selected from the cockpit, with a limited authority of +/- 2.50 C
3.4.1.4 Water/Waste Page

On FAP the WATER/WASTE page displays:
• In the left hand upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the waste quantity
in % is shown.
• In the middle upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the water quantity
in % is shown.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-9
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.1.5 System Info Page

This menu provides the status information for several cabin systems and
could be called up for pre-flight checks. Additionally this menu appears
during all flight phases in the automatic mode if dedicated messages for the
cabin crew are available.
The following systems/functions are incorporated in the SYSTEM INFO
page:
- CIDS internals.
- Ice protection.
3.4.1.6 FAP Setup Page

On the FAP SET-UP page it is possible to change FAP internal settings,
e.g. display brightness, settings for volume of loudspeaker and
headphone.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-10
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.1.7 Seat Settings Page

Seat settings page is an independent page in the FAP, included passengers
Call, FWD/AFT chime inhibit, reading light set/reset and cabin settings (call
reset).
Note: Call reset: Both cabin and LAV calls
Note: Lower Bar soft keys Layout select, level adjust, CIDS MCDU, SW
LOAD and FAP Set-up (For maintenance only).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-11
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.2 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)

The Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) is located vicinity of cabin crew
station at 2L Door. In general, the cabin systems are controlled from the
FAP. Some of these cabin systems can be additionally controlled from the
AAP (AAP can only control Y/C cabin light & AFT entry light).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-12
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.3 Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
AIP is installed within the vicinity of the Alphanumeric display

cabin crew stations. Features are as
follows:
- Alphanumeric display with 2 rows

each of 16 characters:
- Upper row display of communication information, such as
interphone calls
- Lower row display of cabin system information
- Indicator lights which serve as attention getters:
- Green for communication information
- Red for system and emergency information
3.4.4 Area Call Panel (ACP)

Area call panels are installed in the
cabin ceiling. The ACP has four
colored sections, amber, two pink
and blue, respectively. These
sections can be activated to warn
cabin crew from:
- Lavatory call (amber
steady) and lavatory smoke
(amber flashing).
- Crew call (pink steady or flashing).
- Passenger call (blue steady).
Passenger Call
A call from a passenger to the C/C results in a steady illumination of a
blue segment in the ACP of that side of the FWD or AFT section from
where the call was initiated.
Crew Call
Any call from the cockpit / C/C to the C/C is accompanied by
steady illumination of the two pink lights on the ACP.
Emergency Call
Whenever an emergency call is initiated from the cockpit, the two pink
lights flash simultaneously.
Lavatory Call
A call from the lavatory results of the steady illumination of the amber
segment in the ACP allocated to the lavatory from where the call was
initiated.
Lavatory Smoke
The amber segment of the respective ACP will flash whenever smoke is
detected in a lavatory.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-13
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.4.5 Cabin Handset

Each cabin crew station is equipped with a handset with PA and interphone
capabilities and the associated AIP.
The cabin crew use the cabin handsets for the cabin and flight crew
interphone functions and for PA announcements.
Picking up the Handset

In order to pick up the handset from it cradle, the
Cabin Crew must press the button at the back of the
handset. The button has the inscription PRESS.
Once the button has been pressed, the handset will
be easily removable from its cradle.
Handling of the Handset Microphone
In order to optimize the handling of the handset and
to minimize problems with low level announcements,
use the handset like a normal telephone handset.
Cabin Crew should not hold the handset upside-down
during announcements.
Used upside-down the sensitivity of the handset is
the least. The output level as well as the effect of the
noise-cancelling feature is reduced. Announcements
can be hardly heard in the cabin or may be
impossible to understand.
Handling of the Handset Cord
Do not stretch the handset chord over 2 meters (80
inches). This may cause damage to the cord supports
at both ends of the cord and will lead to handset
malfunction

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-14
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.5 COMMUNICATION
3.5.1 Public Address
“PA + ALL” pressed
Message « PA ALL» is displayed at AlP where call
is performed. Message «PA ALL IN USE» is displayed
at other AIP’s.
PA announcement can be performed while PTT switch
is pressed.
“PA + 1” pressed
Message «PA 1» is displayed at AlP where call is
performed. Message « PA 1 IN USE» is displayed at
other AIP’s.
PA announcement is performed via loudspeakers of
FWD cabin zone provided PTT switch is pressed.
“PA + 2” pressed
Message «PA 2» is displayed at AlP where call is
performed. Message «PA 2 IN USE» is displayed at
other AIP’s.
PA announcement is performed via loudspeakers of
AFT cabin zone provided PTT switch is pressed.
“PTT” pressed
Direct PA.
The PA sources for all types (priority level) are divided into:
1) Flight Deck.
2) Cabin Crew Station.
3) Prerecorded Announcement.
4) Boarding Music.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-15
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.5.2 Call from Cabin Station to Cabin Station

FWD station calls AFT by “INTPH + 4” pressed:
1) “AFT” is displayed at AlP where call is performed.
2) Pink indicators illuminate at respective ACP.
3) Green indicator illuminates and “CALL FWD” is displayed at AlP of
AFT cabin stations.
4) High-low chime sounds at all C/C loudspeakers.
“When communication is finished, hook up the handset”.
3.5.3 Call from Cabin Station to All Cabin Station

Pressing “INTPH + ALL”
1) Pink indicators illuminate at all ACP's.
2) Green indicator illuminates and “ALL” is displayed at AlP where call
is performed.
3) “CONFERENCE CALL” is displayed at other AlP's.
4) High-low chime sounds via all ATTND loudspeakers.
“When communication is finished, hook up the handset”.
3.5.4 Call from Cabin to Cockpit
Pressing “CAPT”
Indication in the cockpit:
ATTND light flashes with a buzzer.
Indication in the cabin:
“CAPTAIN” message is displayed at AIP where the call is performed
3.5.5 Emergency Call from the Cabin
Pressing “EMER CALL”

Indication in the cockpit:
“EMER CALL” light flashes with a buzzer sound three times.
Indication in the cabin:
Red indicator flashes and “EMERGENCY CALL” is flashing at AIP where
call is performed.
“When the emergency call is finished, hang up the handset or press
RESET button”.
3.5.6 Call from Cockpit to Cabin

1) Pink light on the respective ACP illuminate
2) Green light on AlP illuminate at the cabin crew station which is
pressed or dialed, and « CAPTAIN CALL» message appears at the
AlP.
3) High / Low chime sound at all cabin crew loudspeakers.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-16
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.5.7 Call from Cockpit to All Cabin

1) Pink light flashes at all ACP's
2) Green light on all AlP's illuminate and «CONFERENCE CALL»
message appears at the all AlP's.
3) High / Low chime sound at all cabin crew loudspeakers.
3.5.8 Emergency Call from Cockpit

1) Pink light flashes at all ACP's
2) Red light flashes at all AlP's, and « EMERGENCY CALL» message
flashing.
3) 3 High / Low chime sounds at all cabin and cabin crew loudspeakers.
3.5.9 Passenger’s Seat Calls

1) The respective seat row
numbering light illuminates.
2) A text is displayed on the
Call Button on PSU
AlP's where the call is
initiated. As an example:
(PAX 20L), each call is
indicated only on the AlP's
which are assigned to that
particular call zone.
3) The blue indicator illuminates at the
ACP's which are assigned to that particular call zone.
4) HI chime sounds via loudspeakers.
• Pressing again on illuminated cabin crew call button means
reset is achieved.
3.5.10 Lavatory Calls

1) The call button integral light comes on
The LAV call light illuminates.
2) A text is displayed on the AlP's where the
call is initiated. As an example: (Lav D),
each call is indicated only on the AlP's
which are assigned to that particular call
zone.
3) The amber indicator illuminates at respective ACP
4) HI chime sounds via loudspeakers.
• Pressing again on illuminated integral
call button means reset is achieved.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-17
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.5.11 Evacuation Signaling

The initiation of evacuation command
can be done from the cockpit & from
the FAP in the cabin.
1-Initiate The Evacuation Cockpit Evacuation Panel (overhead)
Command from Cockpit

Indication in the cockpit
1) Horn sounds Cabin Evacuation Panel (FAP)
2) “EVAC” indicator flashes,
Indication in the cabin Cabin Evacuation Panel
1) Horns sound (AAP) indication & reset
2) “EVAC” indicators flash on only
the FAP and AAP.
2-Initiate The Evacuation command from cabin

(in case the evacuation selector in the cockpit is in “CAPT & PURS”
position).
1) Horn sounds
2) “EVAC” indicator flashes.
3) “ON” indicator comes on.
Indication in the cabin
1) Horns sound
2) “EVAC” indicators flash on the FAP and AAP.
3) Integral light of “COMD” switch on the FAP illuminate green.
3-Initiate the evacuation command from cabin

(In case the evacuation selector in the cockpit is in “CAPT” position).
1) Horn sounds
2) “EVAC” indicator flashes.
3) “ON” indicator comes on.
There are no indications in the cabin except the integral light of “COMD”
switch on the FAP illuminate green.
Note: Can be reset the audio signal in the specific area by pushing
any reset switch in the cockpit, FAP or AAP. And can be reset
all indication by pushing the EVAC COMD switch in the area
which initiates the command.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-18
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.6 LIGHTING
3.6.1 Cabin Light
The cabin lighting system consists of following sub-systems:
• General illumination
• Lavatory lighting
• Passenger reading lights
• Entrance areas
• Passenger zones
• Cabin crew work lights
• Emergency lighting
• Passenger lighted signs (for location and operation: Refer to
General System Information )
After power-up of the CIDS, all cabin lights illuminate with full intensity,
except the lavatory lights.
Note: The lights near the cockpit door in the entrance area 1 dim
automatically when the cockpit door is opened. This
function should avoid glaring in the cockpit and is available,
when at least one engine is running.
Note: In case of LOW CABIN-PRESSURE all cabin lights are
switched on with full brightness, independent from any
selected light volume setting.
Note: Before controlling the cabin light, the C/C shall select the
Day/Night scenario according to the Day/Night flight from the
general cabin settings which is located in the light page, cabin
light is divided into 4 zones:
-Zone 1: FWD entry
-Zone 2: B/C
-Zone 3: Y/C
-Zone 4: AFT entry

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-19
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019

Each lavatory is equipped with different lighting units, controlled by the
lavatory lighting system.
The lavatory lighting system has following elements:

‐ Two ballast units with fluorescent tubes (located above the lavatory door)
‐ One combined halogen mirror / auxiliary light (located beside the mirror)
System operation
The lavatory lighting system is
controlled by the CIDS.
A micro-switch in the lavatory
door-frame monitors whether the
door is UNLOCKED or LOCKED.
Depending to these positions, the
lavatory lighting system works in
different ways.
When the lavatory door is

UNLOCKED:
‐ The fluorescent tubes illuminate
with reduced intensity,
‐ The auxiliary light is ON,
‐ The mirror light is OFF.
When the lavatory door is

LOCKED:
‐ The fluorescent tubes illuminate
with full intensity,
‐ The auxiliary light stays ON,
‐ The mirror light comes ON.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-20
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.6.3 Cabin Crew Work Lights

The cabin crew work lights are high intensity LED lights. They give additional
illumination to the working areas.
The cabin crew work lights are installed near the cabin crew seats and
galleys, and in the entrance areas (e.g.). They are arranged as single-type
lights and combined panels.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-21
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.6.4 Passengers Reading Lights

The passenger reading lights are high intensity LED lights which give
additional illumination to the passengers. Each passenger can control his
own reading light.
The passenger reading lights are installed in the Passenger Service Units
(PSUs), which are located above the seat rows. Each reading light has a
related pushbutton.
System operation by passengers

Operate the passenger reading lights on the PSU as follows:
1. Push the pushbutton to switch ON the reading light.
2. Push the pushbutton again to switch OFF the reading light.
Turn on or off all reading lights at once

The cabin crew can turn ON or OFF all passenger reading lights at the
same time via the FAP.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-22
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.6.5. Emergency Lighting

There are two types of emergency lights in the cabin:
‐ Emergency Lights at the doors (A)
‐ Cabin Emergency Lights (B).
The emergency lights at the doors (A) are installed above the doors or
beside the emergency exit doors. They show the position of the exit.
The cabin emergency signs (B) are installed in the aisle in an overhead
position. They show the direction to the next exit.
Each escape slide has a row of small emergency lights. They indicate the
way out of the aircraft and the borders of the escape slide.
The escape slide emergency lights are activated only when the door or the
emergency exit door is opened in armed position and the escape slide is
released.
Escape path markings

The emergency escape path marking enable passengers and crew
members to find the way out to the exits in the event of smoke within the
cabin, the system comprises following features:
- Illumination of the center aisle through photo luminescent strips.
- Illumination of passenger doors and emergency exits

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-23
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.6.5.1 Emergency Lights Control

The emergency lighting system is controlled from the cockpit or from
the cabin (FAP). The control elements are shown in the graphic below:
1. EMER EXIT LT selector 2 1
On: Emergency lights, Exit signs

illuminates in the cabin.
ARM: Emergency lights, Exits signs and floor

escape path marking system automatically Cockpit Control
illuminate if A/C normal electrical power is lost.
OFF: Emergency lights, Exit signs and floor escape

path marking go off.
2. EMER EXIT LT OFF light
The OFF light comes on amber when the EMER p/b at FAP is
pressed.
3. EMER LIGHT (FAP)
When pressed activates the emergency light

regardless the position of switch in the cockpit.
FAP Switch

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-24
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.7 WATER AND WASTE
Note: G1 and G5 are supplied with water.
G1 G2 G5

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-25
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.7.3 Water & Waste System

- The function of the water system is to supply water from the water
tank to the galleys & to the lavatories.
- The function of the waste system is to discard the waste from the
toilets in the lavatories to the waste tank & overboard to discard the
wastewater from the lavatory wash-basins and galleys sinks through
the FWD & AFT heated drain masts.
- One water tank is installed in the pressurized under floor area RH

behind the forward cargo compartment.
- The water tank has a usable capacity of 200 liters (52 US Gallons).
- One waste tank is on board the aircraft located RH behind the bulk
cargo compartment, near the partition wall.
- The waste tank has a usable capacity of 170 liters (44 US Gallons).
- The water / waste control panel is located at FAP.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-26
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.7.4 Lavatory Manual Shut off Valve

In each lavatory a manual water shut-off
valve is installed, to stop the water supply in
the lavatory.
It is located under wash basin behind wash

basin access door
3.7.5 Galley Manual Shut off Valve

Each wet galley has a water shut-off valve in a visible area.

The water heater is installed in each lavatory below
the wash basin. 2
1
The water heater equipped with:
(1) An ON/OFF switch.
(2) An indicator light.
(3) A pressure relief valve.
A thermo switch regulates the water temperature

between 45˚C (129.2 ˚F) and 48 ˚C (118 ˚F). If the 3
thermo switch has a malfunction or fails, an overheat
switch cuts the electrical supply it the temperature
reaches 60 ˚C (140 ˚F).
3.7.7 Lavatory Drain Valve

- A drain valve is installed under each wash basin.
- The drain valve lets the waste water drain to the drain masts and
stops the leakage of air pressure through the drain lines.
- The drain valve opens only when water flows through the drain masts.
By pulling the ring located at the top of the valve, it allows to
override the waste water drainage from the wash basin.
Drai
n

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-27
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.7.8 Lavatory Smoke Detection

- One smoke detector is installed in each lavatory extraction duct.
- If smoke enters into the measuring chamber of the detector, a warning
signal is transmitted to the CIDS.
- In the cabin aural and visual warnings, indicating the presence of smoke,
will displayed through the CIDS:
• Repetitive triple LO chime every 30 seconds via all cabin
loudspeakers.
• On the FAP:
o The CAUTION light comes ON steady amber.
o Smoke detection page shows the affected location.
o The SMOKE RESET key in the smoke detection page
comes ON steady red.
o The smoke indicator light hard key will illuminate.
• On the AAP the smoke indicator light will illuminate.
• On the respective ACP's amber light flashes.
• On all AlP's red light flashes and the affected lavatory is
shown in clear wording.
• The lavatory call indicator flashes amber.
AAP
ACP
AIP
Lav call Indicator FAP
- In the cockpit, following visual and aural warnings are trigged :

• Master warning P/B illuminates red.
• "SMOKE LAVATORY SMOKE" message appears in red on upper
ECAM display.
• Continuous repetitive chime sounds.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-28
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
- To reset aural and visual warnings on ACP

and AlP’s indications in the cabin the SMOKE
RESET P/B outside the lavatory door shall be
pressed.
Notes:
1. Reset of aural and visual warnings on ACP and AlP’s can also be
achieved by pressing the SMOKE RESET key in the smoke
detection page.
2. The visual alerts on FAP and AAP remain active until smoke is no
longer detected:
- When the master warning P/B is pressed by the captain, the red light of
master warning goes off, continuous repetitive chime is silenced and
"SMOKE LAVATORY SMOKE" message remains on ECAM display.
3.7.9 Lavatory Fire Extinguishing

- A fire extinguisher is installed above the
waste bin in each lavatory.
Note: The indicator on the gauge must

show into the green area to ensure full
operation in case of a fire.
- Each fire extinguisher has these main

components:
1. A spherical container with a mounting
bracket.
2. A discharge tube with a fusible plug.
3. A pressure gauge indicating
extinguisher condition.
4. An identification label.
OPERATION
- The lavatory fire extinguishing system is
completely automatic and self- contained. A fire or overheat condition
opens the release mechanism.
- If there is a fire in the waste bin, the fire extinguisher operates
automatically. When the temperature in the waste bin increases to
approximately 79 °C (174.2 °F), the fusible plug installed in the end of the
discharge tube melts and lets the agent flow into the waste bin.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-29
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.7.10 Lavatory Non-Normal Situations

• In Case of Water faucet fails to shut off:
If the water flow starts and does not stop by the faucet knob
Cabin crew shall set the water shut of valve in closed position.
Warning: Switch off the water heater after the manual water
shut of valve has been closed, this will prevent the
water heater from heating up while empty and will
avoid the risk of potential hazards (e.g. fire).
• Excessive noise in the lavatory:

To reduce the noise throw a blanket or cushion into toilet bowl,
close the toilet bowl cover, lock the affected LAV. And PIC shall
be informed.
3.7.11 Galley Non-Normal Situations
Galley
Electrical
Panel
Example
Galley power circuit breakers are located on the galley’s centralized

electrical panel.
- Galley smoke / fire:
Galley smoke / fire can be caused by electrical malfunction for example
coffee maker, ovens, water boilers etc.
If the source of the smoke / fire is identified or not inform PIC and
switch off the master switch to shut off electrical power.
- In Case of galley Water fails to shut off:

In case of water leakage in a galley, close the respective water shut of
valve.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-30
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.8 OXYGEN
The oxygen system consists of:

- A cockpit-fixed oxygen system, which supplies adequate breathing
oxygen to the cockpit occupants in case of depressurization, or
emission of smoke and noxious gases (gaseous system).
- A cabin-fixed oxygen system, which supplies oxygen for cabin
occupants (passengers and cabin crew) in case of depressurization
(chemical generated).
- A portable oxygen system, which is provided in both the cockpit and
cabin and is to be used:-
1. As protection for the crew during on board emergencies.
2. For first aid purposes.
3.8.1 Cockpit Oxygen System
- A high-pressure cylinder in the left-hand lower fuselage.

- A pressure regulator directly connected to the cylinder that delivers
oxygen at a pressure suitable for the user.
- Two overpressure safety systems to vent oxygen overboard, through a
safety port, if the pressure gets too high.
- A supply solenoid valve that allows the crew to shut off the distribution
system
- Four full-face quick donning masks, stowed in readily accessible boxes
adjacent to crewmembers' seats (one per seat)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-31
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
2 1
3 7 6
1. Release levers
Squeezing the "red grips" and pulling out the mask unlocks the two-
flap door and inflates the mask harness.
2- Flow indicator
The "blinder" shows a yellow cross when oxygen is flowing.
3- N - 100 % selector
- N: A mixture of air and oxygen is supplied if the selector is in
normal position.
- Above 35 000 ft. (11 000 meters) the air inlet is closed, and 100
% oxygen is supplied.
- 100 %: The mask delivers 100 % oxygen on demand at all
altitudes.
4- Test and reset control
The TEST and RESET button pressed, tests the supply valve system,
regulator supply and blinker.
5- OXY ON flag
This flag is located inside the stowage box and is visible when the
mask is removed.
It indicates that the radio communication has been transferred to the
microphone in the mask.
6- Flexible supply hose
Ensures the connection of the mask assembly to the stowage box and
supplied the oxygen.
7- Inflatable harness
The harness maintains the mask assembly on the users head.
8- EMERGENCY pressure selector
• When pressed: momentary overpressure is generated.
• When turned in the arrow direction: a permanent overpressure is
generated.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-32
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
Note: In emergency situations where smoke or noxious gases are

present a venting valve drives a small amount of O2 from the
mask cavity into the goggle cavity, raising the pressure to avoid
smokes and fumes entering the mask.
The venting system is operative only when overpressure of the
regulator is triggered either manually (by using the pressure
selector) or automatically (cabin altitude> 30 000 ft. (9 144
meters).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-33
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.8.2 Cabin Oxygen System

- Oxygen masks automatically drop from the PSU’s if cabin altitude
reaches approx. 14,000 ft., or electrically by an override switch in the
cockpit overhead panel and the emergency depressurization message
will be broadcast.
- When the cabin altitude reaches 9,550 FT the following will happen :
1. FASTEN SEAT BELT signs illuminate (return to seat is off).
2. The cabin lighting comes on 100%.
3. Exit marking signs and exit location signs are automatically turned
on.
- Oxygen generator is activated, when any of the masks hanging from a
- PSU is pulled.
- An in-line flow indicator "green” confirms that oxygen is flowing to each
oxygen mask.
- If the masks fail to drop from a PSU, oxygen compartment can be
opened manually by manual release tool.
- Chemical O2 generator supplies a flow of low pressure oxygen for
minimum 15 minutes.
- The number of O2 masks contained in the PSU is indicated on the door
stop.
- Oxygen compartment with two oxygen masks is installed for each cabin
crew station and inside each lavatory.
Note: After an emergency masks deployment, the smell of burning is

associated with the normal operation of the O2 generator system. And
don’t restore the oxygen masks.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-34
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9 DOORS, EXITS AND EVACUATION DEVICES
4 Emergency Exits Type III

(over wing hatches)
4 Doors type C
All doors become emergency exits in case of emergency evacuation.
All doors & exits can be operating from inside or outside of the aircraft.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-35
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.1 Doors Type C
Door locking Assist handle

indicators
Assist handle
Arming system
Gust lock Viewer
Warning system Door control

handle
Escape slide
3.9.2 Exit Type III Exit sign Slide armed

indicator
Cover flap
mould
Transparent Handle
Flap
Handle cover
Window
Grip mould
Exit marker

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-36
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.3 Doors Warning Systems

Each door type C has an observation
window equipped with a sunshade.
Close to that window, there are two
electrical indicators.
• One indicator light which illuminates
white when the slide is armed and the
door handle is moved up.
• One warning light which flashes red in
case of cabin differential pressure
above 2.5 MBAR (0.0362 PSI) when
all engines are shut down and the
arming system is disarmed.
The lights are visible also from outside through the window.
3.9.4 Damper and Emergency Opening Actuator

Each door type C is equipped with a damper and emergency opening
actuator which is located behind the support arm.
- It limits the door travel during normal
operation of the door especially in windy
conditions.
- It acts during emergency operation as an
actuator for automatic door opening.
- The damper and emergency opening
actuator is operated by compressed
nitrogen which is stored in a cylinder
equipped with a pressure gauge. The
pressure is also indicated by the cabin
inter communication data system (CIDS).
- The pressurized nitrogen is released by
an actuating device controlled by the
slide arming lever.
- To check this cylinder on type C by
checking gauge in green band.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-37
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.5 Doors & Exits Operation

3.9.5.1 Normal Opening from Inside
- The slide arming lever must be in
disarmed position and the safety pin
installed.
- If the red cabin pressure warning light
close to the observation window flashes,
do not open the door and report to the
cockpit crew.
- Grasp one assist handle "A".
- Lift the door control handle fully up.(The
two upper latches disengage and door
unlocks).
- Push the door outwards then move it
forwards, by using the assist handle
"B", until it locks in its fully open
position.(An integrated damper limits
the speed of the door).
3.9.5.2 Emergency Opening

- Check that the evacuation system is armed.
- Hold on to the frame assist handle.
- Lift door control handle rapidly fully up and release.
- The door opens automatically and locks in the open position.
- Should the pneumatic assistance of the door fail push door open
manually.
3.9.5.3 Closing
- Ensure door area, both interior and exterior, is free of obstruction and
safety strap is stowed.
- Press the gust lock located on the support arm of the door.
- Grasp the assist handle "A"
- Using the assist handle "B", move the door rearwards
- When the door is in front of its frame, pull the door in and lower the
door control handle
- Check that the door locks correctly, the door locking indicators,
located on the upper part of the door indicate locked “D”
D
Unlocked Locked
Incorrect locking Correct locking

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-38
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.5.4 Opening from Outside

- Labels next to the exterior control handle indicate how to open the door
from the outside.
- Check through the observation window that the red cabin pressure
indicator does not flash
- Push the flap and grasp the handle, lift it fully up (to the horizontal
green line).
- Pull the door outwards and forwards until it locks in the fully open
position.
Opening Instruction
Note: If you open this exit from outside and the slide in armed position
automatically the lever will move to disarmed.
3.9.5.5 Closing from Outside

- Push the gust lock to unlock the door, move the door towards the
frame, and push it in and lower the control handle, the door is locked
when the handle is flush with the fuselage.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-39
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.5.6 Type III Emergency Exit Opening

- The over wing emergency exits are always in armed configuration.
- Remove the handle cover. The handle light and slide armed indicator
illuminate.
- Pull down tile control handle. The exit moves inwards.
- Lift the exit from the frame by holding the grip mould.
- Throw the exit out*.
1 2 3
4 5
Note: Discard the over wing exit outside the Aircraft:

1) On land : Discard it to the FWD of the wing
2) On ditching : Discard it to the AFT of wing

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-40
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.6 Evacuation Devices

- A single lane inflatable escape slide is installed in each cabin door.
- For doors 1 and 2 (type C) these escape slides deploy straight down
and used as floatation device.
- For the over wing emergency exits (type III) a dual lane escape slide is
installed in the wing fuselage facing AFT of the over wing exits and
deploys over the wing.
- They permit quick evacuation for the passengers and the crew in an
emergency.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-41
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.6.1 Type C Escape Slide

- The deployment and inflation of the
unit is automatically initiated when the
door is opened in "ARMED" mode.
- As the door opens, the girt tensions
and pulls the unit out of the container.
- It falls below the door sill. A firing
Restrain
lanyard actuates the regulator valve,
device
primary gas is supplied to the
aspirators and the inflation is initiated.
- The escape slide inflates and deploys
within 3 seconds.
- The inflation reservoir sensors are
connected to the CIDS and the
pressure of the inflation cylinder is
indicated on the FAP.
- Intermediate tie devices restrain the escape slide to approximately one
third of its extended length, to prevent escape slide from inflating
underneath the fuselage. When the escape slide becomes sufficiently
pressurized, the ties release and the escape slide is projected outwards
and downwards to contact the ground.
Type C Manual inflation handle

- If the automatic inflation is not
initiated, the red manual
inflation handle, located on the
girt extension of the escape
slide, has to be pulled.
- The handle is located on the
right side of the girt extension. 1
Type C Disconnection Handle

- If necessary, the escape-slide can
be removed from the aircraft.
- Disconnection of the escape-slide
from the cabin floor: 2
1. Lift up the flap attached to the
escape slide by a velcro band.
2. Pull the disconnect handle If
slide does not drop release
daisy chain manually 3
3. Cut the mooring line with the hook
knife.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-42
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.9.6.2 Type III Escape Slide

- The over wing slide are of dual lane type
and are installed in the wing fuselage
facing AFT of the over wing exits.
- The slide inflation is automatically initiated
if one or both emergency exits are
opened.
- The escape slide inflates and deploys over
the wing.
- It takes about 3 seconds for the escape
slide to be ready for evacuation.
Type III Manual inflation handle

The slide can also be inflated manually after the emergency exit is
opened by pulling the red manual inflation handle (any one of both) in
case the automatic inflation is not initiated.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-43
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
Damaged over wing slide operation

In case the over wing slide has been damaged and deflated it can still be
used as a hand hold escape chute.
- An able bodied man looks for the snap hook (fig. 1)
- The snap hook on the slide must be fixed to the hook attachment
point on the wing. (fig. 2)
- Four able bodied men must hold the slide by using two no fail handles
installed on each side of the escape slide (fig. 3)
- Passengers can now be evacuated over the over wing over the over
wing slide.
Fig (1) Fig (2) Fig (3)

AND SLIDE”
Ditching Main Doors
INFLATE LIFE JACKET JUMP INTO WATER SWIM AWAY”
“OPEN SEAT BELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE,
LEAVE, LEG, HEAD, BODY, LEG, RUN AND SLIDE”
LEAVE, LEG, HEAD, BODY, LEG, INFLATE LIFE JACKET,
JUMP INTO WATER, FROM LEADING EDGE, SWIM AWAY”

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-44
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019

- The cockpit is equipped with fixed
and sliding windows, which are
installed on the front and sides of the
cockpit.
(1) Fixed windows
(2) Sliding windows
- There are four fixed windows; two are located on each side of the cockpit
and are fitted with anti-icing and defogging system.
- The other two are located on the front windshield, and are also of the
integral security type, specifically designed to protect against bird impact.
- There are two sliding windows. They are located on each side of the
windshield, and can be used as crew secondary emergency exits.
- If an emergency occurs, the cockpit crew can use descent ropes to
exit the cockpit through the opened sliding windows.
Opening
1. Simultaneously press the red unlocking push button and
rotate the operating handle rearward.
2. Push the operating handle backward to move the
windows until it locks.
Closing
1. Pull forward the locking lever.
2. Move the window with the forward window handle until
it reaches the closed position.
3. Push the operating handle forward to lock the window.
Descent Rope
- A 5.5 m (17.04 ft.) knotted rope is
stored above each sliding window, on
either side of the overhead panel.
- Both stowage cover plates are marked
with red labels, and are held closed
by magnets, which can be quickly
opened.
- The ropes and their brackets can support a load of 181 kg.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-45
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-46
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
3.11 MISCELLANEOUS

* The Minimum C/C for safety is “3”.
The C/C Numerical Order is based on the minimum number of C/C

for safety.
C/C above the minimum crew for safety shall take positions according to
the indicated numerical order.
During take-off and landing 2RC seat shall be occupied by a C/C

under any circumstances to monitor passengers and cabin condition for
safety reasons.
In case of minimum cabin crew, 2R shall sit in 2RC seat during take-off
and landing
1 1L 1R 4
6 5
2 2L 2R 3
* *

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-47
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
• Safety DEMO is videotaped, should video fail, Purser will make the
DEMO announcement while C/C perform the DEMO in the indicated
position.
1R
2RA 1R
2L
2RA
2L
Manual Demo Safety Film Running

If minimum cabin Observation
crew, 2R replaces If minimum cabin
1R and 2L replaces crew, Purser
2RA replaces 1R and 2R
replaces 2RA

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-48
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
• Emergency zone responsibility is based on the

• The duties of C/C above the minimum number

for safety shall be assigned according to the 1L
numerical order, basically to cover the main
exits.
• The duties of the additional C/C (e.g. 2RA. shall

be assigned by the flight purser).
- Zone ONE 2L 2R
Start from FWD of A/C till row No. 27.
- Zone TWO
Start from row no. 28 till the end of the A/C.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-49
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
• Door opening/slide and emergency equipment removal responsibility

following emergency landing/ditching.
1L 1R
DOOR/SLIDE 1L 1R DOOR/SLIDE
MEGAPHONE ELT
FLASH LIGHT FLASH LIGHT
2L 2R
DOOR/SLIDE 2L DOOR/SLIDE
2R
FLASH LIGHT MEGAPHONE
ELT FIRST AID KIT
FLASH LIGHT

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-50
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
(3) ire Extinguisher (6) 2 Ki (5) Smoke Hood

(Halon Free) (O2 Bottle + 2O2 Mask.)
I S
(6) Crew (142) Pax Li (25) Infant Life (10) Spare Adult
Li Jacke Jacke Jacket Life Jacket
(2) irs Aid (1) Medical Kit (1) Automa d

Ki External De ibrilla or
(3) Demo Ki (5)Extension (2) (2) ELT

{Life vest + O2 mask Sea Bel Megaphone +
+Seat belt+ safety (1) Fixed EL
card
(6) Flash Ligh (4) Manual (1) Aisle heel

Release ool Chair
(2) Precaution Ki + (1) Body Bag

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-51
CHAPTER 3
A320
DEC 2019
1L/1R Seat
2 2 2 2
Over Head STW
FWD Wardrobe
2
4O2 Mask
5
Over Head STW 23/24
Each Pax Seat 3
Over Head STW 39
10
Over Head STW 40
Over Head STW 40
15 I
2 Precaution Kit
5 I 1 Body Bag
AFT Dog House
AFT Dog House
2
2
4O2Mask
4O2 Mask
AFT Stowage 2L Seat 2RC Seat
5 I
2R/ 2RA Seat

2L Seat
2 2
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
3-52
CHAPTER 3
A320 NEO
DEC 2019
(1) ire Extinguisher (4) 2 Ki (2) Smoke Hood

(Halon) Quick Donning Mask

(4) Crew (2) Flash (2) Escape (1) Crash Axe
Li Jacke Ligh Rope
2 2

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
4-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 4
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (4) BD5001A11-A220-300

4.4 CABIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CMS) AND COMM. 4-4
4.4.1 Cabin Management System (CMS) 4-4
4.4.1.1 PED Power Activation Screen 4-6
4.4.1.2 Cabin Lighting Screen 4-6
4.4.1.3 Cabin Temperature Screen 4-7
4.4.1.4 Passenger Address Screen 4-7
4.4.1.5 Cabin Setting Screen 4-8
4.4.1.5.1 Galley Screen 4-8
4.4.1.5.2 Door Screen 4-9
4.4.1.5.3 Lavatory Screen 4-9
4.4.1.6 Seats Screen 4-10
4.4.1.6.1 Passenger Calls 4-10
4.4.1.6.2 Reading Lights 4-11
4.4.2 Handset 4-12
4.4.2.1 CMS Backup Functions 4-12
4.4.2.2 Calls 4-12
4.4.2.2.1 Call Priority 4-12
4.4.2.2.2 Emergency Call 4-13
4.4.3 Advisory Light 4-13
4.5 LIGHTING 4-14
4.5.1 Cabin Crew Panel Lighting Controls 4-14
4.5.3 Emergency Lighting System 4-16
4.6 LAVATORIES 4-19
4.6.4 Lavatory Potable Water Mixer 4-21
4.6.5 Lavatory Water Shut Off Valve 4-21
4.6.7 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher System 4-23
4.7 GALLEYS 4-24

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 4
DEC 2019

4.7.2 Galley Power 4-25
4.7.3 Galley Water Shut Off Valve 4-26
4.8.1 Passenger and Cabin Crew Oxygen System 4-26
4.8.2 Flight Deck Oxygen System 4-26
4.10.1 Cabin Entry & Service Doors 4-30
4.10.1.1 Normal Opening From Inside 4-32
4.10.1.2 Emergency Opening From Inside 4-32
4.10.1.3 Closing From Inside 4-32
4.10.1.4 Opening From Outside 4-32
4.10.1.5 Closing From Outside 4-32
4.10.2 Type III Over Wing Exits 4.33
4.10.2.1 Opening From Inside 4.33
4.10.3 Evacuation Devices 4.34
4.10.3.1 Evacuation Order 4.35
4.11 FLIGHT DECK SEATS 4-37
4.12.4 Emergency Assignment 4-41

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-1
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
S BD5001A11-A220-300
1 SUG-EX
2 SUG-EY
3 SUG-EZ
4 SUG-FA
5 SUG-FB
6 SUG-FC
7 SUG-FD
8 SUG-FE
9 SUG-FF

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-2
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-3
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
BD5001A11-A220-300
Engine Pratt & Whitney
Takeoff Weight 67,585 kg
Range 5741 km (3100 NM)
Speed 0.82 Mach
Maximum Operating
41,000 feet
Altitude
Passenger Seating
Up To 140 Y/C
Capacity
Lavatory 3
Galleys 4
Captain
Crew Seats First Officer
1 Observer
Minimum Cabin
3
Crew

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-4
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4 CABIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CMS) AND COMMUNICATION
The CMS is a centralized system that monitors and controls cabin

functions. The CMS interacts with:
• Handsets for PA and interphone functions, and limited CMS
functions.
• PSUs, which include cabin speakers, passenger reading light, call
light and ordinance signs.
• Costumer service displays (CSD).
Cabin crew interface with CMS through the crew terminal touchscreen.
The crew terminal is located at the forward Cabin Crew station, above the
double Cabin Crew jump seat.
Cabin communication consists of:

- CMS.
- Handsets at each cabin crew station and in the flight deck.
- Passengers address (PA) speakers located throughout the
passenger cabin and in the lavatories.
- Advisory lights, located on the exit locator signs overhead.
- A call light on each passenger service unit (PSU).
- A call light at each lavatory.
4.4.1 Cabin Management System (CMS)

Cabin Management System crew terminal
System Startup
The startup of the CMS is done from the flight deck. Circuit breakers in the
flight deck can only be cycled when the aircraft is on the ground; the CMS
cannot be powered on/off when weight is off the wheels.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-5
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
The header displays flight information as follows:
• FLT - Flight number.
• TTD - Time to destination.
• ORIGIN - Originating city (airport code).
• ARRIVAL - Arrival time (local).
The header contains buttons which provide control of the:
• Fasten seat belt ordinance sign (Not to be used by cabin crew).
• WIFI ordinance sign.
• Cabin Ready button.
• Touchscreen lock.
There are four buttons in a navigation bar above the footer.

Each button displays controls and status information as follows:
• CABIN button displays lighting and temperature functions.
• PA button displays prerecorded announcements and messages
(PRAM) and boarding gate music (BGM) screens, as well as the CSD
screen for optional overhead customer service displays.
• SYSTEM button launches the screens for galleys, doors, and
lavatories.
• SEATS button accesses passenger call and reading light screens.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-6
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.1.1 PED Power Activation Screen
The PED power activation screen opens after the log in screen. The
PED screen allows the cabin crew to enable or disable the power to
passenger seats.
4.4.1.2 Cabin Lighting Screen

The lighting tab is accessed from the cabin button. It comes up
automatically after log in the CMS.
The lighting tab displays two options, PRESETS and CUSTOM.
The lighting screen opens after the log in screen. The lighting screen allows
the cabin crew to select a cabin lighting scenario from a preset list or select
custom lighting. Preset lighting scenarios include:
• Boarding/Deplaning.
• Day Takeoff/Landing.
• Night Takeoff/Landing.
• Cabin Service.
• Day Cruise.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-7
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.1.3 Cabin Temperature Screen
The temperature screen provides visibility of temperature levels in the
forward and aft cabin zones. Temperature settings can be increased or
decreased in either cabin zone separately.
The range allowed for temperature adjustment displays for each cabin zone.
The current temperature in each cabin zone displays on the aircraft layout.
Temperature controls are disabled if temperature adjustment is not
available. If there is a fault, an error message displays on the screen.
4.4.1.4 Passenger Address Screen

Prerecorded announcement and message and boarding gate music. The PA
button brings up the tabs for prerecorded announcements and messages
(PRAM), boarding gate music (BGM).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-8
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.1.5 Cabin Setting Screen
The cabin setting screen provides control/ monitoring of:
- Galley.
- Door.
- Lavatory
- SSPC control (solid-state power controller).
4.4.1.5.1 Galley Screen

The galley screen displays the status of each galley equipment unit.
Equipment that is functioning normally displays in green in the galley list.
Equipment faults display in red. If any galley equipment is experiencing a
fault, the equipment list of the affected galley expands when the screen
displays.
Power to each galley appliance, such as ovens, coffee makers, or chillers, is
controlled by activating the solid-state power controller (SSPC) on/off switch
on each appliance or through the CMS (SSPC Screen).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-9
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.1.5.2 Door Screen
The door screen displays the status of all doors and emergency exits on the
aircraft. Status messages are displayed at the bottom of the screen. colors
on the doors screen indicate whether the aircraft is ready for dispatch:
- Green indicates that the aircraft is ready for takeoff or landing, and
the doors/exits are closed and locked, and the slide is armed.
- Red indicates that the aircraft is not ready for takeoff or landing, and
the doors/exits are opened or unlocked, and/or the slide is disarmed
4.4.1.5.3 Lavatory Screen

The lavatory screen displays the status of all lavatories on the aircraft, as
well as the levels of potable water and the waste status, the selected amount
displays with a blue bar on the level indicator.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-10
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.1.6 Seats Screen
The cabin setting screen provides control/ monitoring of:
- Passengers calls.
- Reading lights.
4.4.1.6.1 Passenger Calls

The passenger calls screen displays a list of active attendant calls. Calls
display in priority order: lavatory calls, business class, and economy class.
The call location and elapsed time since the call was made is shown. There
is one attendant call button on either side of the aisle, so all seats in the
seat bank illuminate when a passenger call is initiated.
A notification tag on the navigation bar button and passenger calls tab
indicates the number of active passenger calls. Calls can be dismissed by
selecting the [Dismiss] button. All calls can be dismissed at the crew
terminal with the [Dismiss all] button.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-11
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.1.6.2 Reading Lights
The Reading lights screen controls reading lights for the entire passenger
cabin or the light at an individual seat. The aircraft layout displays all
reading lights that are currently on.
When a seat number is entered, that seat is highlighted on the aircraft
layout, and the reading light for that seat can be turned on or off with the
turn light [Off/On] toggle button. Multiple seats can be selected from the
cabin layout icon, next to the seat number field.
The [Off/On] toggle button is disabled until a seat is selected. The button
updates with the current state of the reading light, and the alternate state is
displayed, for example, the [Off] button displays if the reading light is
currently on.
If any reading light fault exists, a fault message displays on the screen.
Note
The IFEC (inflight entertainment connectivity) and ISPSS (Inset Power
Supply System) can be reset on ground by pressing the master button
which is located on the right hand side of the CMS.
FOR MAINTANACE ONLY

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-12
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.4.2 Handset
Components of the
handset include:
• LCD screen.
• Soft-touch numerical.
keypad.
• Push-to-talk (PTT).
button.
• Reset button.
• Menu scroll buttons –
up and down buttons.
• Select button – center button between menu scroll buttons.
4.4.2.1 CMS Backup Functions

Cabin handsets are a backup in case the CMS crew terminal fails. The
CMS backup functions include:
• Cabin ready signal.
• PRAM control.
Code Purpose Menu Name

33 Cabin ready CABIN READY
60 Start PRAM PRAM START
61 Stop PRAM PRAM STOP
66 Ordinance sign FSB FSB
80 Screen Brightness SCR BRTNESS
99 Lavatory occupied LAV OCUP
4.4.2.2 Calls
To select cabin ready, for example, scroll through the menu with the
up/down menu scroll buttons or enter code 33 with the keypad, then press
the select button.
Scroll to select either initiation or clear, and then press the select button.
4.4.2.2.1 Call Priority

PA announcement priority is as follows:
• Pilot-in-command.
• First officer.
• Observer.
• Forward cabin handset
• Aft cabin handset (Galley G4)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-13
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
Code Purpose Destinations
1* PA ALL All Cabin PA
30 CI F/D Cabin interphone (CI) call to flight deck
11 CI FWDHDS Normal call to FWD cabin handset
22 CI AFTHDS Normal call to AFT cabin handset
55 CI ALL Normal cabin call to ALL handset
56 CI EMER EMER call from F/D to all cabin handsets
** CI EMER EMER call from cabin to F/D
4.4.2.2.2 Emergency Call
Emergency call to the flight deck

• Flashing red advisory call light illuminates.
• No chimes sound in the passenger cabin
• Call ends when the last handset is replaced or [RESET] is selected
• In the flight deck, an amber message displays and an emergency tone
sounds.
Emergency call from the flight deck

• Flashing red advisory call light illuminates.
• Triple HI chimes sound in the passenger cabin.
• Call ends when the last handset is replaced or [RESET] is selected.
4.4.3 Advisory Light

Located on the exit locator signs overhead.
Call / Alert Color Chime

Lavatory call Orange steady 1 Hi
LAV smoke Orange flashing 3 Low
LAV smoke fault Orange steady 3 Low
PA Yellow steady 1 Low
Cabin call Green steady 1 Hi/Low
Call from FD Green steady 1 Hi/Low
EMER call from FD Red flashing 3 Hi
Note: To initiate a cabin call, dial the destination code twice.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-14
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.5 LIGHTING
Cabin lighting uses light-emitting diode (LED) lights and is controlled from
the cabin management system (CMS) crew terminal and the Cabin Crew
panels. The two Cabin Crew panels are located at the forward and aft Cabin
Crew stations and are slightly different, with the forward panel controlling
emergency lighting. Cabin Crew panels override CMS settings.
Generally, cabin lighting is controlled at the CMS crew terminal by selecting
preprogrammed scenarios such as boarding, night flight, and deplaning.
4.5.1 Cabin Crew Panel Lighting Controls

Ceiling, sidewall, entry, Cabin Crew reading lights, and emergency lights can
be controlled from the Cabin Crew panels.
The forward Cabin Crew panel switches:
• CEILING – lighting of the cabin ceiling panels.
• SIDEWALL – lighting of the cabin sidewall panels
• ENTRY – forward entry spotlights and dome light. When the aircraft
unpowered, the ENTRY switch controls only the dome light.
• READING – spotlight above Cabin Crew seats.
• EMER LIGHTS – interior and exterior emergency lights.
The aft Cabin Crew panel switches:
• ENTRY – aft entry spotlights.
• READING – spotlight above Cabin Crew seat.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-15
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
Ceiling light
Sidewall Sidewall
light light
Aisle lights Entry light

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-16
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.5.2 Galley Lights
Galley lighting illuminates the forward and aft galley areas and the aft service
door 2R. Each galley area is illuminated by four ceiling-mounted spot lights.
Galley counter lights illuminate the galley countertops.
• Ceiling lights – Press the GALLEY AREA switch to turn lights on or off. To
set the ceiling lights to bright or dim, press the BRT/DIM switch.
• Galley counter light – Press GALLEY COUNTER switch on/off. To set the
counter light to bright or dim, press the BRT/DIM switch.
4.5.3 Emergency Lighting System

The emergency lighting system (ELS) provides illumination of the aircraft
when the aircraft is not powered. The ELS assists passengers and crew in
locating exits during an evacuation. Emergency lights are battery-powered
and illuminate the interior and exterior of the aircraft when the aircraft is not
powered. Emergency lights operate for no less than 10 minutes. Controls for
emergency lights are located in the flight deck and on the forward Cabin Crew
panel (1L station).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-17
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
Interior emergency lights

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-18
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
All escape slides have an integral emergency lighting system that provides
an illuminated escape path
Exterior emergency lights

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-19
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.6 LAVATORIES

LAV. (A)
D Baby Care Station
H Handicapped Access
LAV. (C) LAV. (D)
D H

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-20
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
The potable water system provides water to the lavatory faucets and to flush
toilets. The potable water tank is located behind the rear bulkhead of the aft
cargo compartment. The corrosion-resistant stainless steel water tank has a
total capacity of approximately 174 L (46 U.S. gal) and a usable capacity of
159L(42U.S.gal). Water tank status is displayed on the CMS lavatory
screen. If desired, water quantity can be preselected from the CMS or
outside the aircraft via the service panel selector switch.
All sink waste water (gray water) is discharged overboard through two
heated drain masts on the underside of the fuselage and through the water
fill fitting at the service panel. A heater element on each drain mast prevents
freezing. The system is gravity drained. If the auxiliary power unit
(APU) is running, draining will be pressure assisted. On the ground,
maintenance activates the system drain function at the water service panel.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-21
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
A water heater is located in each
lavatory, between the toilet paper
dispenser and the toilet. The
lavatory water heater provides
heated water for the faucet. The
water heater maintains the water
temperature between 70°C (158°F)
and 85°C(192°F). The water heater
automatically shuts off if the
temperature is above or below the
normal temperature range or if the
water level is low.
4.6.4 Lavatory Potable Water Mixer

A potable water mixer is located in each lavatory to mix hot water from the
water heater with cold water from the potable water tank. Water
temperature is controlled by the hot/cold adjustment knob located on the
face of the mixer. To prevent
injury, mixed water flows from
the faucet at a maximum water
temperature of
40°C(104°F).When the button on
the faucet is pushed, a signal is
sent to the potable water mixer
to open the water flow. The
water flow rate is specified at 1.5
L/min (0.40 U.S. gal/min). The
potable water mixer has a water
flow adjustment knob that can be
set to shut off the water after 1 to10 seconds.
The water mixer is located in the service cabinet, accessed through the
access door below the lavatory sink, behind the toilet paper dispenser.
4.6.5 Lavatory Water Shut Off Valve

Each lavatory is equipped with two water
shutoff valves to stop the flow of potable water
to the sink and to flush the toilet. The water to
the sink or the toilet can be shut off separately.
The lavatory water shutoff valves are located at
the base of the service cabinet, behind the toilet
paper dispenser, at the base of the cabinet.
The access door to the valves is located below
the lavatory sink. Each manually-operated
shutoff valve is open when the handle is in-line with the water line.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-22
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
• A smoke detector is mounted in each lavatory ceiling.

• When activated, a horn sounds in the smoke detector and the red
alarm Indicator Light illuminates on the smoke detector.
• Once the smoke clears, the red alarm indicator light extinguishes,
the horn stops, and the smoke detector is sensitive to smoke again.
Status Indicator Light
Illuminated (Green)
• steady - smoke detector has power and is operating
properly
• blinking - maintenance is required
Illuminated (Red)
• steady - smoke has been detected
• blinking - detector has failed
Self-Test Switch Push
• Alarm horn sounds

• Status indicator light illuminates red
• External horn sounds
Horn Cancel Switch Push

• Alarm horn is silenced

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-23
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
When smoke density exceeds a predetermined level, the smoke detector
provides both visual and aural warnings:
- 3 Low cabin chimes sound.
- Flashing orange light on advisory lights.
- CMS status message LAV SMOKE.
- CMS layout displays affected lavatory in red.
- The lavatory smoke detector horn activates. (Continuous high pitched
aural advisory from the smoke detector).
The flight deck receives visual and aural advisories.
The alarm can only be reset from the smoke detector. It cannot be reset from
the CMS. If smoke remains in the affected lavatory, the detector reactivates.
4.6.7 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher System
An automatic lavatory fixed extinguisher is located above the trash container
of each lavatory, behind a panel below the trash container flap door. The
trash container flap is spring-loaded to ensure the flap remains closed in case
of fire.
The extinguisher is filled with an extinguishing agent and pressurized with
nitrogen. It has two discharge nozzles that point into the trash container.
The end cap of each nozzle is sealed with a metal alloy which melts when the
temperature in the container reaches 76.5°C (170°F) or above. When the seal
melts, the end caps are released, and the extinguisher discharges. The
lavatory fire extinguisher discharges once with a maximum discharge time of
15 seconds. After the extinguisher discharges, pour nonflammable liquid into
the container once the extinguisher discharges to cool the embers. The
extinguisher bottle is not visible; however the extinguisher nozzles are visible

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-24
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.7 GALLEYS
There are 4 Galleys

G (1) wet
G (2B)
G (4A) G (4) wet

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-25
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.7.2 Galley Power
Each galley has an individual panel with a guarded electrical shut off switch
for all galley appliances.
4.7.3 Galley Water Shut Off Valve

Each wet galley is equipped with a galley water shutoff
valve:
- Galley G1 shutoff valve is located on the right
sidewall. The valve is accessed by removing the
trolley furthest to the right (most outboard).
- Galley G4 shutoff valve is located by the AFT
frame of the 2R door.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-26
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.8 OXYGEN SYSTEM

• The passenger oxygen system provides chemically generated oxygen
for cabin occupants through continuous flow masks.
• Oxygen masks deploy automatically in the event that the cabin altitude
reaches 14,500 ft., or upon selection of the PAX OXY DEPLOY switch
by the flight deck crew.
• Oxygen generators produce 13 minute oxygen supply.
• When activated, the chemical reaction of the oxygen generator
releases an odor similar to scorched cloth.
• Oxygen begins to flow to all masks in the PSU when one mask is
pulled.
• Once activated, the chemically generated oxygen flows for the entire
oxygen supply.
• An extra mask is installed in each PSU.
WARNING: Do not attempt to re-stow the masks
If the cabin altitude exceeds approximately 10,000 ft. the following signs will
take place:
- Ordinance signs (no PED, fasten seat belt) illuminate.
- Cabin sidewall lighting turns on.
- Lavatory ceiling lighting turns on.
- (PA) volume increase.
- IFE, music and pre-recorded announcements pause.
- 3 HI/LO chime.
- A recorded announcement is heard over the passenger address (PA).
4.8.2 Flight Deck Oxygen System

• The flight crew fixed oxygen system supplies oxygen from a pressurized
cylinder to three oxygen masks. The fixed oxygen cylinder is located in
the flight deck under the stowed observer seat.
• Each oxygen mask is a quick-donning, full-face mask with an inflatable
harness and a microphone for communication.
• Three flight crew oxygen masks are located in stowage in the flight
deck: one on the outboard side of the pilot seat, one on the outboard
side of the first officer seat, and one above the stowed position of the
observer seat.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-27
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
Operation
1. Squeeze the red harness inflation levers together and pull the mask out.
The mask harness inflates. Do not release the red levers until the mask
is secured over the nose and mouth.
2. Put on the mask in one movement: over the head from the back to the
front.
3. Release the red levers to tighten the mask harness around the head.
Oxygen Flow
Inhalation opens a valve and provides oxygen on demand. Oxygen flow is
controlled by the N/100% lever and the emergency flow control knob. N of
N/100% lever means Normal.
The N/100% lever has two settings:
• N (normal) for a mixture of oxygen and ambient air.
• 100% for pure oxygen.
The emergency flow control knob has two settings:
• Normal (upper position) for a supply of oxygen on demand.
• Emergency (lower position) for a constant flow of 100% oxygen.
When oxygen is flowing, the flow indicator (blinker) on the mask stowage
box blinks a yellow cross. When there is no flow, the indicator remains
black.
Note: If the cabin altitude is greater than 35.000 ft., 100% oxygen is
supplied, regardless of the position of the N/100% lever

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-28
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.9 EMERGENGY EVACUATION SYSTEM
The cabin management system (CMS)

generates an emergency evacuation horn
which sounds over the cabin speakers. The
evacuation horn can be turned on from the:
• Forward Cabin Crew evacuation
horn (EVAC HORN) guarded switch.
• Aft Cabin Crew EVAC HORN
guarded switch
• Flight deck evacuation command
(EVAC CMD) switch
When the evacuation horn sounds, the
Cabin Crew EVAC HORN switches and the
flight deck EVAC CMD switch illuminate.
The evacuation horn can be silenced in
each area by pressing one of the EVAC HORN switches or the EVAC CMD.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-29
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4 type (C) entry & service doors (2 on each side)
Flight deck
emergency
escape
hatch
2 types (III) over wing exit (1 on each side)
All doors become emergency exits in case of emergency evacuation.

All cabin exits can be opened from the inside or outside of the aircraft.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-30
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.10.1 Cabin Entry & Service Doors
• Cabin doors are floor-level, semi-plug, type C doors that open outward
and forward. When armed, cabin doors open with pneumatic power
assist (emergency opening assist means (EOAM).Doors lock against
the fuselage when they reach their forward limit of travel.
• When an armed door is opened from outside, the door disarms
automatically so the evacuation slide does not deploy.
• Each cabin door is equipped with sensors that monitor the state of the
door at any point. The door status, for example whether the door is
open or locked, displays in the flight deck and on the cabin
management system (CMS) terminal.
• 1L and 2L: Passenger doors on the left side of the aircraft. The forward
passenger door, 1L, is the main entrance and exit point for passengers
and crew.
• 1R and 2R: Service doors on the right side. Supplies and provisions are
boarded via forward 1R and aft 2R doors.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-31
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
• The slide arm/disarm lever
determines whether the slide is
armed to deploy or disarmed. The
slide arm/disarm lever cannot be
armed until the door is locked to
prevent girt bar damage during
door operation:
- Green (up) = Disarmed.
- Red (down) = Armed. When the
door is armed, it will open with
pneumatic power assist, known
as emergency opening assist
means (EOAM)
• The door lock indicator shows the
lock status of the cabin door:
- Green = Locked.
- Red = Unlocked.
• The viewing window includes a
cabin residual pressure indicator
that flashes when cabin pressure remains that could cause the door to
open more quickly than normal.
• The door operating handle operates the external door handle.
• The hinge arm houses the pneumatic power assist EOAM and the
gust lock which releases the open cabin door from the fuselage so
the door can be closed.
• The slide bustle houses the evacuation slide and the slide inflation
bottle. The slide inflation bottle pressure level can be inspected through
the viewing window. The slide inflation bottle pressure gauge must be in the
green zone for takeoff.
• The girt bar (slide) status indicator displays the status of the girt bar and
slide when the door is armed or disarmed:
- Green disarmed = The girt bar is not engaged in the girt bar fittings and
the slide is disarmed.
- Red armed = The girt bar is engaged in the girt bar fittings and the slide
is armed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-32
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.10.1.1 Normal Opening From Inside
• Verify slide arm/disarm lever is in the disarmed position.
• Verify girt bar (slide) status indicator is green (disarmed).
• Ensure interior and exterior door area is free of obstruction.
• Grasp interior assist handle with one hand while moving the operating
handle to fully open position with other hand.
• Move the door fully out and forward until it locks against the fuselage.
• Ensure bridge or air stairs are present and correctly positioned, or place
the retractable safety strap across the door opening.
4.10.1.2 Emergency Opening From Inside

• Verify that slide arm/disarm lever is in the armed position.
• Grasp interior assist handle with one hand while moving the door
operating handle to the fully open position with the other hand.
• Release the door assist handle when the door begins to move. When
armed, door opening is pneumatically assisted by EOAM.
4.10.1.3 Closing From Inside

• Ensure door area, both interior and exterior, is free of obstruction and
safety strap is stowed.
• Grasp interior assist handle with one hand while pulling the gust lock to
release the door from locked position against the fuselage.
• Grasp assist handle on door and move door fully inward.
• Rotate the door operating handle to fully closed. Ensure door is
completely closed and the door lock indicator is green (locked).
4.10.1.4 Opening From Outside

• Verify that the cabin residual pressure indicator in the viewing window
• is not flashing.
• Push the flap on exterior handle.
• Pull the exterior handle fully up.
• Move the door fully outward and forward until the door locks against
the fuselage.
The exterior handle only extends when the door is opened from the exterior.
Close the door to stow the exterior handle.
4.10.1.5 Closing From Outside

• Release the gust lock on the door hinge arm.
• Move the door fully aft and in.
• Move the exterior handle to the fully down and closed position.
• Ensure the handle flap is flush with exterior handle.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-33
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.10.2 Type III Over Wing Exits
• One over wing emergency exit is located on each side of the aircraft.
• The over wing exit is above floor-level. The over wing exit is hinged at
the top and opens upward and outward.
• Over wing exits may be opened from inside or outside the aircraft but
can only be closed from inside the aircraft. Each over wing emergency
exit is monitored by two sensors that assess whether the exit is closed.
Over wing emergency exit information is transmitted to the flight deck.
4.10.2.1 Opening From Inside

• Remove the cover to access the operating handle.
• Pull the operating handle in and down. The exit lifts up and out with
pneumatic assist.
• Release the operating handle.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-34
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
• A single lane inflatable escape slide is
installed in each cabin door an.
• When an armed cabin door is opened from
inside the aircraft, the evacuation slide
automatically deploys and inflates in less than
10 sec and is used as a floatation device.
• Slides are equipped with deceleration strips
at the bottom of each slide to slow the
descent of passengers during an evacuation.
Slides have light-emitting diode (LED)
emergency lighting to provide passengers
with an illuminated escape path.
• Slides are designed to inflate automatically. If
automatic inflation fails, slides can be inflated
using the manual inflation handle.
• Over wing emergency exits are equipped with evacuation single lane
slides located in the fuselage. The slide is designed to inflate
automatically in 3 sec over the trailing edge of the wing upon the
opening of the over wing exit. It is equipped with an inflatable ramp and
rail to guide passengers.
• Over wing evacuation slides do not disarm when opened from the
exterior. Cabin crew cannot disarm over wing exits.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-35
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019

AND SLIDE”
Ditching Main Doors
INFLATE LIFE JACKET JUMP INTO WATER SWIM AWAY”

LEAVE, LEG, HEAD, BODY, LEG, RUN AND SLIDE”
LEAVE, LEG, HEAD, BODY, LEG, INFLATE LIFE JACKET,
JUMP INTO WATER, FROM LEADING EDGE, SWIM AWAY”

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-36
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
Emergency Evacuation Routes
On land Ditching

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-37
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
Seat Operation
The seat is turned on with the power
switch. In the event of an electrical
malfunction, the seat can be operated
using manual controls.
To move seat forward/aft:

Raise the lateral adjustment lever on
the inboard side of the seat to unlock
and move the seat on the seat track.
Lower the lever to lock the seat in the
desired position
To move seat up/down:

Lift the powered height adjustment switch located on the inboard side of the
seat to raise the seat. Lower the switch to lower the seat height.
Release the switch to lock the seat in the desired position. In the event of an
electrical malfunction, adjust the seat to the desired position by lifting the
manual height adjustment handle located on outboard side of seat. Release
the handle to lock the seat in the desired position.
To buckle the restraint harness:

Insert seatbelt latches into the rotary buckle until a clicking sound is heard.
To lock/unlock the restraint harness:

Lower the restraint lock handle on the seatback to unlock the restraint
harness. Raise the handle to lock the harness.
To release the restraint harness:

Turn the rotary buckle in either direction to release and eject seatbelts.
Push forward the metal tab on the top of the buckle to release the shoulder
restraints.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-38
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.12 MISCELLANEOUS

* The Minimum C/C for safety is “3” on A220-300
The C/C Numerical Order is based on the minimum number of C/C for
safety.
C/C above the minimum crew for safety shall take positions according to
1R
4
1* 1L
2R 3*
2* 2L

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-39
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
• Purser/SCC will make the DEMO announcement while C/C perform

the DEMO in the indicated position.
1R
2L
Purser/SCC Will Make The Demo Announcement While C/C Perform The
Demo In The Indicated Position.
Note:
In case of minimum cabin crew 2R replaces 1R.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-40
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
• Emergency zone responsibility is based

on the minimum number of C/C for
safety.
• The duties of C/C above the minimum 1L
1L
number for safety shall be assigned,
according to the numerical order,
basically to cover the main exits.
• The duties of the additional C/CREW
shall be assigned by the flight Purser.
The A/C is divided into 2 Zones:

Zone one starts from FWD of A/C till ROW 27
Zone two starts from row No. 28 doors till the
aft of the aircraft.
2L
2R

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-41
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
4.12.4 Emergency Assignment
• Door opening/slide and emergency equipment removal responsibility

following emergency landing/ditching.
1L 1R
POWER MEGPHONE ELT
FIRST AID KIT
2L 2R
ELT POWER MEGPHONE

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-42
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
(4) ire Extinguisher (4) 2 Kit (4 O2 Bottle + 2 (4) PBE

O2 Mask“ each)
I S
(4) Crew (140) Pax Li (10) Infant Life (10) Spare
Li Jacke Jacke Jacket Adult Life Jacket
(2) irs Aid (1) Medical Kit (1) Automa d

Ki External De ibrilla or
(2) Demo Ki (5) Extension (2) Megaphone (2) ELT

{Life vest + O2 mask Sea Bel
+Seat belt+Safety Card
(4) Flash Ligh (2) Manual (1) Aisle heel

Release ool * Chair
(2) Precaution Ki + (1) Body Bag
* Manual Release Tool (Oxygen Door Release Tool).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-43
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
(1) (1) (1)
(2) (1) (1)

(2)
(2) (1) (1)
(2)
Precaution
(1) (1) (1)
Kit + (1)
Body Bag (1)
(5)
(10)
S
(2) (10)
I
Each Pax Seat

(140)
(1) (1) (1)
(1) (1)
(2) (1) (1) (1)
(1)
(1) (1) (1)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
4-44
CHAPTER 4
BD5001A11-A220-300
DEC 2019
(1) ire Extinguisher (3) 2 Ki (1) PBE

Quick Donning Mask

(3) Crew (2) Flash (1) Knotted (1) Crash Axe
Li Jacke Ligh Rope
- The Crew Life Vest/Jacket Located underneath both the pilot and copilot
seats.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 5
A330
5-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 5
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (5) A330

Part 1 A330-200
5.4.1.1 Audio Page 5-10
5.4.1.2 Light Page 5-10
5.4.1.9 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) 5-18
5.4.3 Area Control Panel (ACP) 5-19
5.5.1 Public Address (PA) 5-21
5.5.2 Cabin Interphone 5-22
5.5.2.1 Calls from the cockpit 5-22
5.5.2.2 Calls from the cabin 5-23
5.5.2.3 Passenger seat call 5-24
5.5.2.4 Passenger lavatory call 5-24
5.5.3 Evacuation System 5-25
5.6 LIGHTING 5-27
5.6.2 Lavatory Light 5-29
5.6.3 Reading Light 5-29
5.6.4 Emergency Light 5-30
5.7.3 Water & Wastes System 5-35

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 5
DEC 2019

5.7.6 Galley Electrical Panel 5-38
5.7.9 A330 No Water Flow 5-39
5.7.11 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher 5-41
5.8 OXYGEN 5-42
5.9.1 Description Door Type A 5-47
5.9.2 Description Exit Type I 5-49
5.9.3 Doors & Exits Warning System 5-51
5.9.4 Damper Actuator Assembly 5-51
5.9.6.1 Type “A” Escape Slide 5-55
5.9.6.2 Type “I” Escape Slide 5-57
5.9.6.4 Slide Raft Capacity 5-58
5.9.6.5 Flight Deck Window 5-59
Part 2 A330-300

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-TOC-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 5
DEC 2019

5.4.1.1 Light Page 5-79
5.4.2 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP) 5-86
5.4.3 Area Control Panel (ACP) 5-87
5.5.1 Public Address (PA) 5-90
5.5.2 Cabin Interphone 5-91
5.5.2.1 Calls from the Cockpit 5-91
5.5.2.2 Calls from the Cabin 5-92
5.5.2.3 Passenger Seat Call 5-93
5.5.2.4 Passenger Lavatory Call 5-93
5.5.3 Evacuation System 5-94
5.6 LIGHTING 5-96
5.6.2 Lavatory Light 5-98
5.6.3 Reading Light 5-98
5.6.4 Emergency Light 5-98
5.7.3 Water & Wastes System 5-103
5.7.6 Galley Electrical Panel 5-106

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-TOC-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 5
DEC 2019
5.7.9 A330 No Water Flow 5-108

5.7.11 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher 5-110
5.8 OXYGEN 5-111
5.9.1 Description Door Type A 5-116
5.9.2 Description Exit Type I 5-118
5.9.3 Doors & Exits Warning System 5-120
5.9.4 Damper Actuator Assembly 5-120
5.9.6.1 Type “A” Escape Slide 5-124
5.9.6.2 Type “I” Escape Slide 5-126
5.9.6.4 Slide Raft Capacity 5-127
5.9.6.5 Flight Deck Window 5-128

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-1
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
PART 1 A330-200
S A330-200
1 SU-GCG
2 SU-GCH
3 SU-GCI
4 SU-GCK

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-2
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
58.37 m
A330
10.68 m
60.3 m
17.3 m
6.67 m 22.18 m

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-3
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
A330-200
Engines 2 Engines
Speed 0.86 Mach
Lavatory 8
Galleys 7
Captain
First officer
Crew
2 Observer
Up to 14 cabin crew

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-4
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Medical Receptacle
Location
2 medical panels, integrat-
ed underneath the lateral
hat rack (PSU channel) are
on board the aircraft. Each
medical panel has 2 medi-
cal receptacles.
The Location of the Medi-
cal Panels:
- RH in the PSU channel
aft of door 4RH.
- LH in the PSU channel
aft of door 4LH.
Description
The medical receptacles
(referred to receptacle) are
installed to supply medical equipment with electrical power. The medical panel
has these components:
1. Cover
The cover protects the receptacles. The cover is held in the closed position with
a quick-release fastener (push to open/push to close).
2. Receptacle
Each medical panel has one receptacle J1 and J2. The receptacle J1 is supplied
with 115 VAC 400 Hz 1000VA. The receptacle J2 is supplied with 28 VDC 420W.
Operation
• Putting into Operation
- Open the cover of the medical panel by pushing the quick-release fasten-
er.
- Connect the medical equipment to the related receptacle.
Note: Only authorized persons who are familiar with operation of the med-
ical equipment may use this device.
• Taking out of Operation
- Switch off the medical equipment and disconnect it from the related re-
ceptacle.
- Close the cover of the medical panel by pushing the quick-release fasten-
er against the latch until it engages with a snap.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-5
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) operates controls and

monitors the main cabin systems.
The CIDS performs different system and unit tests. The CIDS provides the
following system functions:
1) Passenger address (PA)
2) Cabin and flight crew interphone
3) Service interphone
4) Pre-recorded announcement and boarding music (PRAM)
5) In-flight entertainment system (IFE)
6) Passenger lighted signs
7) Passenger call
8) Cabin illumination
9) Reading lights
10) Passenger service system (PSS)
11) Lavatory smoke indication
12) Cabin ready signaling
13) Air conditioning
14) Emergency evacuation signaling (EVAC)
15) Sterile cockpit
16) Potable water indication and pre-selection
17) Waste indication
18) Doors and escape-slides pressure monitoring
19) Electrical load management system (ELMS)
20) Ice protection (IPCU)
The CIDS consists of these components:

• Directors
• Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), Type A and B
• Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA)
• Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
• Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
• On Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
• Additional Attendant Panel(s) (AAP)
• Attendant Indication Panels (AIP)
• Area Call Panels (ACP)
• Handsets
• Loudspeakers
• Passenger call/reset pushbuttons
• Passenger call lights
• No Smoking (NS), Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return to Seat (RTS) signs.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-6
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
All components of the CIDS are connected to the two identical directors,
one of them in active mode and the other one in hot standby mode.
The directors are the central control components of the CIDS. They
monitor the system performance continuously, store detected faults and send
them to the Warning and Maintenance System (WMS) and/or the FAP.
In the event of a major fault, respective information is sent additionally to the
ECAM Status Page or to the ECAM Warning Page
CAU
AU- LIGHT DOORS/SLIDES TEMPERATURE WA-
Scree
n
Cabin
Read  Audio Tem
 Cabin
Sta-
System & Function Keys (First Lev-
EME PA
X

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-7
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
CIDS, indicates the status of several cabin systems and provides the cabin
zone programming. It is located at the FWD cabin crew station 1L.
CAUT 1
UD L HTS D RS L R UR
3 Screen Cabin
Ready  Cabin
Prog  Cabin
Status
System & Function Keys (Second Level)
4 EMER PAX
SYS
Operating areas and keys of the FAP:

1) The heading row shows the title of every selected page.
2) The display area shows every selected page.
3) The system and function keys are used to select the system pages.
4) The hard keys are used for major functions which have to operate inde-
pendently from the FAP touch screen. They are marked with the re-
lated system functions:

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-8
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
• EMER (activates the Emergency Lighting System)

• LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF (activates/de-activates the Cabin Lighting
System)
• LAV MAINT (sets the lavatory lights to full brightness in the case
of lavatory maintenance)
• SCREEN 30 sec. LOCK (sets the touch screen in a sleep
mode for a time period of 30 seconds for cleaning purposes)
• SMOKE RESET resets the aural & some visual warning.
INDICATION OF CABIN STATUS AND SELECTION OF SYSTEM PAGES

Every cabin system (e.g. cabin lighting) shown on the system pages of the
FAP is selectable by the SYSTEM AND FUNCTION KEY SET.
Related to the cabin systems there are different sets of system and
function keys with a maximum of 13 keys. The next/previous key set can
be chosen with the forward/backward button.
CABIN STATUS button

corner of the touch screen. This page gives an overview of the standard
CABIN STATUS page including these pages:
• AUDIO.
• LIGHTS.
• DOORS/SLIDES.
• TEMPERATURE (AIR CONDITIONING).
• WATER/WASTE.

The CAUT button is always shown in the upper left corner of the touch
screen, normally in the de-active mode (OFF). If CIDS receives a message
which cannot be indicated the CAUT button is illuminated in flashing
mode and a text message is displayed in the INFO ROW. This message
will stay as long as the respective page is not shown on the touch screen.
After displaying the page (s) related to the message (s) or after pushing the
CAUT button the illumination of the CAUT button comes on steady.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-9
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Note: Arrows in front of the actual text message in the INFO ROW
shows that more than one message are present.
The HEADING ROW displays the title of the actual selected page below
the INFO ROW in the middle of the screen.

An automatic event (CIDS message) or touching the FAP display reactivates

the screen again. This touch does not activate any system function.

To reactivate the screen it is necessary to enter the following password

on the PASSWORD page: 456
Note: The LAYOUT SELECTION page is also locked and can be

entered by typing in the correct access code on the PASSWORD
page Refer to Zones
CABIN READY button

The message CABIN READY will be indicated in the cockpit on the
ECAM if the CABIN READY soft key is pushed (e.g. after the cabin crew is
ready for T/O). This key is located next to the SCREEN OFF key in the lower
left corner of the FAP display.
A timer function resets the CABIN READY message after a time period of 5
minutes automatically and the illumination of the CABIN READY key
changes back from green color (active) to grey color (inactive).
Note: In case of VCC smoke / fire:

PIC shall be informed, set VCC &IFE toggle switches in off position.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-10
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.1.1 Audio Page

Normally the AUDIO page consists of three different functional menus:
• BOARDING MUSIC (on the left side of the screen).
• PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT (on the right side of the
screen).
5.4.1.2 Light Page

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-11
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

To get the DOORS/SLIDES MENU on the FAP, touch the CABIN
STATUS ICON on any menu page followed by the DOORS/SLIDES
AIRCRAFT SYMBOL or the DOORS/SLIDES ICON.
All open doors are shown as red rectangles outside the aircraft symbol.
All closed doors with disarmed evacuation devices are shown as amber
rectangles inside the aircraft symbol. All closed doors with armed
evacuation devices are shown as green rectangles inside the aircraft
symbol.
The DOOR/SLIDE PRESSURE and the SLIDE ARMED/DISARMED

indications are shown as amber text next to the related door/slide.
• SLIDE DISARMED.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-12
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

Additional to the cabin temperature selector in the cockpit, the cabin
temperature can be adapted by the FAP. The temperature deviation is
limited to plus or minus 3°C (5.4°F) from the general temperature selection
in the cockpit.
The temperature can be controlled between 18°C (64°F) (COLD) &

30°C (86°F) (HOT). The 12 o’clock position is 24°C (75°F).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-13
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
HEATED FLOOR PANEL

The Heated Floor Panels (HFP) are installed to increase the temperature of
the cabin floor in special areas. The temperature values of the HFP‟s can
be set on the Floor Temperature Setting Panels (FTSP).
Location
Typical floor panel
heating areas are:
• Door area
• Galley
• LDF (lower deck facilities )
• Emergency exits
The Floor Temperature Setting

Panels FTSP are installed in the door
frame lining of door 1R/ 2R/3R/ 4R and another one is installed between
the AFT galleys. The temperatures of the Heated Floor Panel HTP are
separately adjustable via the FTSP.
Operation
One (at AFT galley) or two (at door 1R/4R) bar graphs indicate the selected
temperature value. In case of a two bar indication, the respective side (LH
or RH) can be chosen by pressing the “SEL” push button. The selected bar
graph flashes three times. The temperature adjustment is indicated by an
arrow outside the temperature bar graph. Settings with the related push
button (“+” or “-“ ) from 1 to 5 in steps of 0.5 are possible.
Temperature setting
Select Temp. FSTP Floor Temp. ON NTF / Carpet

5 28-32°C
4.5 26-30°C
4 24-28°C
3.5 22-26°C
3 20-24°C
2.5 18-22°C
2 16-20°C
1.5 14-18°C
1 12-16°C

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-14
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
FTSP door frame lining and galley area
1) Select heating area with the “SEL” push-button.

2) Increase temperature setting value with the “+” push-button.
3) Decrease temperature setting value with the “-“push-button.
De-activation
After pushing the “SEL” push-button for approx. 4 sec, the display switches off
and only “PUSH SEL” will be displayed. For turning on the display, only the
“SEL” pushbutton must be pressed again, the temperature setting on the
FTSP will remain unchanged through de-activation.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-15
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
FAP FAILURE MESSAGES

Three different failure message screens can be shown on the FAP:
SR X-X Seat Row designation / refer to cabin layout No temperature
control is available on the FAP.
In this case the cabin temperature can be only controlled by using the
temperature selector CABIN on the cockpit overhead panel (225VU):
No Temperature Data Available
No Cabin Temperature Available
No Temperature Select Available

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-16
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

On FAP the WATER/WASTE
page displays:
• In the left hand upper part of
the FAP-touch-screen the
waste quantity in %
• In the middle upper part of
the FAP-touch-screen the
water quantity in and one bar.
Below the bar the total max.
Volume is shown.
• The water pre selection
means the needed quantity of water has to be set.
Note: Pre-selection is not possible during servicing procedures. The

following message is shown on the FAP ‟SERVICING IN PROGRESS‟.
This menu provides the status

information for several cabin sys-
tems and could be called up for
pre-flight checks. Additionally this
menu appears during all flight
phases in the automatic mode if
dedicated messages for the cab-
in crew are available.
The following systems/functions are incorporated in the SYSTEM INFO page:

- CIDS internals.
- Ice protection.
- Power management.
- Miscellaneous.
After selection of the SYSTEM INFO page an indicator light next to the respective
system button is illuminated in amber color if there is a fault message.
To indicate the faults belonging to the different systems push the related
system button on the SYSTEM INFO page.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-17
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
If the following FAILURE-

MESSAGE is displayed (called
BLUE CARD):
- In this case CIDS is not
supplied with the complete
electrical power (from normal
and essential bus bar) and
the system is not able to
detect and collect all
necessary data.
- To solve this problem it
must be ensured that all
electrical connections/switches
are in the normal
mode/position (e.g. all C/B‟s
are closed, generators on etc.).
After checking this point the system should run properly if there are no
further problems in the aircraft electrical circuits.

On the FAP SET-UP page it is
possible to change FAP internal
settings, e.g.
display brightness, settings for
volume of loudspeaker and
headphone.
Additionally the ‟CLICK ‟of the
touch screen keys while they
are pushed can be switched ON
and OFF.
Note: To complete the

procedure the SAVE key must be pushed. Otherwise the changes made
on the FAP set-up page are not taken into account and the system goes
back to the previous settings
after leaving the page.
To re-use the basic settings which are stored in the CAM push the DEFAULT
key.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-18
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.1.8 Seat Setting Page

Seat settings page is an
independent page in the FAP.
Call Reset: Both Cabin and LAV

calls in B/C.
Chime inhibit: All cabin except

the LAV calls.
Note:
AAP's reset all Y/C Calls either
from LAV. or PAX. cabin.
5.4.2 Additional Attendant Panel

(AAP)
With the AAP (installed in the cabin at
DOOR 2L and DOOR 4L) some of
The cabin systems can be controlled CAB N RY
additionally.
Available functions:
DIM 1 DIM 1
• Set the cabin illumination of the as-
signed pax zone (CABIN/DIM1
/DIM2).
• Illumination of the related cabin en- DIM 2 DIM 2
try (ENTRY/DIM1/DIM2).
• Set/Reset of the cabin night light
(NIGHT). NIGHT
• Reset of the evacuation signaling
(EVAC RESET).
• Indication and reset of the lavatory CA
smoke alert (SMOKE LAV).
• Reset of a passenger call made
from the assigned pax zone (CALL AC SMOKE
RESET).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-19
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.3 Area Control Panel (ACP)

• ACP‟s are installed in the ceiling near each cabin crew station.
• The lights are activated either continuously (steady) or flashing.
• Each of them has five separately controllable indication fields containing
colored LED‟s which are visible from the front and the rear side.
Amber
Red
Blue
The following table shows about what kind of information the cabin crew are
informed through this far-call facility:
SYSTEM INFORMATION COLOR on ACP LIGHT MODUS

PAX call Blue Steady
PAX call (from lavatory) Amber Steady
LAV Smoke Amber Flashing
ATTND Call Red Steady
PURSER Call (from cockpit) Red Steady
PURSER Call (from cabin) Red Steady
EMER Call Red Flashing
Note: If a PAX call from a lavatory is started an additional amber light (similar
to the ACP lights) comes on steady on the dedicated outside lavatory wall.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-20
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

• The AIP‟s indicate dial and call information of the PA/Interphone system
and other system information (e.g. lavatory smoke location,
PAX calls...) to the cabin crew.
• They are mounted near each cabin crew station which is equipped with a
handset.
• The AIP‟s consists of a two-row alphanumerical display and two indicator
lights.
• The upper row displays communication information (e.g. interphone calls)
and the lower displays system and emergency information (e.g. direct an-
nouncements).
• Each one has a length of 16 characters.
• The two indicator lights (red/green) serve as attention getters and ensure
a far reaching call function when a respective message is displayed. The
red light is used for system and emergency information, the green light for
communication information.
Alphanumeric display
5.4.5 Cabin Handset

Each cabin crew station is
equipped with a handset with
PA and interphone capabilities
and the associated AIP.
Push
The cabin crew use the cabin
To
handsets for the cabin and
Talk
flight crew interphone func-
(PTT)
tions and for PA announce-
ments.
A33

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-21
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.5 COMMUNICATION
The cabin communication system is managed by the CIDS and provides

these subsequent system functions:
• Passenger Address (PA)system
• Service Interphone
• Interphone
• Passenger Call system
• Passenger Lighted Signs
• Audio
5.5.1 Public Address (PA)
A PA announcement can be made with all cabin handsets located at every
cabin crew station. And the following table shows the functions which are
available from the cabin handsets:
KEY
FUNCTION CONNECTION (FROM =>TO)
SEQUENCE
DIRECT PA PTT Handset =>All LS
PA ALL PA+ALL Handset =>All LS in the cabin
PA 1 PA+1 Handset =>All LS in the business class
PA 2 PA+2 Handset =>All LS in the economy class
Source priorities
A PA source with a higher priority interrupts a PA announcement from a
source with a lower priority. Only the announcement from the source with the
higher priority is heard. The sources have the following priority levels:
LEVEL SOURCE
1 Boom Set, Oxygen Mask (AMU)
2 Cockpit Handset (HS
3 Purser Handset (HS)
4 Cabin Crew Handset (HS)
5 Pre-recorded Announcement (PRAM)
6 EVAC Signaling Tone
7 Video or Entertainment Sounds (VCU)
8 Boarding Music

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-22
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.5.2 Cabin Interphone

5.5.2.1 Calls from the cockpit
P/B on Call Light on

Destination Chime Info on AIP
Panel ACP
“CAPT CALL
All Steady ALL”
All Cabin crew ALL Hi-Lo-Hi +
Red
Steady Green
Light
“CAPT CALL”
text at 1L +
Steady Red text “PURSER
Purser Station PURS Hi-Hi-Lo
All ACPs CALLED”
Steady Green
Light
“CALL CAPT”
Other Cabin FWD, MID, +
Hi-Lo-Hi Steady Red
Crew Stations EXIT or AFT Steady Green
Light
“PRIO CAPT “
Emergency
EMER CALL All Flashing +
Call to all C/C 3 Hi-Lo
ON Red Flashing Red
Stations
Light

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-23
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.5.2.2 Calls from the cabin

From Purser to
P/B on Light on Info on
Destination Chime
Call Panel ACP AIP
“CALL ALL
ATTND”
INTPH
All Cabin All Steady +
+ Hi-Lo
crew Stations Red Steady
ALL
Green
Light
CAPT
In The
Normal Call One +
Cockpit
to CAPT Buzzer in Steady
ATT Switch
Cockpit Cockpit Green
Flashing
Light
“CALL 1L
ATTND”
INTPH
Mid Cabin Steady +
+ Hi-Lo
Crew Red Steady
2
Green
Light
“CALL 1L
ATTND”
INTPH
Exit Cabin Steady +
+ Hi-Lo
Crew Red Steady
3
Green
Light
“CALL 1L
ATTND”
INTPH
AFT Cabin Steady +
+ Hi-Lo
Crew Red Steady
4
Green
Light
In The Cockpit:
Cockpit
PRIO EMER P/B Flashing + 3 Buzzers
Emergency
CAPT In The Cabin:
Call
AIP will appear “PRIO CAPT”

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-24
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
From Cabin Crew to

P/B on
Light on Info on
Destination Call Chime
ACP AIP
Panel
“PURSER
CALLED”
+
INTPH Steady
Steady
Purser + Hi-Hi-Lo Red All
Green
Purser ACPs
Light All
AIPs Ex-
cept 1L
Other Station or
Cockpit Call Same As Call From Purser
(normal/emergency)
5.5.2.3 Passenger seat call

• The respective ATTENDANT CALL pushbutton on the PSU illuminates.
• HI chime sounds through the passenger and cabin crew loudspeak-
ers in the related cabin zone(s).
• In the related cabin zone(s) the blue indication field (LED) of the ACP
comes on steady.
• The cabin zone related AIP shows the calling seat row in the lower
line of its display (e.g.‟ CALL SR 20 L ‟).
• An additional arrow (->) located in the lower right corner of the AIP
display indicates that more than only one call from a seat is started.
Note: It is possible to inhibit the HI chime through pushing the
CHIME INHIBIT key on the AUDIO page of the Apathies key is
part of the CABIN SETTINGS menu on this page. To reset the
inhibit function push the CHIME INHIBIT key again.
5.5.2.4 Passenger lavatory call

• The respective ATTENDANT CALL pushbutton on the LSU illuminates.
• Hi chime sounds through the passenger and cabin crew loudspeak-
ers of the related cabin zone(s).
• The amber call light mounted on the outside wall of the related lavatory
comes on
• In the related cabin zone(s) the amber indication field (LED) of the ACP
comes on steady.
• The cabin zone related AIP shows the calling lavatory in the lower line

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-25
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
of its display (e.g.‟ CALL LAV 15 ‟).

display indicates that more than only one call from a lavatory is started.
Reset of a PAX call
Reset the visual effects of an initiated PAX CALL through one of the
following procedures:
• Push the related ATTENDANT CALL pushbutton again or
• Push one of the CALL RESET pushbuttons (located at each cabin crew
station on the AAP) or
• Push the CALL RESET key on the AUDIO page of the FAP (part of the
CABIN SETTINGS menu).
Note: Closing the A/C doors at the end of the boarding procedure will
automatically lead to the reset of all visual effects initiated
through a PAX CALL.
5.5.3 Evacuation System

An emergency evacuation signaling system (integrated in the CIDS) is
installed. It provides visual and aural alert in the event of impending
emergency evacuation of the aircraft.
In the cockpit
In the cabin FAP

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-26
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
- Initiate Evacuation Command from The Cockpit

1)Horn sounds
2)“EVAC” indicator flashes,

1)Horns sound.
2)“EVAC” indicators flash on the FAP and AAP’s.
- Initiate Evacuation Command from the Cabin (in case the evacua-
tion selector in the cockpit in “CAPT & PURS” position)
1)Horn sounds.
2)“EVAC” indicator flashes.

1)Horns sound.
2)“EVAC” indicators flash on the FAP and AAP.
3)Integral light of “COMD” switch on the FAP illuminate Red.
- Initiate Evacuation Command from the Cabin (in case the

Evacuation selector in the cockpit in “CAPT” position)
1)Horn sounds (3 Sec).

switch on the FAP illuminate red.
Can be reset the audio signal in the specific area by pushing any reset
switch in the cockpit, FAP or AAP.
And can be reset all indication by pushing the EVAC COMD switch in
the area which initiates the command.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-27
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.6 LIGHTING
5.6.1 Cabin Light

• Entrance areas
• Passenger zones
• Passenger lighted signs (for location and operation: Refer to Gen-
eral System Information )
automatically when the cockpit door is opened. This function
should avoid glaring in the cockpit and is available, when at least
one engine is running.
Note: In case of LOW CABIN-PRESSURE all cabin lights are switched
on with full brightness, independent from any selected light volume
setting.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-28
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
The cabin crew stations 2 L and 4 L

have AAPs. Each AAP controls the
Illumination of its entrance area an of
connected passenger zones. CABIN ENTRY
On the AAP there are pushbuttons DIM 1 DIM 1

(CABIN, ENTRY, DIM 1 and DIM 2),
which are arranged in two columns
DIM 2 DIM 2
for passenger zone (CABIN) and
entrance area (ENTRY)
illumination.
NIGHT
The pushbuttons illuminate when pressed.

CALL
To set the lights intensity of the

connected passenger zones, press
EVAC SMOKE
one of the following pushbuttons:
- CABIN or ENTRY to set the pas-
senger zone lights to 100%
brightness
- DIM 1 to dim the passenger zone
lights to 50% brightness
- DIM 2 to dim the passenger zone
lights to 10% brightness.
To switch off the passenger zone lights or the entrance area lights again,
press the active (illuminated) pushbutton a second time.
To switch on the passenger zone lights again, press one of the pushbuttons
CABIN, DIM 1 or DIM 2. The passenger zone lights illuminate with the
corresponding brightness.
To switch on the entrance area lights again, press one of the

pushbuttons ENTRY, DIM 1 or DIM 2. The entrance area lights illuminate
with the corresponding brightness.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-29
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.6.2 Lavatory Light

The lavatory lighting system is controlled by the CIDS.
A micro-switch in the lavatory door-frame monitors, if the door is

UNLOCKED
or LOCKED. Depending to these positions, the lavatory lighting system
works in different ways.
When the lavatory door is UNLOCKED:

- The fluorescent tube and the wash-table / auxiliary lights illuminate with
reduced intensity,
- The mirror lights are off.
When the lavatory door is LOCKED:

- The fluorescent tube and the wash-table / auxiliary lights illuminate
- The mirror lights are on.
In handicapped lavatories the fluorescent tubes illuminate with 100%,

independent from the micro-switch position. This is a facility to assist
handicapped passengers.
5.6.3 Reading Light

The passenger reading and cabin crew work lights are high intensity LED
lights which give additional illumination to the passengers and the cabin crew.
Each passenger and cabin crew can control his own reading/work light
through pushbuttons.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-30
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.6.4 Emergency Light

The emergency lighting system is a part of the cabin lighting system. It is
integrated in the CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM
(CIDS). If the standard A/C power supply is not available, the emergency
lighting system is able to operate independently from the A/C systems for
at least 10 minutes.
The emergency lighting system has different functions:
1) In standard operation:
- It shows the way to the exits to leave the A/C
2) In an emergency:
- It illuminates the cabin, if the general illumination does not operate
- It shows the way to the exits to leave the A/C, if the cabin is full of
smoke
- It illuminates the escape slides
A. EXIT location signs

The exit location signs are installed in the aisles in overhead positions. They
show the direction to the next exit
Exit Location Sign Exit Location Sign

(Ceiling Mounted) (Wall Mounted)
B. EXIT marking signs
Exit Marking Sign Exit Location Sign

(Door3) (Doors1, 2, 3)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-31
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
C. Cabin emergency lights

The cabin emergency lights are installed in the ceiling of the cabin. They
illuminate the cabin, if the general illumination does not operate.
D. Floor proximity emergency escape path marking system

(FPEEPMS)
All FPEEPMS-elements are installed in floor-level height.
They show the way to the exits, if the exit signs and the general illumination
or the cabin emergency lights are no longer visible (e.g. the cabin is full of
smoke).
The elements next to each exit zone are shining in red colour.
The exits are directly indicated by the exit identifiers.
E. Escape slide emergency lights

way out of the A/C and the borders of the escape slide.
The escape slide emergency lights are activated only, when the door is
opened in position DOOR ARMED, and the escape slide is released.
F. Emergency lights system operation
1.Switch EMER EXIT LT ARM-ON-OFF (Cockpit)

2.Switch NO SMOKING ON-AUTO-OFF (Cockpit)
3.Indicator EMER EXIT LT OFF (Cockpit)
4.Pushbutton-Switch EMER (Cabin/FAP)
The pushbutton-switch EMER (4) on the FAP is covered to prevent inad-
vertent operation.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-32
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
System operation (standard)

The emergency lighting system is used to illuminate all exit location signs,
exit marking signs and escape-hatch handle lights, when
• The switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM,
• The switch NO SMOKING (2) is in position AUTO.
This enables the passengers to find their way to the exits to leave the A/C.
System operation (emergency)

The emergency lighting system is also used for different emergencies:
2) The general illumination does not operate
When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM, and the AC
power supply for the general illumination is not available, the cabin
emergency lights in the ceiling and above each door come on auto-
matically. The system is supplied by the essential DC power supply.
3) The cabin pressure is too low

When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM, and CABIN
PRESSURE LOW is detected, all elements of the emergency lighting
system come on automatically (except over wing lights and escape
slide emergency lights). The system is supplied by the essential DC
power supply.
4) No essential DC power supply available

When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM, and the es-
sential DC power supply is not available, all elements of the emergen-
cy lighting system come on automatically (except over wing lights and
escape slide emergency lights). The system is supplied by integrated
batteries from the EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS (EPSUs)
for at least 10 minutes. In this case also the lavatory auxiliary lights do
not operate.
5) Manual operation from the cockpit

When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ON, all elements of
the emergency lighting system come on (except over wing lights and
escape slide emergency lights).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-33
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
6) Manual operation from the cabin

When the pushbutton-switch EMER (4) is pressed in, all elements of the
emergency lighting system come on (except over wing lights and escape
slide emergency lights). The pushbutton-switch EMER illuminates to indi-
cate this operation. If the essential DC power supply is not available, the in-
dication on the pushbutton-switch EMER is off. And this switch can be used
regardless of the position of flight deck switch.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-34
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7 WATER AND WASTE
Wet Galley
Dry Galley
Stowed Unit
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-35
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7.3 Water & Wastes System
Water Tanks
• There are two water tanks on board of the aircraft:
- One is located RH in the AFT cargo compartment behind the lining
panels, directly behind the AFT cargo-compartment door.
- One is located RH behind the bulk cargo-compartment, near the
partition wall.
• Each tank has a usable capacity of 350 litres (92 US Gallons) amount-
ing to a total capacity of 700 litres (184 US Gallons).
• The pressurization of the water system is achieved with compressed air.

This makes sure that the water flows from the water tanks to the galleys
and lavatories.
• The wastewater from the galley sinks and lavatory wash basins is
drained overboard through the FWD and AFT heated drain masts.
Waste Tanks
• There are two waste tanks on board the aircraft located behind the bulk
cargo compartment.
• Each waste tank has a capacity of 350 litres (92 US. gallons). This
means a total capacity of 700 litres (184 US. gallons).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-36
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Water & Wastes Quantity Indication

• In the left hand upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the waste quantity in
% and two bars, L for the left hand system and R for the right hand sys-
tem. Below the related bars the total max. Volume is shown.
• In the middle upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the water quantity in %
and one bar. Below the bar the total max. Volume is shown.
Note: Pre-selection is not possible during servicing procedures. The fol-

lowing message is shown on the FAP ’SERVICING IN PRO-
GRESS’.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-37
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

In each normal lavatory one manual water shut-off valve is installed. It’s lo-
cated under wash basin behind wash basin access door.

Water shut-off valves are installed in the water supply lines in the wet galleys.
When you close the water shut-off valves, the water supply to the equip-
ment (for example boiler, water tap, steam oven etc.) stops.
Each wet galley has a water shut-off valve. A placard MAIN SHUT OFF
VALVE or EMERGENCY WATER SHUTOFF shows the location of its oper-
ating handle.
Galleys with a steam oven have additionally a steam oven shut-off valve.
A placard STEAM OVEN SHUT OFF VALVE shows the location of its oper-
ating handle.
With the operating handle you can set the water shut-off valve to the open or
closed position.
When the operating handle points to the ON position the water shut-off valve
is open.
When the operating handle points to the OFF position the water shut-off
valve is closed.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-38
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7.6 Galley Electrical Panel

Galley power circuit breakers are located on the galley’s centralized electrical
panel.
• Galley smoke / fire:
Galley smoke / fire can be
caused by electrical mal-
function for example coffee
maker, ovens, water boilers,
etc.
- If the source of the smoke /
fire is identified:
Inform PIC and pull the ap-
plicable circuit breaker to
shut off electrical power.
- If the source of the smoke /
fire cannot be identified:
Inform PIC and pull all circuit
breaker to shut off electrical
power.

The water heater is installed in each lavatory below the wash basin to the
hot water connection of the water faucet.
The water heater has these main components:

- Water inlet and water outlet
connection.
- A water tank (has a capacity
1.5 L of water).
- An ON/OFF switch.
- An indicator light.
- A pressure relief valve
A thermo switch regulates the wa-
ter temperature between 54 °C
(129.2 °F) and 50 °C (122 °F), so
that the outlet temperature at the
water heater is between 40 °C (104 °F) and 50 °C (122 °F). If the thermo
switch has a malfunction, an overheat switch cuts the electrical supply be-
tween 72 °C (161.6 °F) and 82 °C (179.6 °F).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-39
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

A drain valve is installed in the wastewater
line under each wash basin.
The drain valve lets the wastewater drain to
the drain masts and stops the leakage of
air pressure through the drain mast.
The drain valve opens only when water
flows through the drain masts. By pulling
the ring located at the top of the valve, it
allows to override the wastewater drainage
from the wash basin.
5.7.9 A330 No Water Flow

No water flow from the electrical and IR water-faucet (if the blue and/or cold
button are pushed and released and/or the hands are within the detection
area of the IR water-faucet).
ACTION RESULT/SOLUTION
1. Is there no water flow

through the outlet when
the water faucet is operat-
ed?
2. Reset the control module

assembly.
- Open the access door
below the washbasin.
- At the CONTROL
MODULE ASSEMBLY set the TOGGLE SWITCH from the ON to the
OFF position.
- Wait 5 seconds.
- Then set the TOGGLE SWITCH back to the ON position
- Close the access door below the washbasin.
- Operate the water faucet and make sure that the function is correct.
3. The water faucet does not function. Make an entry in the logbook to record
the fault information.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-40
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Note: Excessive noise in the lavatory:

To reduce the noise throw a blanket or cushion into toilet bowl, close
the toilet bowl cover, lock the affected LAV. And PIC shall be informed.

One smoke detector is installed in each lavatory extraction duct.
If smoke enters into the measuring chamber of the detector a smoke warning
signal is transmitted from the Smoke Detection Control-Unit (SDCU) to the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). The CIDS starts these indica-
tions/warnings in the cabin:
• On the FAP or related AAP the red SMOKE warning indication comes on.
• The amber call light, mounted on the outside wall of the lavatory, and the
amber light on the related ACP flash.
• The cabin loudspeakers: a predefined chime (e.g a triple chime, repeated
every 30s)
• On each AIP the indication SMOKE LAV XX and the red LED comes on.
Note: XX shows the location of the related lavatory smoke detector.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-41
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
To reset the visual warnings on the related ACP, AIP as well as the call light
(lavatory wall) and to silence the chime, press the Smoke Reset on the FAP or
related AAP. The indications on the FAP stay as long as the smoke is detect-
ed. If there is no more smoke detected, the SDCU (Smoke Detection Control
Unit) resets all FAP indications.
5.7.11 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher

A small extinguisher bottle is installed in each waste bin. The lavatory fire extin-
guishing system is completely automatic.
A fire or overheat condition opens the release mechanism. A temperature
increase from approx. 71 C to 140 C, operates the lavatory fire extinguisher,
within 60 seconds.
Each waste bin is provided with a small extinguisher bottle which contains
120 gm of Halon and Freon. A thermostatic sprinkler is automatically trig-
gered when the temperature exceeds 77 degrees Celsius (170 degrees
Fahrenheit).
Each extinguisher is equipped with a pressure gauge which must be checked

during the preflight check. The needle must be in the green section.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-42
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.8 OXYGEN
• A cockpit-fixed oxygen system, which supplies adequate breathing oxygen
to the cockpit occupants in case of depressurization, or emission of smoke
and noxious gases.
• A cabin-fixed oxygen system, which supplies oxygen for cabin occupants
(passengers and cabin crew) in case of depressurization.
• A portable oxygen system, which is provided in both the cockpit and cabin
and is to be used:
- As PROTECTION for the crew during on board emergencies.
- For FIRST AID purposes.

• Tow high-pressure cylinder in the left-hand lower fuselage with capacity of
3
3250 litres (115 ft )
• Four full-face quick donning masks, stowed in readily accessible boxes ad-
jacent to crewmembers ‘seats (one per seat)
• The cockpit’s oxygen system consists of:
- One OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY push-button on the overhead panel
- The ECAM SYSTEM DISPLAY, which provides oxygen pressure in-
formation.
- 4 oxygen stowage boxes, which contain the quick donning masks.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-43
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
1- Blinker flow meter (yel-

low)
This indicator flashes

when oxygen is flowing.
2- RESET/TEST control slide
The crewmember presses the slide, and pushes it in the direction of the arrow to
test: the operation of the blinker, the regulator supply, system sealing down-
stream of the valve; and the regulator sealing and system operation. Pressing the
RESET control slide, after the oxygen mask has been used, cuts off the oxygen,
and the mask microphone.
3- OXY ON flag
As soon as the left flap door opens, the mask is supplied with oxygen and, once
it closes (mask still supplied with oxygen), the "OXY ON" flag appears.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-44
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
1- Red grips
Squeezing the right-hand side grip unlocks the two-flap door, and enables the
harness to inflate.

Use of this selector creates an overpressure, which eliminates condensation and
prevents smoke, smell or ashes from entering the mask.
- Pressing this knob generates an overpressure for a few seconds.
- Turning the knob, in the direction of the arrow, generates a permanent over-
pressure.
Note: Overpressure supply automatically is started, when cabin altitude ex-
ceeds 30,000 feet.
3- N/100 % SEL
Pushing up the button from underneath releases it and it pops up to the N (nor-
mal) position. Pressing it again returns it to 100 %.
100 %: The mask delivers 100% oxygen.
N: The mask delivers a mixture of air and oxygen, the content of which
varies depending on the cabin altitude. When cabin altitude goes above
35,000 feet, the air inlet closes and the user breathes 100 % oxygen.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-45
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

• The cabin-fixed chemical oxygen system supplies oxygen
to occupants, in case of cabin depressurization.
• The oxygen is produced by chemical generators, and
each generator feeds a group of 2, 3, 4 or 5 masks.
• Generator and masks are in containers, located: Above
the passenger seats, in the lavatories, in each galley, and
at each cabin crew station.
• The cabin oxygen system automatically operates when
the altitude pressure switch, located in the avionics com-
partment, closes. The switch closes when the cabin pres-
sure decreases to a pressure equivalent to 14 000 +0 -
500 feet (4260 +0 -150 meters).
• To manually operate the system, the flight crewmembers
push the "MASK MAN ON" pushbutton, located on the
overhead panel.
• When electrical power releases the door latches:
- The passenger oxygen container doors open and the
masks drop down for the use of passengers and cabin
crew.
- A taped message is transmitted through the Passenger
Address system (if installed).
- The green "SYS ON" indicator light, on the cockpit over-
head panel, comes on.
- When a user pulls the oxygen mask towards their face,
the chemical oxygen generator starts to operate and the
oxygen flows.
- The mask receives pure oxygen under positive pressure
for about 22 minutes, until the generator is depleted.
• If a passenger oxygen container door does not open, the
cabin crew can open it by using the manual release tool.
The manual release tool has to be pushed in a hole of the
container door (two holes for Type VI container) to disen-
gage the electrical latch.
Note: There is no apparent inflation of the mask reservoir

bag at lower altitudes between approximately
10000 and 19 000 feet.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-46
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
The aircraft has in the cabin 6 doors and 2 emergency exits.
All the doors have an initial opening movement to the inner and then they open
outwards. The doors are emergency exit in case of emergency evacuation.
They are all provided with an emergency evacuation facility stowed in a con-
tainer hinged on the lower part of the cabin doors
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-47
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.1 Description Door Type A
1- Door Control Handle

To open and close the door from inside
2- Gust Lock
To secure the door in its open position
3- Assist Handles
To hold onto when opening or closing the door
4- Arming System
This consists of the ARMING LEVER and a SAFETY PIN
5- Observation Window
An OBSERVATION WINDOW with two electrical INDICATOR LIGHTS (1 and
11) (visible from inside and outside)
6- Locking Indicators
Two door locking indicators to indicate the door status:
- The information UNLOCKED on a red background is given when the door is
not in its closed/locked position.
- The information LOCKED on a green background is given when the door is
fully closed and locked.
7- Door Assist Handle
Used when opening or closing the door.
8- Arming Lever
To arm or disarm the door slide/slide-raft
9- Safety Pin with Warning Flag
To secure the ARMING LEVER in the disarmed position
10- Cabin Pressure Warning Light
The RED INDICATOR LIGHT flashes in case of a cabin differential pressure
above 2.5 MBAR when all engines are shut down and the related door is dis-
armed.
11- Door Armed Indicator Light
The WHITE INDICATOR LIGHT lights up steadily when the door is in armed
mode and the door handle is moved up.
12- Exterior Door Control Handle
This consists of a FLAP (13) and a HANDLE (14).
13- Flap
Used to release the HANDLE from its closed position.
14- Handle
To open and close the door from outside.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-48
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-49
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.2 Description Exit Type I

1- Door Control Handle under Cover
2- Gust Lock
3- Assist Handles
4- Arming System
An OBSERVATION WINDOW with two electrical indicator lights (10 and 11)
(Visible from inside and outside)
6- Locking Indicator
A door locking indicator to indicate the door status:
- The information UNLOCKED on a red background is given when the door is not
in its closed/locked position.
- The information LOCKED on a green background is given when the door is
fully closed and locked.
8- Arming Lever
armed.
The WHITE INDICATOR LIGHT lights up steadily when the door is in ARMED
mode and the door handle moved up.
This consists of a FLAP (13) and a HANDLE (14)
13- Flap
To release the HANDLE from its closed position
14- Handle
A HANDLE to open and close the door from outside.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-50
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-51
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.3 Doors & Exits Warning System

Each door has an observation window equipped with a sunshade. Close to
that window, there are two electrical indication lights.
- One indicator light which illuminates white, (steady) when the slide is armed
and the door handle is moved up.
- One warning light, flashes red in case of cabin differential pressure above
2.5 MBAR when all engines are shut down and the arming system is dis-
armed. The lights are visible also from outside. When the red light flashes, do
not open the door and inform the Captain.
-
5.9.4 Damper Actuator Assembly
Each door type “A” and exit type “I” are equipped with
a damper and emergency operation cylinder which is
located behind the support arm.
• It limits the door travel during NORMAL OPERA-
TION of the door especially in windy conditions.
• It acts during EMERGENCY OPERATION as an
• The damper and emergency operation cylinder is
operated by compressed nitrogen which is stored
in a cylinder equipped with a pressure gauge. The
pressure is also indicated by the Cabin Inter
Communication Data System (CIDS).
• The pressurized nitrogen is released by an actu-
ating device controlled by the SLIDE ARMING
LEVER.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-52
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

- Cabin door & emergency exit normal opening from inside
The SLIDE ARMING LEVER must be in the DISARMED position and the SAFE-
TY PIN must be installed.
WARNING
If the RED CABIN PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT flashes, do not open the
door and report to the cockpit crew.
CAUTION
If the ARMING LEVER (8) is not in the disarmed position the slide will be
activated automatically by door opening.
• Grasp one of the ASSIST HANDLEs
• Open the DOOR HANDLE COVER.
• Lift the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE fully up.
• Push the door outwards then move it forwards by using the DOOR ASSIST
HANDLE until it locks in its fully open position.
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal closing from inside

• Grasp one of the ASSIST HANDLEs.
• Press the GUST LOCK and simultaneously pull the support arm towards
yourself.
• Move the door rearwards by using the DOOR ASSIST HANDLE.
• When the door is in front of its frame, pull the door inwards and lower the
DOOR CONTROL HANDLE.
• Check whether the door locked correctly, the DOOR LOCKING INDICATOR
must indicate LOCKED.
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal opening from outside

Note: Labels next to the EXTERIOR DOOR CONTROL HANDLE indi-
cate how to operate the door from outside.
• Look through the OBSERVATION WINDOW and make sure that the RED
CABIN PRESSURE INDICATOR does not flash.
• Push the FLAP and grasp the HANDLE, lift the handle fully up to the hor-
izontal green line.
• Pull the door outwards and forward until it locks in its fully open position.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-53
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal closing from outside

• Push the GUST LOCK to unlock the door, move the door towards the
frame, push it in and lower the EXTERIOR DOOR CONTROL HANDLE.
• The door is locked when the handle is flush with the fuselage.
- Cabin door & emergency exit emergency opening

• Check whether the ARMING SYSTEM is in ARMED mode.
• Hold on to the ASSIST HANDLE.
• Open the door handle cover.
• Lift the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE rapidly fully up and release it.
Note: The door opens automatically and locks in its fully open position.
Should the pneumatic assistance of the door fail, push the door open
manually.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-54
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
The A/C is equipped with 6 type “A” doors 1,2,4 L&R and 2 Emergency Exits
type “I” 3L&3R.
• Type “A” doors are equipped with double lane slid/raft that takes 4 sec to be
fully inflated.
• 3L&3R, quipped with single lane escape slide, it takes 6 sec to be fully in-
flated
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-55
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.6.1 Type “A” Escape Slide

All SLIDE RAFTS are of the DUAL LANE type and have two functions:
• As an escape slide,
• As an inflatable raft after ditching.
The deployment and inflation of the SLIDE
RAFT is automatically initiated when the
door is opened in the ARMED mode.
As the door opens, the girt tension pulls
the pack board from the door. It falls below
the doorsill, the speed lacing releases and
the SLIDE RAFT falls from the pack board.
A firing lanyard actuates the regulator
valve, primary gas is supplied to the aspi-
rators and the inflation is initiated.
An intermediated RESTRAINS TIE DEVICE the SLIDE RAFT to approximately

one third of its extended length, to prevent that the SLIDE RAFT inflates under-
neath the fuselage.
When the SLIDE RAFT becomes sufficiently pressurized, the intermediate tie
releases and the SLIDE RAFT extends outwards and downwards to contact the
ground.
The inflation reservoir sensors are connected to the CIDS and the pressure of
the inflation cylinder is indicated on the FAP.
Note: The inflated escape slide-raft installed at door 1 and 4 deploy straight
down. For door 2 and 3 the escape slide raft is canted in order to deploy in ac-
ceptable clearance away from the engines.
Type “A” manual inflation handle
If the automatic inflation is not initiated, the

red manual inflation handle, located on the
girt extension of the SLIDE RAFT, has to be
pulled. The handle is located on the right
side of the girt extension.
The SLIDE RAFTS inflate and deploy within 4 seconds.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-56
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Type “A” disconnection handle

To disconnect the SLIDE RAFT from
the A/C, pull the disconnect handle.
The SLIDE RAFT is moored to the A/C
by means of a mooring line which is
attached to the girt extension remain-
ing on the cabin floor.
To release the mooring line pulls the
manual release handle located in a
pouch on the top of the SLIDE RAFT.
If the mooring line is not released, use the hook knife for manual releasing.
Survival kit
Each SLIDE RAFT is provided with a SURVIVAL KIT on the right outboard side
as it is indicated on the top chamber.
Canopy
Each SLIDE RAFT is provided with a CANOPY; the canopy has a highly visible
orange / yellow colour and is resistant to the wind. The canopy has no rods; one
crew member can put it up.
Drape the canopy over the canopy stubs and wrap the string around the rubber
button (Fig.1). Tie the bottom of the canopy to the outboard canopy tie down.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-57
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.6.2 Type “I” Escape Slide

The ESCAPE SLIDES are of SINGLE
LANE type and are installed on the left
and right EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR in
the cabin.
The deployment of the ESCAPE SLIDE
is automatically initiated when the door is
opened with the emergency control han-
dle set in the ARMED mode.
During the door opening the ESCAPE
SLIDE drops down and inflates in a diag-
onal direction from the engine down to
the ground. To avoid wind effect till the
slide is fully inflated, a RESTRAINT TIE
DEVICE keep it folded as long as the
inflation is not sufficient to break it.
Type “I” manual inflation handle

If the automatic inflation is not initiated, the manual inflation handle, located on
the girt extension of the ESCAPE SLIDE,
has to be pulled. The handle is located
on the right side of the girt extension.
It takes about 6 seconds for the ESCAPE
SLIDE to be ready for evacuation
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-58
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Main Exits (TYPE A):
Land Evacuation
and SLIDE ”
Ditching
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM TWO LINES, IN-
FLATE LIFE JACKET, CRAWL ON HANDS and KNEES”
Emergency Exits (TYPE I):
Land Evacuation
AND SLIDE”
Ditching
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE IN-
FLATE LIFE JACKET JUMP INTO WATER SWIM AWAY”
5.9.6.4 Slide Raft Capacity
Doors Normal Overload

1 65 PAX. 78 PAX.
2 55 PAX. 68 PAX.
4 65 PAX. 78 PAX.
The overload capacity is calculated taking into accounted that one slide raft is
not operational.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-59
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.6.5 Flight Deck Window

The cockpit is equipped with 4 fixed
and 2 sliding windows, which are in-
stalled on the front and sides of the
cockpit
Opening
• Press down the operating lever to disengage the locking pins from their
latches. As soon as the operating lever is pressed, a red indicator appears
to show that the window is unlocked.
• Continue pressing down on the operating lever, while simultaneously rotat-

ing it and pulling it downward to move the window backward.
Closing
• Move the control lever backward to unlock the window.
• Push the operating lever forward to move the window panel in front of its
fixed frame.
• Continue pushing the operating lever forward to slide the window panel
back into its frame, until the locking pins are engaged.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-60
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Descent Rope
A 6.7 meter (23 feet) knotted rope is stored above each sliding window, on ei-
ther side of the overhead panel
Both stowage cover plates are marked with red labels, and are fastened by
spring clips, which can be quickly opened.
The ropes and their brackets can support a load of 900 kg (1980 lbs).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-61
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.10 Flight Deck Seat

The cockpit is designed to accommodate
two crewmembers, plus two other occu-
pants.
The two pilot seats are column-mounted.
The third occupant seat is also column-
mounted, but can also rotate to a relaxed
position.
The fourth occupant seat is a folding seat,
attached to the right-hand side of the rear
partitioning wall.
Note: The F/ O’s seat is identical to the captain’s seat, except that the con-
trols are on the left-hand side.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-62
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.11 MISCELLANEOUS
Crewmembers Position for Take-Off / Landing.

safety.
• C/C above the minimum crew for safety shall take positions according to
4LC
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-63
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

Safety DEMO is videotaped. Should video fail, Purser will make the demo an-
nouncement while C/C perform the demo in the indicated position.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-64
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

safety.
• The duties of C/C) above the minimum number for safety shall be assigned
according to the numerical order.
• The duties of the additional C/C e.g. ILA, 4RA, 1LC.... etc, shall be assigned
by the flight purser.
- Zone one starts from FWD of A/C till last row of H/C cabin.
- Zone two starts from 2L&2R doors till row No 30.
- Zone three starts from row No 31 till row 39.
- Zone four starts from row 40 till 4L/R doors.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-65
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

Door opening/slide and emergency equipment removal responsibility following
emergency landing /ditching
MEGAPHONE 1L 1R
FLASHLIGHT
FLASHLIGHT
MEGAPHONE 2L 2R
FLASHLIGHT
FLASHLIGHT FIRST AID KIT
RADIO BEACON
FLASHLIGHT 3L 3R
FLASHLIGHT
FLASHLIGHT 4L 4R
FLASHLIGHT
RADIO BEACON FIRST AID KIT
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-66
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-67
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-68
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-69
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
PART 2 A330-300
5.1 EGYPTAIR Airlines Fleet
A330-300
1 SU-GDS
2 SU-GDT
3 SU-GDU
4 SU-GDV
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-70
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.2 Aircraft Dimensions
63.69 m
208 ft.
16.83 m
55 ft 3 in.
6.67 m 25.37 m
21 ft 11 in. 83 ft 3 in.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-71
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.3 Aircraft Description
A330-300
Engines 2 engines
Speed 330 knots

(0.86 mach)
Maximum Operating Alti-
41000 feet
tude
Passenger Seating Ca- 301 total
36 B/C
pacity
265 Y/C
Lavatory 8
Galleys 6
Captain
First Officer
Crew
2 Observer
Up to 12 cabin crew
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-72
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Medical Receptacle
Location
2 medical panels, integrat-
ed underneath the lateral
hat rack (PSU channel) are
on board the aircraft. Each
medical panel has 2 medi-
cal receptacles.
The Location of the Medi-
cal Panels:
- RH in the PSU channel
aft of door 4RH.
- LH in the PSU channel
aft of door 4LH.
Description
The medical receptacles
(referred to receptacle) are installed to supply medical equipment with electrical
power. The medical panel has these components:
1. Cover
The cover protects the receptacles. The cover is held in the closed position with
a quick-release fastener (push to open/push to close).
2. Receptacle
Each medical panel has one receptacle J1 and J2. The receptacle J1 is supplied
with 115 VAC 400 Hz 1000VA. The receptacle J2 is supplied with 28 VDC 420W.
Operation
• Putting into Operation
- Open the cover of the medical panel by pushing the quick-release fasten-
er.
- Connect the medical equipment to the related receptacle.
Note: Only authorized persons who are familiar with operation of the med-
ical equipment may use this device.
• Taking out of Operation
- Switch off the medical equipment and disconnect it from the related re-
ceptacle.
- Close the cover of the medical panel by pushing the quick-release fasten-
er against the latch until it engages with a snap.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-73
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) operates controls and
monitors the main cabin systems.
The CIDS performs different system and unit tests. The CIDS provides the
following system functions:
1) Passenger address (PA)
2) Cabin and flight crew interphone
3) Service interphone
4) Pre-recorded announcement and boarding music (PRAM)
5) In-flight entertainment system (IFE)
6) Passenger lighted signs
7) Passenger call
8) Cabin illumination
9) Reading lights
10) Passenger service system (PSS)
11) Lavatory smoke indication
12) Cabin ready signaling
13) Air conditioning
14) Emergency evacuation signaling (EVAC)
15) Sterile cockpit
16) Potable water indication and pre-selection
17) Waste indication
18) Doors and escape-slides pressure monitoring
19) Electrical load management system (ELMS)
20) Ice protection (IPCU)
The CIDS consists of these components:

• Directors
• Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), Type A and B
• Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA)
• Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
• Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
• On Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
• Additional Attendant Panel(s) (AAP)
• Attendant Indication Panels (AIP)
• Area Call Panels (ACP)
• Handsets
• Loudspeakers
• Passenger call/reset pushbuttons
• Passenger call lights
• No Smoking (NS), Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return to Seat (RTS) signs.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-74
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
All components of the CIDS are connected to the two identical directors, one of
them in active mode and the other one in hot standby mode.
The directors are the central control components of the CIDS. They monitor the
system performance continuously, store detected faults and send them to the
Warning and Maintenance System (WMS) and/or the FAP.
In the event of a major fault, respective information is sent additionally to the

ECAM Status Page or to the ECAM Warning Page
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-75
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
CIDS, indicates the status of several cabin systems and provides the cabin zone
programming. It is located at the FWD cabin crew station 1L.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-76
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Note: The main page of the FAP shows four diagrams only (Lights,
Doors/Slides, Temperature and Water/Waste).
- Audio Diagram moved to IFE.
- PED power switch moved to IFE.

Operating areas and keys of the FAP:
1) The heading row shows the title of every selected page.
2) The display area shows every selected page.
3) The system and function keys are used to select the system pag-
es.
4) The hard keys are used for major functions which have to operate
independently from the FAP touch screen. They are marked with
the related system functions:
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-77
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
• EMER (activates the Emergency Lighting System)
• LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF (activates/de-activates the Cabin Lighting

System)
• LAV MAINT (sets the lavatory lights to full brightness in the case
of lavatory maintenance)
• SCREEN 30 sec. LOCK (sets the touch screen in a sleep

mode for a time period of 30 seconds for cleaning purposes)
• SMOKE RESET resets the aural & some visual warning.
INDICATION OF CABIN STATUS AND SELECTION OF SYSTEM PAGES

Every cabin system (e.g. cabin lighting) shown on the system pages of the
FAP is selectable by the SYSTEM AND FUNCTION KEY SET.
Related to the cabin systems there are different sets of system and function
keys with a maximum of 13 keys. The next/previous key set can be chosen
with the forward/backward button.
CABIN STATUS button

corner of the touch screen. This page gives an overview of the standard
CABIN STATUS page including these pages:
• LIGHTS.
• DOORS/SLIDES.
• TEMPERATURE (AIR CONDITIONING).
• WATER/WASTE.

The CAUT button is always shown in the upper left corner of the touch
screen, normally in the de-active mode (OFF). If CIDS receives a message
which cannot be indicated the CAUT button is illuminated in flashing
mode and a text message is displayed in the INFO ROW. This message
will stay as long as the respective page is not shown on the touch screen.
After displaying the page (s) related to the message (s) or after pushing the
CAUT button the illumination of the CAUT button comes on steady.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-78
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Note: Arrows in front of the actual text message in the INFO ROW shows that
more than one message are present.
The HEADING ROW displays the title of the actual selected page below
the INFO ROW in the middle of the screen.

An automatic event (CIDS message) or touching the FAP display reactivates
the screen again. This touch does not activate any system function.
To reactivate the screen it is necessary to enter the following password
on the PASSWORD page: 456
Note: The LAYOUT SELECTION page is also locked and can be entered by
typing in the correct access code on the PASSWORD page Refer to Zones.
CABIN READY button

The message CABIN READY will be indicated in the cockpit on the ECAM
if the CABIN READY soft key is pushed (e.g. after the cabin crew is ready for
T/O). This key is located next to the SCREEN OFF key in the lower left corner
of the FAP display.
A timer function resets the CABIN READY message after a time period of 5
minutes automatically and the illumination of the CABIN READY key
changes back from green color (active) to grey color (inactive).
Note: In case of IFE smoke / fire:

PIC shall be informed, set IFE master power, PAX SYS push button
switches in off position.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-79
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.1.1 Light Page

To get the DOORS/SLIDES MENU on the FAP, touch the CABIN STATUS
ICON on any menu page followed by the DOORS/SLIDES AIRCRAFT
SYMBOL or the DOORS/SLIDES ICON.
All open doors are shown as red rectangles outside the aircraft symbol. All
closed doors with disarmed evacuation devices are shown as amber
rectangles inside the aircraft symbol. All closed doors with armed evacuation
devices are shown as green rectangles inside the aircraft symbol. The
DOOR/SLIDE PRESSURE and the SLIDE ARMED/DISARMED indications
are shown as amber text next to the related door/slide.
• SLIDE DISARMED.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-80
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

Additional to the cabin temperature selector in the cockpit, the cabin
temperature can be adapted by the FAP. The temperature deviation is
limited to plus or minus 3°C (5.4°F) from the general temperature selection
in the cockpit.
The temperature can be controlled between 18°C (64°F) (COLD) & 30°C
(86°F) (HOT). The 12 o’clock position is 24°C (75°F).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-81
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
HEATED FLOOR PANEL

The Heated Floor Panels (HFP) are installed to increase the temperature of
the cabin floor in special areas. The temperature values of the HFP‟s can
be set on the Floor Temperature Setting Panels (FTSP).
Location
Typical floor panel
heating areas are:
- Door area.
- Galley.
- LDF (lower deck facilities).
- Emergency exits.
The Floor Temperature Setting Panels FTSP are installed in the door frame
lining of door 1R/ 2R/3R/ 4R and another one is installed between the
AFT galleys. The temperatures of the Heated Floor Panel HTP are
separately adjustable via the FTSP.
Operation
One (at AFT galley) or two (at door 1R/4R) bar graphs indicate the selected
temperature value. In case of a two bar indication, the respective side (LH
or RH) can be chosen by pressing the “SEL” push button. The selected bar
graph flashes three times. The temperature adjustment is indicated by an
arrow outside the temperature bar graph. Settings with the related push
button (“+” or “-“ ) from 1 to 5 in steps of 0.5 are possible.
Temperature setting
Select Temp. FSTP Floor Temp. ON NTF / Carpet

5 28-32°C
4.5 26-30°C
4 24-28°C
3.5 22-26°C
3 20-24°C
2.5 18-22°C
2 16-20°C
1.5 14-18°C
1 12-16°C
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-82
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
FTSP door frame lining and galley area
1) Select heating area with the “SEL” push-button.

2) Increase temperature setting value with the “+” push-button.
3) Decrease temperature setting value with the “-“push-button.
De-activation
After pushing the “SEL” push-button for approx. 4 sec, the display switches
off and only “PUSH SEL” will be displayed. For turning on the display, only
the “SEL” pushbutton must be pressed again, the temperature setting on
the FTSP will remain unchanged through de-activation.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-83
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
FAP FAILURE MESSAGES

Three different failure message screens can be shown on the FAP:
SR X-X Seat Row designation / refer to cabin layout No temperature
control is available on the FAP.
No Temperature Data Available
No Cabin Temperature Available
No Temperature Select Available
In this case the cabin temperature can be only controlled by using the
temperature selector CABIN on the cockpit overhead panel (225VU).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-84
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

• In the left hand upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the waste quantity in %
and two bars, L for the left hand sys-
tem and R for the right hand system.
Below the related bars the total max.
Volume is shown.
• In the middle upper part of the
FAP-touch-screen the water quantity
in % and one bar.
Below the bar the total max. Volume
is shown.
• The water pre selection means the
needed quantity of water has to be
set.
Note: Pre-selection is not possible during servicing procedures.

The following message is shown on the FAP ‟SERVICING IN PROGRESS‟.

This menu provides the status information for several cabin systems and could
be called up for pre-flight checks. Additionally this menu appears during all
flight phases in the automatic mode if
dedicated messages for the cabin
crew are available.
The following systems/functions are

incorporated in the SYSTEM INFO
page:
- CIDS internals.
- Ice protection.
- Power management.
- Miscellaneous.
After selection of the SYSTEM INFO page an indicator light next to the
respective system button is illuminated in amber color if there is a fault
message.
To indicate the faults belonging to the different systems push the related
system button on the SYSTEM INFO page.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-85
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
If the following FAILURE-MESSAGE is displayed (called BLUE CARD):

- In this case CIDS is not
supplied with the complete
electrical power (from normal and
essential bus bar) and the system
is not able to detect and collect all
necessary data.
- To solve this problem it
must be ensured that all electrical
connections/switches are in the
normal mode/position (e.g. all
C/B‟s are closed, generators on
etc.).
After checking this point the system should run properly if there are no
further problems in the aircraft electrical circuits

On the FAP SET-UP page it is possible to change FAP internal settings, e.g.
display brightness, settings for volume of loudspeaker and headphone.
Additionally the ‟CLICK ‟of the touch screen keys while they are pushed can be
switched ON and OFF.
Note: To complete the procedure the SAVE key must be pushed.

Otherwise the changes made on the FAP set-up page are not taken into
account and the system goes back to the previous settings after leaving the
page.To re-use the basic settings which are stored in the CAM push the
DEFAULT key.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-86
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.1.7 Seat Setting Page

Seat settings page is an independent
page in the FAP.
Call Reset: Both Cabin and LAV calls
in B/C.
Chime inhibit: All cabin except the
LAV calls.
Note:
AAP's reset all Y/C Calls either from
LAV. or PAX. cabin.
5.4.2 Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)

With the AAP (installed in the cabin at
DOOR 2L and DOOR 4L) some of
The cabin systems can be controlled
CAB N RY
additionally.
Available functions:
• Set the cabin illumination of the as- DIM 1 DIM 1
signed pax zone (CABIN/DIM1 /DIM2).
• Illumination of the related cabin entry
(ENTRY/DIM1/DIM2). DIM 2 DIM 2
• Set/Reset of the cabin night light
(NIGHT).
• Reset of the evacuation signaling
NIGHT
(EVAC RESET).
• Indication and reset of the lavatory
smoke alert (SMOKE LAV).
CA
• Reset of a passenger call made from
the assigned pax zone (CALL RESET).
AC SMOKE
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-87
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.3 Area Control Panel (ACP)

• ACP‟s are installed in the ceiling near each cabin crew station.
• The lights are activated either continuously (steady) or flashing.
• Each of them has five separately controllable indication fields containing
colored LED‟s which are visible from the front and the rear side.
Amber
Red
Blue
The following table shows about what kind of information the cabin crew are
informed through this far-call facility:
SYSTEM INFORMATION COLOR on ACP LIGHT MODUS

PAX call Blue Steady
PAX call (from lavatory) Amber Steady
LAV Smoke Amber Flashing
ATTND Call Red Steady
PURSER Call (from cockpit) Red Steady
PURSER Call (from cabin) Red Steady
EMER Call Red Flashing
Note: If a PAX call from a lavatory is started an additional amber light (similar
to the ACP lights) comes on steady on the dedicated outside lavatory wall.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-88
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

• The AIP‟s indicate dial and call information of the PA/Interphone system
and other system information (e.g. lavatory smoke location,
PAX calls...) to the cabin crew.
• They are mounted near each cabin crew station which is equipped with a
handset.
• The AIP‟s consists of a two-row alphanumerical display and two indicator
lights.
• The upper row displays communication information (e.g. interphone
calls)and the lower displays system and emergency information (e.g. di-
rect announcements).
• Each one has a length of 16 characters.
• The two indicator lights (red/green) serve as attention getters and ensure
a far reaching call function when a respective message is displayed. The
red light is used for system and emergency information, the green light for
communication information.
Alphanumeric display
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-89
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.4.5 Cabin Handset

Each cabin crew station is equipped with a handset with PA and interphone
capabilities and the associated AIP.
The cabin crew use the cabin handsets for the cabin and flight crew inter-
phone functions and for PA announcements.
Picking up the Handset

In order to pick up the handset from it cra-
dle, the Cabin Crew must press the button
at the back of the handset. The button has
the inscription PRESS. Once the button has
been pressed, the handset will be easily
removable from its cradle.
Handling of the Handset Microphone

In order to optimize the handling of the
handset and to minimize problems with low
level announcements, use the handset like
a normal telephone handset.
Cabin Crew should not hold the handset
upside-down during announcements.
Used upside-down the sensitivity of the
handset is the least. The output level as well
as the effect of the noise-cancelling feature
is reduced. Announcements can be hardly
heard in the cabin or may be impossible to
understand.
Handling of the Handset Cord

Do not stretch the handset chord over 2 me-
ters (80 inches). This may cause damage to
the cord supports at both ends of the cord
and will lead to handset malfunction.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-90
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.5 COMMUNICATION
The cabin communication system is managed by the CIDS and provides

these subsequent system functions:
• Passenger Address (PA)system
• Service Interphone
• Interphone
• Passenger Call system
• Passenger Lighted Signs
• Audio
5.5.1 Public Address (PA)
A PA announcement can be made with all cabin handsets located at every
cabin crew station. And the following table shows the functions which are
available from the cabin handsets:
KEY
FUNCTION CONNECTION (FROM =>TO)
SQUENCE
DIRECT PA PTT Handset =>All LS
PA ALL PA+ALL Handset =>All LS in the cabin
PA 1 PA+1 Handset =>All LS in the business class
PA 2 PA+2 Handset =>All LS in the economy class
Source priorities
A PA source with a higher priority interrupts a PA announcement from a
source with a lower priority. Only the announcement from the source with the
higher priority is heard. The sources have the following priority levels:
LEVEL SOURCE
1 Boom Set, Oxygen Mask (AMU)
2 Cockpit Handset (HS
3 Purser Handset (HS)
4 Cabin Crew Handset (HS)
5 Pre-recorded Announcement (PRAM)
6 EVAC Signaling Tone
7 Video or Entertainment Sounds (VCU)
8 Boarding Music
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-91
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.5.2 Cabin Interphone

5.5.2.1 Calls from the Cockpit
P/B on Call Light on

Panel ACP
“CAPT CALL
All Steady ALL”
All Cabin crew ALL Hi-Lo-Hi +
Red
Steady Green
Light
“CAPT CALL”
text at 1L +
Steady Red text “PURSER
Purser Station PURS Hi-Hi-Lo
All ACPs CALLED”
Steady Green
Light
“CALL CAPT”
Other Cabin FWD, MID, +
Hi-Lo-Hi Steady Red
Crew Stations EXIT or AFT Steady Green
Light
“PRIO CAPT “
Emergency
EMER CALL All Flashing +
Call to all C/C 3 Hi-Lo
ON Red Flashing Red
Stations
Light
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-92
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.5.2.2 Calls from the Cabin

From Purser to
P/B on Light on
Call Panel ACP
“CALL ALL
INTPH ATTND”
All Cabin All Steady
+ Hi-Lo +
crew Stations Red
ALL Steady
Green Light
In The CAPT
One Buzz-
Normal Call to Cockpit +
CAPT er in Cock-
Cockpit ATT Switch Steady
pit
Flashing Green Light
“CALL 1L
INTPH ATTND”
Mid Cabin
+ Hi-Lo Steady Red +
Crew
2 Steady
Green Light
“CALL 1L
INTPH ATTND”
Exit Cabin
Crew
3 Steady
Green Light
“CALL 1L
INTPH ATTND”
AFT Cabin
Crew
4 Steady
Green Light
In The Cockpit:
Cockpit
PRIO EMER P/B Flashing + 3 Buzzers
Emergency
CAPT In The Cabin:
Call
AIP will appear “PRIO CAPT”
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-93
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
From Cabin Crew to

P/B on
Light on Info on
Destination Call Chime
ACP AIP
Panel
“PURSER
CALLED”
+
INTPH Steady
Steady
Purser + Hi-Hi-Lo Red All
Green
Purser ACPs
Light All
AIPs Ex-
cept 1L
Other Station or
Cockpit Call
Same As Call From Purser
(normal/emergency)
5.5.2.3 Passenger Seat Call

• The respective ATTENDANT CALL pushbutton on the PSU illuminates.
• HI chime sounds through the passenger and cabin crew loudspeak-
ers in the related cabin zone(s).
• In the related cabin zone(s) the blue indication field (LED) of the ACP
comes on steady.
• The cabin zone related AIP shows the calling seat row in the lower
line of its display (e.g.‟ CALL SR 20 L ‟).
display indicates that more than only one call from a seat is started.
Note: It is possible to inhibit the HI chime through pushing the
CHIME INHIBIT key on the AUDIO page of the Apathies key is
part of the CABIN SETTINGS menu on this page. To reset the
inhibit function push the CHIME INHIBIT key again.
5.5.2.4 Passenger Lavatory Call
• The respective ATTENDANT CALL pushbutton on the LSU illuminates.
• Hi chime sounds through the passenger and cabin crew loudspeak-
ers of the related cabin zone(s).
• The amber call light mounted on the outside wall of the related lavatory
comes on
• In the related cabin zone(s) the amber indication field (LED) of the ACP
comes on steady.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-94
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
• The cabin zone related AIP shows the calling lavatory in the lower line
of its display (e.g.‟ CALL LAV 15 ‟).
display indicates that more than only one call from a lavatory is started.
Reset of a PAX call

Reset the visual effects of an initiated PAX CALL through one of the
following procedures:
• Push the related ATTENDANT CALL pushbutton again or
• Push one of the CALL RESET pushbuttons (located at each cabin crew
station on the AAP) or
• Push the CALL RESET key on the AUDIO page of the FAP (part of the
CABIN SETTINGS menu)
Note: Closing the A/C doors at the end of the boarding procedure will
automatically lead to the reset of all visual effects initiated
through a PAX CALL.
5.5.3 Evacuation System
An emergency evacuation signaling system (integrated in the CIDS) is
installed. It provides visual and aural alert in the event of impending
emergency evacuation of the aircraft.
In the cockpit
In the cabin FAP
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-95
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
- Initiate evacuation command from the cockpit

3)Horn sounds
4)“EVAC” indicator flashes,

3)Horns sound.
4)“EVAC” indicators flash on the FAP and AAP’s.
- Initiate evacuation command from the cabin (in case the evacua-
tion selector in the cockpit in “CAPT & PURS” position)
3)Horn sounds.

4)Horns sound.
5)“EVAC” indicators flash on the FAP and AAP.
6)Integral light of “COMD” switch on the FAP illuminate Red.
- Initiate evacuation command from the cabin (in case the

Evacuation selector in the cockpit in “CAPT” position)
3)Horn sounds (3 Sec).

switch on the FAP illuminate red.
Can be reset the audio signal in the specific area by pushing any reset
switch in the cockpit, FAP or AAP.
And can be reset all indication by pushing the EVAC COMD switch in
the area which initiates the command.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-96
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.6 LIGHTING
5.6.1 Cabin Light

• Entrance areas
• Passenger zones
• Passenger lighted signs (for location and operation: Refer to Gen-
eral System Information )
automatically when the cockpit door is opened. This function
should avoid glaring in the cockpit and is available, when at least
one engine is running.
Note: In case of LOW CABIN-PRESSURE all cabin lights are switched
on with full brightness, independent from any selected light volume
setting.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-97
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
The cabin crew stations 2 L and 4 L

have AAPs. Each AAP controls the
Illumination of its entrance area an
of connected passenger zones. CABIN ENTRY
On the AAP there are pushbuttons DIM 1 DIM 1

(CABIN, ENTRY, DIM 1 and DIM 2),
which are arranged in two columns
DIM 2 DIM 2
for passenger zone (CABIN) and
entrance area (ENTRY)
illumination.
NIGHT
The pushbuttons illuminate when pressed.

CALL
To set the lights intensity of the

connected passenger zones, press
EVAC SMOKE
one of the following pushbuttons:
- CABIN or ENTRY to set the
passenger zone lights to 100%
brightness
- DIM 1 to dim the passenger
zone lights to 50% brightness
- DIM 2 to dim the passenger
zone lights to 10% brightness.
To switch off the passenger zone lights or the entrance area lights again,
press the active (illuminated) pushbutton a second time.
To switch on the passenger zone lights again, press one of the

pushbuttons CABIN, DIM 1 or DIM 2. The passenger zone lights illuminate
To switch on the entrance area lights again, press one of the

pushbuttons ENTRY, DIM 1 or DIM 2. The entrance area lights illuminate
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-98
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.6.2 Lavatory Light

The lavatory lighting system is controlled by the CIDS.
A micro-switch in the lavatory door-frame monitors, if the door is
UNLOCKED
or LOCKED. Depending to these positions, the lavatory lighting system
works in different ways.
When the lavatory door is UNLOCKED:
with reduced intensity,
- The mirror lights are off.
When the lavatory door is LOCKED:
- The mirror lights are on.
In handicapped lavatories the fluorescent tubes illuminate with 100%,
independent from the micro-switch position. This is a facility to assist
handicapped passengers.
5.6.3 Reading Light

The passenger reading and cabin crew work lights are high intensity LED
lights which give additional illumination to the passengers and the cabin
crew.
Each passenger and cabin crew can control his own reading/work light
through pushbuttons.
5.6.4 Emergency Light

The emergency lighting system is a part of the cabin lighting system. It is
integrated in the CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM
(CIDS). If the standard A/C power supply is not available, the emergency
lighting system is able to operate independently from the A/C systems for
at least 10 minutes.
The emergency lighting system has different functions:
3) In standard operation:
- It shows the way to the exits to leave the A/C
4) In an emergency:
- It illuminates the cabin, if the general illumination does not operate
- It shows the way to the exits to leave the A/C, if the cabin is full of
smoke
- It illuminates the escape slides
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-99
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
A. EXIT location signs

The exit location signs are installed in the aisles in overhead positions. They
show the direction to the next exit
Exit Location Sign Exit Location Sign

(Ceiling Mounted) (Wall Mounted)
B. EXIT marking signs
Exit Marking Sign Exit Location Sign

(Door3) (Doors1, 2, 3)
C. Cabin emergency lights

The cabin emergency lights are installed in the ceiling of the cabin. They
illuminate the cabin, if the general illumination does not operate.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-100
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
D. Floor proximity emergency escape path marking system

(FPEEPMS)
All FPEEPMS-elements are installed in floor-level height.
They show the way to the exits, if the exit signs and the general illumina-
tion or the cabin emergency lights are no longer visible (e.g. the cabin is
full of smoke).
The elements next to each exit zone are shining in red colour.
The exits are directly indicated by the exit identifiers.
E. Escape slide emergency lights

way out of the A/C and the borders of the escape slide.
The escape slide emergency lights are activated only, when the door is
opened in position DOOR ARMED, and the escape slide is released.
F. Emergency lights system operation
5.Switch EMER EXIT LT ARM-ON-OFF (Cockpit)

6.Switch NO SMOKING ON-AUTO-OFF (Cockpit)
7.Indicator EMER EXIT LT OFF (Cockpit)
8.Pushbutton-Switch EMER (Cabin/FAP)
The pushbutton-switch EMER (4) on the FAP is covered to prevent inad-
vertent operation.
System operation (standard)

The emergency lighting system is used to illuminate all exit location
signs, exit marking signs and escape-hatch handle lights, when
• The switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM,
• The switch NO SMOKING (2) is in position AUTO.
This enables the passengers to find their way to the exits to leave the A/C.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-101
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
System operation (emergency)

The emergency lighting system is also used for different emergencies:
1) The general illumination does not operate
When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM, and the AC
power supply for the general illumination is not available, the cabin
emergency lights in the ceiling and above each door come on auto-
matically. The system is supplied by the essential DC power supply.
2) The cabin pressure is too low

When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM, and CABIN
PRESSURE LOW is detected, all elements of the emergency lighting
system come on automatically (except over wing lights and escape slide
emergency lights). The system is supplied by the essential DC power
supply.
3) No essential DC power supply available

When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ARM, and the essen-
tial DC power supply is not available, all elements of the emergency
lighting system come on automatically (except over wing lights and es-
cape slide emergency lights). The system is supplied by integrated bat-
teries from the EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS (EPSUs) for at
least 10 minutes. In this case also the lavatory auxiliary lights do not op-
erate.
4) Manual operation from the cockpit

When the switch EMER EXIT LT (1) is in position ON, all elements of the
slide emergency lights) .
5) Manual operation from the cabin

When the pushbutton-switch EMER (4) is pressed in, all elements of the
slide emergency lights). The pushbutton-switch EMER illuminates to in-
dicate this operation. If the essential DC power supply is not available,
the indication on the pushbutton-switch EMER is off. And this switch can
be used regardless of the position of flight deck switch.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-102
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7 WATER AND WASTE
L53 is wheel chair accessible
Wet Galley
Dry Galley
Stowed Unit
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-103
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7.3 Water & Wastes System

Water Tanks
• There are two water tanks on board of the aircraft:

- One is located RH in the AFT cargo compartment behind the lining
panels, directly behind the AFT cargo-compartment door.
- One is located RH behind the bulk cargo-compartment, near the parti-
tion wall.
• Each tank has a usable capacity of 350 litres (92 US Gallons) amounting to a
total capacity of 700 litres (184 US Gallons).
• The pressurization of the water system is achieved with compressed air. This
makes sure that the water flows from the water tanks to the galleys and lava-
tories.
• The wastewater from the galley sinks and lavatory wash basins is drained
overboard through the FWD and AFT heated drain masts.
Waste Tanks
• There are two waste tanks on board the aircraft located behind the bulk car-
go compartment.
• Each waste tank has a capacity of 350 litres (92 US. gallons). This means a
total capacity of 700 litres (184 US. gallons).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-104
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Water & Wastes Quantity Indication
• In the left hand upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the waste quantity in %
and two bars, L for the left hand system and R for the right hand system. Be-
low the related bars the total max. Volume is shown.
• In the middle upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the water quantity in %

and one bar. Below the bar the total max. Volume is shown.
Note: Pre-selection is not possible during servicing procedures. The follow-

ing message is shown on the FAP ’SERVICING IN PROGRESS’.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-105
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

In each normal lavatory one manual water shut-off valve is installed. It’s locat-
ed under wash basin behind wash basin access door.

Water shut-off valves are installed in the water supply lines in the wet galleys.
When you close the water shut-off valves, the water supply to the equipment
(for example boiler, water tap, steam oven etc.) stops.
Each wet galley has a water shut-off valve. A placard MAIN SHUT OFF
VALVE or EMERGENCY WATER SHUTOFF shows the location of its operat-
ing handle.
Galleys with a steam oven have additionally a steam oven shut-off valve. A
placard STEAM OVEN SHUT OFF VALVE shows the location of its operating
handle.
With the operating handle you can set the water shut-off valve to the open or
closed position.
When the operating handle points to the ON position the water shut-off valve
is open.
When the operating handle points to the OFF position the water shut-off valve
is closed.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-106
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7.6 Galley Electrical panel
Galley power circuit breakers are located on the galley’s centralized electrical
panel.
Galley smoke / fire can be caused by electrical malfunction for exam-

ple coffee maker, ovens, water boilers, etc.
- If the source of the smoke / fire is identified:
Inform PIC and pull the applicable circuit breaker or switch off main
power switch to shut off electrical power.
- If the source of the smoke / fire cannot be identified:
Inform PIC and pull all circuit breaker to shut off electrical power.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-107
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

The water heater is installed in
each lavatory below the wash ba-
sin to the hot water connection of
the water faucet.
The water heater has these main

components:
- Water inlet and water outlet
connection.
- A water tank (has a capacity
1.5 L of water).
- An ON/OFF switch.
- An indicator light.
- A pressure relief valve
A thermo switch regulates the water temperature between 54 °C (129.2 °F)
and 50 °C (122 °F), so that the outlet temperature at the water heater is be-
tween 40 °C (104 °F) and 50 °C (122 °F). If the thermo switch has a malfunc-
tion, an overheat switch cuts the electrical supply between 72 °C (161.6 °F)
and 82 °C (179.6 °F)

A drain valve is installed in the wastewater line under each wash basin.
The drain valve lets the wastewater drain to the drain masts and stops the leak-
age of air pressure through the drain mast.
The drain valve opens only when water flows

through the drain masts. By pulling the ring
located at the top of the valve, it allows to
override the wastewater drainage from the
wash basin.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-108
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7.9 A330 No Water Flow
No water flow from

the electrical and IR water-faucet (if the blue and/or cold button are pushed and
released and/or the hands are within the detection area of the IR water-faucet).
ACTION RESULT/SOLUTION
1. Is there no water flow through the outlet when the water faucet is operated?
2. Reset the control module assembly.

- Open the access door below the washbasin.
- At the CONTROL MODULE ASSEMBLY set the TOGGLE SWITCH from
the ON to the OFF position.
- Wait 5 seconds.
- Then set the TOGGLE SWITCH back to the ON position
- Close the access door below the washbasin.
- Operate the water faucet and make sure that the function is correct.
3. The water faucet does not function.

- Make an entry in the logbook to record the fault information.
Note: Excessive noise in the lavatory:

To reduce the noise throw a blanket or cushion into toilet bowl,
close the toilet bowl cover, lock the affected LAV. And PIC shall be
informed.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-109
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

One smoke detector is installed in each lavatory extraction duct.
If smoke enters into the measuring chamber of the detector a smoke warning
signal is transmitted from the Smoke Detection Control-Unit (SDCU) to the Cab-
in Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). The CIDS starts these indica-
tions/warnings in the cabin:
• On the FAP or related AAP the red SMOKE warning indication comes on.
• The amber call light, mounted on the outside wall of the lavatory, and the
amber light on the related ACP flash.
• The cabin loudspeakers: a predefined chime (e.g. a triple chime, repeat-
ed every 30s)
• On each AIP the indication SMOKE LAV XX and the red LED comes on.
Note: XX shows the location of the related lavatory smoke detector.
To reset the visual warnings on the related ACP, AIP as well as the call light
(lavatory wall) and to silence the chime, press the Smoke Reset on the FAP or
related AAP. The indications on the FAP stay as long as the smoke is detected.
If there is no more smoke detected, the SDCU (Smoke Detection Control Unit)
resets all FAP indications.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-110
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.7.11 Lavatory Fire Extinguisher

A small extinguisher bottle is installed in each waste bin. The lavatory fire extin-
guishing system is completely automatic.
A fire or overheat condition opens the release mechanism. A temperature in-

crease from approx. 71"C to 140"C, operates the lavatory fire extinguisher, with-
in 60 seconds.
Each waste bin is provided with a small extinguisher bottle which contains 120
gm of Halon and Freon. A thermostatic sprinkler is automatically triggered when
the temperature exceeds 77 degrees Celsius (170 degrees Fahrenheit).
Each extinguisher is equipped with a pressure gauge which must be checked

during the preflight check. The needle must be in the green section.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-111
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.8 OXYGEN

• A cockpit-fixed oxygen system, which supplies adequate breathing oxygen
to the cockpit occupants in case of depressurization, or emission of smoke
and noxious gases
• A cabin-fixed oxygen system, which supplies oxygen for cabin occupants
(passengers and cabin crew) in case of depressurization
• A portable oxygen system, which is provided in both the cockpit and cabin
and is to be used:
- As PROTECTION for the crew during on board emergencies
- For FIRST AID purposes
• Tow high-pressure cylinder in the left-hand lower fuselage with capacity of
3
3250 litres (115 ft )
• Four full-face quick donning masks, stowed in readily accessible boxes ad-
jacent to crewmembers ‘seats (one per seat)
- One OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY push-button on the overhead panel
- The ECAM SYSTEM DISPLAY, which provides oxygen pressure in-
formation.
- 4 oxygen stowage boxes, which contain the quick donning masks
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-112
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
1- Blinker flow meter (yellow)

This indicator flashes when oxy-
gen is flowing.

The crewmember presses the
slide, and pushes it in the direction of
the arrow to test: the operation of the
blinker, the regulator supply, system sealing downstream of the valve; and the
regulator sealing and system operation. Pressing the RESET control slide, after
the oxygen mask has been used, cuts off the oxygen, and the mask micro-
phone.
3- OXY ON flag
As soon as the left flap door opens, the mask is supplied with oxygen and, once
it closes (mask still supplied with oxygen), the "OXY ON" flag appears.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-113
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
1- Red grips
harness to inflate.

Use of this selector creates an overpressure, which eliminates condensation and
prevents smoke, smell or ashes from entering the mask.

- Turning the knob, in the direction of the arrow, generates a permanent over-
pressure.
Note: Overpressure supply automatically is started, when cabin altitude ex-

ceeds 30,000 feet.
3- N/100 % SEL
Pushing up the button from underneath releases it and it pops up to the N (nor-
mal) position. Pressing it again returns it to 100 %.
N: The mask delivers a mixture of air and oxygen, the content of which
varies depending on the cabin altitude. When cabin altitude goes above
35,000 feet, the air inlet closes and the user breathes 100 % oxygen.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-114
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

• The cabin-fixed chemical oxygen system supplies oxygen to
occupants, in case of cabin depressurization.
• The oxygen is produced by chemical generators, and each
generator feeds a group of 2, 3, 4 or 5 masks.
• Generator and masks are in containers, located: Above the
passenger seats, in the lavatories, in each galley, and at each
cabin crew station.
• The cabin oxygen system automatically operates when the
altitude pressure switch, located in the avionics compartment,
closes. The switch closes when the cabin pressure decreases
to a pressure equivalent to 14 000 +0 -500 feet (4260 +0 -150
meters).
• To manually operate the system, the flight crewmembers push
the "MASK MAN ON" pushbutton, located on the overhead
panel.
• When electrical power releases the door latches:
- The passenger oxygen container doors open and the masks
drop down for the use of passengers and cabin crew.
- A taped message is transmitted through the Passenger Ad-
dress system (if installed).
- The green "SYS ON" indicator light, on the cockpit overhead
panel, comes on.
- When a user pulls the oxygen mask towards their face, the
chemical oxygen generator starts to operate and the oxygen
flows.
- The mask receives pure oxygen under positive pressure for
about 22 minutes, until the generator is depleted.
• If a passenger oxygen container door does not open, the cab-
in crew can open it by using the manual release tool. The
manual release tool has to be pushed in a hole of the contain-
er door (two holes for Type VI container) to disengage the
electrical latch.
Note: There is no apparent inflation of the mask reservoir

bag at lower altitudes between approximately 10000
and 19 000 feet.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-115
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
The aircraft has in the cabin 6 doors and 2 emergency exits.
All the doors have an initial opening movement to the inner and then they
open outwards. The doors are emergency exit in case of emergency evacua-
tion. They are all provided with an emergency evacuation facility stowed in a
container hinged on the lower part of the cabin doors
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-116
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.1 Description Door Type A

2- Gust Lock
3- Assist Handles
4- Arming System
An OBSERVATION WINDOW with two electrical INDICATOR LIGHTS (1 and
11) (visible from inside and outside)
- The information UNLOCKED on a red background is given when the door
is not in its closed/locked position.
- The information LOCKED on a green background is given when the door
is fully closed and locked.
8- Arming Lever
armed.
The WHITE INDICATOR LIGHT lights up steadily when the door is in armed
mode and the door handle is moved up.
13- Flap
Used to release the HANDLE from its closed position
14- Handle
To open and close the door from outside
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-117
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-118
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.2 Description Exit Type I

1- Door Control Handle under Cover
2- Gust Lock
3- Assist Handles
4- Arming System
An OBSERVATION WINDOW with two electrical indicator lights (10 and 11)
6- Locking Indicator
A door locking indicator to indicate the door status:
- The information UNLOCKED on a red background is given when the
door is not in its closed/locked position.
- The information LOCKED on a green background is given when the
door is fully closed and locked.
8- Arming Lever
armed.
The WHITE INDICATOR LIGHT lights up steadily when the door is in ARMED
mode and the door handle moved up.
13- Flap
To release the HANDLE from its closed position
14- Handle
A HANDLE to open and close the door from outside
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-119
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-120
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.3 Doors & Exits Warning System

Each door has an observation window equipped with a sunshade. Close to
that window, there are two electrical indication lights.
- One indicator light which illuminates white, (steady) when the slide is armed
- One warning light, flashes red in case of cabin differential pressure above
2.5 MBAR when all engines are shut down and the arming system is dis-
armed. The lights are visible also from outside. When the red light flashes, do
not open the door and inform the Captain.
5.9.4 Damper Actuator Assembly

Each door type “A” and exit type “I” are equipped
with a damper and emergency operation cylinder
which is located behind the support arm.
• It limits the door travel during NORMAL OPERA-

TION of the door especially in windy conditions.
• It acts during EMERGENCY OPERATION as an
• The damper and emergency operation cylinder is
operated by compressed nitrogen which is stored
in a cylinder equipped with a pressure gauge. The
pressure is also indicated by the Cabin Inter Com-
munication Data System (CIDS).
• The pressurized nitrogen is released by an actu-
ating device controlled by the SLIDE ARMING
LEVER.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-121
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal opening from inside

The SLIDE ARMING LEVER must be in the DISARMED position and the
SAFETY PIN must be installed.
WARNING
If the RED CABIN PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT flashes, do not open the
door and report to the cockpit crew.
CAUTION
If the ARMING LEVER (8) is not in the disarmed position the slide will be
activated automatically by door opening.
• Grasp one of the ASSIST HANDLEs

• Open the DOOR HANDLE COVER.
• Lift the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE fully up.
• Push the door outwards then move it forwards by using the DOOR ASSIST
HANDLE until it locks in its fully open position.
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal closing from inside

• Grasp one of the ASSIST HANDLEs.
• Press the GUST LOCK and simultaneously pull the support arm towards
yourself.
• Move the door rearwards by using the DOOR ASSIST HANDLE.
• When the door is in front of its frame, pull the door inwards and lower the
DOOR CONTROL HANDLE.
• Check whether the door locked correctly, the DOOR LOCKING INDICA-
TOR must indicate LOCKED.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-122
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal opening from outside

Note: Labels next to the EXTERIOR DOOR CONTROL
HANDLE indicate how to operate the door from outside.
• Look through the OBSERVATION WINDOW and make sure that the RED
CABIN PRESSURE INDICATOR does not flash.
• Push the FLAP and grasp the HANDLE, lift the handle fully up to the
horizontal green line.
• Pull the door outwards and forward until it locks in its fully open position.
- Cabin door & emergency exit normal closing from outside

• Push the GUST LOCK to unlock the door, move the door towards the
frame, push it in and lower the EXTERIOR DOOR CONTROL HANDLE.
• The door is locked when the handle is flush with the fuselage.
- Cabin door & emergency exit emergency opening

• Check whether the ARMING SYSTEM is in ARMED mode.
• Hold on to the ASSIST HANDLE.
• Open the door handle cover.
• Lift the DOOR CONTROL HANDLE rapidly fully up and release it.
Note: The door opens automatically and locks in its fully open position.
Should the pneumatic assistance of the door fail, push the door
open manually.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-123
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

The A/C is equipped with 6 type “A” doors 1,2,4 L&R and 2 Emergency Exits
type “I” 3L&3R.
• Type “A” doors are equipped with double lane slid/raft that takes 4 sec to
be fully inflated.
• 3L&3R, quipped with single lane escape slide, it takes 6 sec to be fully in-
flated
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-124
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.6.1 Type “A” escape slide

All SLIDE RAFTS are of the DUAL LANE
type and have two functions:
The deployment and inflation of the

SLIDE RAFT is automatically initiated
when the door is opened in the ARMED
mode.
As the door opens, the girt tension pulls

the pack board from the door. It falls be-
low the doorsill, the speed lacing releases and the SLIDE RAFT falls from the
pack board. A firing lanyard actuates the regulator valve, primary gas is sup-
plied to the aspirators and the inflation is initiated.
An intermediated RESTRAINS TIE DEVICE the SLIDE RAFT to approximate-

ly one third of its extended length, to prevent that the SLIDE RAFT inflates
underneath the fuselage.
releases and the SLIDE RAFT extends outwards and downwards to contact
the ground.
The inflation reservoir sensors are connected to the CIDS and the pressure of
the inflation cylinder is indicated on the FAP.
Note: The inflated escape slide-raft installed at door 1 and 4 deploy straight
down. For door 2 and 3 the escape slide raft is canted in order to deploy in
acceptable clearance away from the engines.

girt extension of the SLIDE RAFT, has to
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-125
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
be pulled. The handle is located on the right side of the girt extension.
The SLIDE RAFTS inflate and de-

ploy within 4 seconds.

The SLIDE RAFT is moored to the

A/C by means of a mooring line
which is attached to the girt exten-
sion remaining on the cabin floor.
To release the mooring line pulls the manual release handle located in a
Survival kit
Each SLIDE RAFT is provided with a SURVIVAL KIT on the right outboard side
as it is indicated on the top chamber.
Canopy
orange / yellow colour and is resistant to the wind. The canopy has no rods; one
button (Fig.1). Tie the bottom of the canopy to the outboard canopy tie down.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-126
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.6.2 Type “I” escape slide
The ESCAPE SLIDES are of SINGLE

LANE type and are installed on the left
and right EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR
in the cabin.
The deployment of the ESCAPE

SLIDE is automatically initiated when
the door is opened with the emergency
control handle set in the ARMED
mode.
During the door opening the ESCAPE

SLIDE drops down and inflates in a diagonal direction from the engine down
to the ground. To avoid wind effect till the slide is fully inflated, a RESTRAINT
TIE DEVICE keep it folded as long as the inflation is not sufficient to break it.
Type “I” manual inflation handle

manual inflation handle, located on the girt ex-
tension of the ESCAPE SLIDE, has to be
pulled. The handle is located on the right side
of the girt extension.
It takes about 6 seconds for the ESCAPE
SLIDE to be ready for evacuation
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-127
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

Main Exits (TYPE A):
Land Evacuation
and SLIDE ”
Ditching
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM TWO LINES, IN-
FLATE LIFE JACKET, CRAWL ON HANDS and KNEES”
Emergency Exits (TYPE I):
Land Evacuation
AND SLIDE”
Ditching
“OPEN SEATBELT, COME THIS WAY, FORM ONE LINE IN-
FLATE LIFE JACKET JUMP INTO WATER SWIM AWAY”
5.9.6.4 Slide Raft Capacity
Doors Normal Overload

1 65 PAX. 78 PAX.
2 55 PAX. 68 PAX.
4 65 PAX. 78 PAX.
The overload capacity is calculated taking into accounted that one slide raft
is not operational.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-128
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.9.6.5 Flight deck Window

The cockpit is equipped with 4 fixed
and 2 sliding windows, which are in-
stalled on the front and sides of the
cockpit
Opening
• Press down the operating lever to disengage the locking pins from their
latches. As soon as the operating lever is pressed, a red indicator appears
to show that the window is unlocked.
• Continue pressing down on the operating lever, while simultaneously rotat-

ing it and pulling it downward to move the window backward.
Closing
• Push the operating lever forward to move the window panel in front of its
fixed frame.
• Continue pushing the operating lever forward to slide the window panel
back into its frame, until the locking pins are engaged.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-129
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Descent Rope
A 6.7 meter (23 feet) knotted rope is stored above each sliding window, on ei-
ther side of the overhead panel
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-130
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.10 Flight Deck Seat

The cockpit is designed to accommodate
two crewmembers, plus two other occu-
pants.
The two pilot seats are column-mounted.
The third occupant seat is also column-
mounted, but can also rotate to a relaxed
position.
The fourth occupant seat is a folding seat,
attached to the right-hand side of the rear
partitioning wall.
Note: The F/ O’s seat is identical to the captain’s seat, except that the con-
trols are on the left-hand side.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-131
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
5.11 MISCELLANEOUS
Crewmembers Position for Take-Off / Landing.

safety.
• C/C above the minimum crew for safety shall take positions according to the
indicated numerical order.
4LC 4RC
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-132
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Safety DEMO is videotaped. Should video fail, Purser will make the demo an-
nouncement while C/C perform the demo in the indicated position.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-133
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019

safety.
• The duties of C/C) above the minimum number for safety shall be assigned
according to the numerical order.
• The duties of the additional C/C e.g. 1LA, 4RA, 1LC.... etc, shall be as-
signed by the flight purser.
- Zone one starts from FWD of A/C till last row of H/C cabin.
- Zone two starts from 2L&2R doors till row No 30.
- Zone three starts from row No 31 till row 39.
- Zone four starts from row 40 till 4L/R doors.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-134
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
Door opening/slide and emergency equipment removal responsibility following

emergency landing /ditching
MEGAPHONE 1L 1R
FLASHLIGHT
FLASHLIGHT FIRST AID KIT
FLASHLIGHT 2L 2R
FLASHLIGHT
FLASHLIGHT 3L 3R
FLASHLIGHT
FIRST AID KIT
FLASHLIGHT 4L 4R
FLASHLIGHT
MEGAPHONE
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-135
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-136
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
5-137
CHAPTER 5
A330
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
6-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 6
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (6) A330-200 P2F

6.2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 6-2
6.4.1 Location Of Interphone Jacks 6-5
6.4.2 Cabin And Service Interphone 6-6
6.4.3.1 Cockpit Handset 6-9
6.4.3.2 Courier Area Handset 6-11
6.4.4 Emergency Evacuation Signaling 6-12
6.4.4.1 Cockpit Panel 6-12
6.4.4.2 Courier Area Panel 6-13
6.4.5 Main Deck Cargo Compartment Signs 6-14
6.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM 6-16
6.6 FIRE PROTECTIONS 6-18
6.6.1 Lower Deck Cargo Compartments Smoke Detection System 6.18
6.6.2 Lavatory Smoke Indication 6-19
6.6.3 Main Deck Cargo Compartment Smoke Detection System 6-19
6.6.3.1 Main Deck Cargo Smoke Control Panel (Mdc-Scp) 6-20
6.7 OXYGEN 6-22
6.7.1.1 Cockpit Oxygen Quick Donning Mask 6-25
6.7.1.2 Cockpit Oxygen Quick Donning Mask Operation 6-26
6.7.2 Portable Oxygen Cylinder 6-27
6.7.3 Access To Main Deck Cargo Compartment 6-30
6.7.4 Portable Oxygen Cylinder 6-31
6.7.5 Connecting Full-Face Smoke Mask To Portable Oxygen 6-32
6.7.6 Portable Breathing Equipment- PBE 6-35
6.8.1 Aircraft Cabin Doors 6-37
6.8.2 Main Deck Cargo Door (MDCD) 6-40
6.8.3 Cockpit Door Description 6-42
6.8.3.1 Cockpit Door Control Panel 6-43
6.9 EVACUATION DEVICES 6-44
6.9.1 Escape Slide Raft Arrangement 6-44

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-TOC-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 6
DEC 2019
6.9.2 Type “A” Escape Slide Raft 6-45

6.9.3 Cockpit Evacuation Descent Rope 6-47
6.9.4 Evacuation From The MDCC 6-48
6.9.5 Evacuation Of An Incapacitated Person Out Of The MDCC 6-49
6.10 SAFETY BARRIER NET & SMOKE CURTAIN 6-52
6.11 FLIGHT CREW REST COMPARTMENT - FCRC 6-53
6.12 PAX PERSONAL ELEC SPLY PB-SW 6-55
6.13 WATER/WASTE 6-56
6.14 COCKPIT 6-57
6.14.1 Flight deck Window 6-57
6.14.2 Flight deck Seats 6-58
6.14.3 Cockpit emergency equipment quantity 6-59
6.14.4 Cockpit emergency equipment layout 6-59

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-1
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
76 t 3
in.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-2
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
1. Cargo must not be loaded forward of the safety barrier net.

2. It is prohibited to carry loose freight or loose baggage in the Main Deck Cargo
Compartment-MDCC.
The cargo is loaded in the MDCC and in the three underfloor cargo holds. The
figure below shows the general arrangement.
Main deck cargo compartment dimensions

The MDCC is equipped with a powered cargo loading system (PCLS).
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-3
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
A330-200 P2F
Engines 2 Engines
Speed 330 Knots

(0.86 Mach)
Maximum Operating Altitude 41000 Feet
Courier area seating 4 Seats

Capacity
Flight Crew Rest 2 Bunk

Compartment-FCRC
Lavatory 1
Galley 1 (Dry)
Captain
Crew First Officer
2 Observer
Aircraft total occupancy Persons
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-4
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019

The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) provides signal
transmission, control and processing for the following cabin systems:
- Cabin and service interphone
- Passenger address
- Cabin lighted signs
- General illumination
- Emergency evacuation signaling
- Lavatory smoke indication
- Indication and control of air conditioning
- Main deck cargo compartment signs
The CIDS includes the following main components:
- Two CIDS directors connected in parallel, one active and the
other on standby.
- Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) to monitor and control the cabin
systems.
- It also includes a programming and test module which allows
reprogramming in case of cabin configuration changes.
- Decoder / Encoder Units (DEUs) linked to the two directors and
provide interface with courier area and cargo area components:
• Type A units installed in both courier area and lower deck
areas.
The loudspeakers, lighted signs, call buttons, call lights and general
illumination ballast units are divided into small groups, each
connected to a type A DEU.
• Type B units installed in the courier area and lower deck
area. Handsets, attendant indicator panels are connected to
type B DEUs.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-5
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.1 Location Of Interphone Jacks

The system provides communication between:
- the flight crew and the service interphone jacks
- the courier area and the service interphone jacks
- the different service interphone jacks
The service interphone system comprises:
- fourteen (14) interphone jacks
- an OVRD switch located on the overhead panel
The audio lines from the interphone jacks are connected to both CIDS directors.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-6
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.2 Cabin And Service Interphone

This system is for communication between the cockpit and the courier area.
CALL FROM THE COCKPIT
(1) FWD pushbutton

Pressed: “CAPTAIN CALL” appears on the corresponding
attendant indication panel, and a green light comes on.
(2) ALL pushbutton
Pressed: All stations respond as indicated above, and “CALL ALL
CAPT” appears on the attendant indication panels.
(3) EMER pb-sw (Guarded)
ON: “CALL PRIO CAPT” appears on all attendant indication
panels, and a red light comes on.
High–low chime is repeated three times, through all
loudspeakers. The ATT flashes in amber, on the Audio
Control Panels.
ON lt: This light flashes in white for an emergency call from the
cockpit to the cabin.
CALL lt: This light flashes in amber for an emergency call from
the cockpit or cabin.
For an emergency call from the cabin to the cockpit:
- The white ON light and amber CALL light flash.
- The ATT flashes in amber on the audio control
panels.
- The buzzer is repeated three times in the cockpit.
The system resets, when the attendant hangs up the
associated handset.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-7
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
The system provides communication and call facilities between flight crew and
courier area.
(1) CAB transmission key

Depressed: Three green lines come on.
Boom set, mask mikes and hand mike may be used for cabin
interphone.
(2) CAB reception knob
Depressed and released (knob out): The integrated white light comes on.
Audio signal from cabin is received.
Rotate knob to adjust volume.
Depressed (knob in): The white light goes off.
Cabin interphone is disconnected.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-8
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019

The passenger address system allows flight personnel to make announcements
in the cabin via the loudspeakers. It can be operated from the cockpit (with ACP,
or handset), or from the cabin handset.
Note: The passenger address system also enables announcements to the
Main Deck Cargo Compartment - MDCC.
(1) PA Transmission Key

Pressed and held: The flight crew may use a boom, mask, or hand
mike to make an announcement.
Three green lines come on.
Note: The flight crew may use a cockpit handset to make PA
announcements without action on the ACPs.
(2) PA Reception Knob
Pressed and released (knob out): The message goes to the loudspeakers
and the integral white light comes on.
The flight crew can rotate the knob to
adjust the volume.
Pressed (knob in): The PA reception to the loudspeaker is
disconnected.
The white light goes out.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-9
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.3.1 Cockpit Handset
(1) Cabin Zone Keys

18. All keys are INOP.
(2) ALL key
When pressed:
- The flight crew can make an announcement in the courier area.
- The AIP will display “PA ALL IN USE”.
(3) CREW REST Key
19. This key is INOP.
(4) RESET Key
When pressed, cancels a previously-selected function.
(5) MON Key
When pressed, enables the flight crew to listen to ongoing PA announcements
through the earphone of the cockpit handset.
(6) PUSH TO TALK (PTT) pb
To make an announcement in the courier area: The flight crew presses the PTT
pb only. The AIP will then display “DIRECT PA IN USE”.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-10
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
(7) PURS Key

When pressed, activates interphone communications between the
cockpit and the purser station (in the courier area).
(8) EMER CALL Key When pressed:
- Enables the flight crew to make an emergency call

- Activates a conference call with the courier area
- Overrides all other communication.
(9) PA Key
To make an announcement to courier area occupants, the flight crew
presses the PA key.
(10) INTPH Key
To establish interphone communications between the cockpit and the
corresponding attendant station in the courier area, the flight crew
presses the INTPH key, then one of the following keys, as applicable:
- ALL key
- PURS key
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-11
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.3.2 Courier Area Handset
(1) CAPT key

Pressed: In the cabin, “CAPTAIN” appears on the AIP,
where the CAPT button was pressed. The buzzer is inhibited
during takeoff and landing.
(2) PRIO CAPT key
Pressed: In the cabin, “PRIO CAPTAIN” appears at
the AIP, where the PRIO CAPT button was pressed. The
buzzer is inhibited during takeoff and landing.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-12
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.4 Emergency Evacuation Signaling

6.4.4.1 Cockpit Panel
(1) C OMMAND pb (guarded)

ON: In the cockpit: EVAC light flashes red.
In the cabin: ‐ EVAC RESET light flash at all attendant
panels.
‐“EVACUATION ALERT” appears on all
attendant indication panels and a red light
flashes.
‐ Specific evacuation tone sounds in the
courier area.
N ote: The evacuation tone also sounds in cargo areas, if Main
Deck Cargo Compartment - MDCC
Off: The alert is stopped.
The EVAC light flashes red when the alert is activated.
(2) HORN SHUT OFF pb
This button silences the cockpit horn (generated when evacuation is
activated from the courier area).
(3) CAPT and PURS/CAPT sw

CAPT and PURS:
The alert may either be activated from the cockpit or the cabin.
CAPT: The alert may only be activated from the cockpit.
If one of the cabin EVAC CMD keys is pressed,
only the cockpit horn sounds for 3 s.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-13
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.4.2 Courier Area Panel
(1) EVAC CMD Key

Pressed momentarily: In the cockpit, the EVAC light
flashes red and a specific horn sounds.
In the courier area, the EVAC RESET lights flash red at
all attendant stations, the EVAC CMD light comes on
green on forward attendant panel, “EVACUATION
ALERT” appears at all the AIPs and a red light flashes,
and a specific evacuation tone sounds in the courier
area.
Note:The evacuation tone also sounds in Main Deck Cargo Compartment –
MDCC.
(2) EVAC RESET Key

Pressing momentarily this button silences the evacuation tone.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-14
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.4.5 Main Deck Cargo Compartment Signs
The Main Deck Cargo Compartment (MDCC) is accessible from the courier
area. Quick release fittings on the barrier net assembly and access doors in
the smoke curtain allow access from the courier area to the MDCC.
The MDCC is equipped with 10 lighted signs "LEAVE COMPARTMENT".
The MDCC is equipped with 14 MDCC loudspeakers.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-15
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
AURAL AND VISUAL WARNINGS
Aural and visual warnings are triggered:

‐ When the flight crew turns on the ″Fasten Seat Belt″ sign,
‐ Automatically in the case of smoke in the MDCC, or in the event of
depressurization. When the flight crew turns on the ″Fasten Seat Belt″
signs :
‐ The ″LEAVE COMPARTMENT″ signs illuminate,
‐ The turbulence chime rings. This chime is a single-tone chime. In case
of smoke in the MDCC or depressurization :
‐ The ″LEAVE COMPARTMENT″ signs illuminate,
‐ The smoke/depressurization chime rings. This chime is a sequence of
continuous single-tone, high pitched chime.
Note: The flight crew can test the turbulence chime and the
smoke/depressurization chime using the ″AUDIO″ page on the FAP.
For aircraft equipped with PRAM / IPRA:,
‐ The smoke/decompression chime sequence will last for up to
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-16
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM
- Cabin emergency lighting:

• Exit markers
• Overhead emergency lights
• EXIT signs.
- Escape slide lighting.
(1) EMER EXIT LT selector

ON: The
cabin emergency
lighting comes on.
OFF: The
cabin emergency
lighting is off.
ARM: ‐ The cabin emergency lighting automatically comes on if:
• DC ESS BUS fails, or
• Normal aircraft electrical power fails
‐ The overhead emergency lights automatically come on if
AC BUS 1 fails, to provide minimum cabin lighting.
(2) EMER EXIT LT selector-OFF light
Comes on amber when the EMER EXIT LT selector is selected OFF.
(3) E MER pb sw
ON: Emergency lights, EXIT signs and exit markers illuminate
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-17
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
OPERATION
‐ The exit markers, overhead emergency lighting, and EXIT signs come on,
if the EMER EXIT LT sw is at ON, or if the EMER pb on the Purser’s panel
is pressed.
‐ The cabin emergency lighting system is supplied as follows:
• The DC ESS BUS and AC BUS 1 supply the cabin emergency
lighting
• If the DC ESS BSU fails, internal batteries provide power to the cabin
emergency lighting.
• In nominal case, the DC ESS BUS charges these internal batteries.
‐ The escape slides are equipped with an integral lighting system. The
escape slide lights come on automatically, when the slide is armed and
the door is open. They have the same supply as the cabin emergency
lighting.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-18
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.6 FIRE PROTECTIONS

- Fire and overheat detection and extinguishing systems for the:
• Engines (refer to FCOM)
• APU (refer to FCOM)
- Smoke detection and extinguishing for the:
• Lower deck cargo compartments
• Lavatory
- Smoke detection for the:
• Avionic bay (refer to FCOM)
• Main deck cargo compartment
- Portable fire extinguishers for the:
• Flight compartment
• Courier area
6.6.1 Lower Deck Cargo Compartments Smoke Detection System

The lower deck cargo compartments have a smoke detection system. This system
has:
- Smoke detectors, that are housed in cavities within the cargo
compartment ceiling panels.
There is (are):
• Two cavities in the forward cargo compartment
• One cavity in the bulk cargo compartment
• Two cavities in the aft cargo compartment.
Each cavity has two smoke detectors, and each smoke detector is linked
to one of the two detection loops (dual loop principle).
- A Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU). The SDCU receives
signals from the smoke detectors, and transmits them to the ECAM,
which displays a warning in the cockpit. The SDCU has two identical
channels.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-19
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
If smoke is detected in a cavity, the cargo smoke warning triggers, if:

- Both smoke detectors detect smoke, or
- One smoke detector detects smoke, and the other smoke
detector is inoperative.
6.6.2 Lavatory Smoke Indication
The lavatories have a smoke detection system. The system consists of:
- Smoke detectors (air extraction duct of the lavatory)
- A double-channel Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU).
If smoke is detected in a lavatory, the smoke detector sends a signal to SDCU.
The SDCU then transmits this information to the FWC (to display a warning in
the cockpit) and to CIDS (to display a warning in the cabin).
There is an automatic fire extinguishing system in the waste bin of the lavatory.
5.6.3 Main Deck Cargo Compartment Smoke Detection System
The Main Deck Cargo Compartment (MDCC) has a smoke detection system.
This system has:
- Qty 30 optical smoke detectors in the Dual Loop configuration.
- Main Deck Cargo Smoke Control Panel in the cockpit.
The MD smoke warning triggers, if:

- Both smoke detectors (one from each Loop) detect smoke, or
- One smoke detector detects smoke, and the other smoke
detector or Loop is inoperative.
Note: There is no fire extinguishing system active in the MDCC, there is a

fire suppression procedure to be carried out by the flight crew
according to the checklist.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-20
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.6.3.1 Main Deck Cargo Smoke Control Panel (Mdc-Scp)
1 2
3 4
(1) SMOKE light

The SMOKE light on the MD SMOKE pushbutton switch comes on red
along with the associated ECAM warning, when smoke is detected in the
MDCC.
(2) FAULT light
The FAULT light on the SYS TEST pushbutton switch comes on amber with
the associated ECAM alert, when one or more pairs of Smoke Detector
Failure is detected.
(3) MD SMOKE pb
When the MD SMOKE pushbutton switch is pressed, there will be an
automatic isolation of airflow through MDCC fire suppression procedures
and feedback signals, the deployment of the courier gaseous oxygen system
shall be automatically initiated, and the “NO SMOKING” and “FASTEN
SEAT BELTS” signs in the Courier area and the “LEAVE COMPARTMENT”
Signs in the MDCC shall be illuminated.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-21
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
(4) SYS TEST pb

When the SYS TEST pushbutton switch is pressed for at least 1
second, it will initiate the System Test, which will check the
functionality of the system and feedback any failure condition. During
the System Test, the deployment of the courier gaseous oxygen
system shall not be initiated, and the “NO SMOKING” and “FASTEN
SEAT BELTS” signs in the Courier area and the “LEAVE
COMPARTMENT” Signs in the MDCC shall not be illuminated.
(5) DSPL SEL Rotary Switch
The DSPL SEL Rotary Switch should always be in the "FLT"
selection. Other selections are used for maintenance purposes.
(6) LED Indicators
With the DSPL SEL Rotary Switch in the "FLT" selection, the lighted
LED indicator(s) indicates the position(s) of the faulty Smoke
Detector pair(s)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-22
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.7 OXYGEN
- A cockpit-fixed oxygen system, which supplies adequate breathing oxygen
to the cockpit occupants in case of depressurization, MDCC fire
suppression or emission of smoke and noxious gases.
- A courier oxygen system, which supplies oxygen for supernumeraries in

case of depressurization, smoke and MDCC fire suppression.
- A portable oxygen system, which is provided in both the cockpit and cabin
and is to be used:
• As PROTECTION for the crew during on board emergencies.
• For FIRST AID purposes.
In the case of depressurization or MDCC

fire/smoke, the fixed oxygen system in
the courier area supplies oxygen to the
supernumeraries.
The system stores its oxygen in 2

interconnected cylinders, behind the
right-hand sidewall lining in the
forward cargo compartment. The
oxygen goes to the mask containers in
the cabin, via a network of pipes.
The containers are above the

supernumerary seats and in lavatory A.
Each container has 2 or 4 masks. An

altimetric flow regulation device in each mask container controls the flow rate.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-23
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
The Quantity Calculation and Control Unit (QCCU) supplies the value of the
average, temperature-compensated pressure indicated on the ECAM system
page.
Usually the system is unpressurized. A pneumatically-controlled ventilation

valve releases any residual pressure. Each container has a pneumatic
latching mechanism that opens automatically to allow the masks to drop.
If the cabin pressure altitude exceeds 14 000 ft (+250, -750 ft) the system
pressurizes, the masks drop and prerecorded instructions sound
automatically via the passenger address system. The flight crew may operate
the system manually.
Oxygen supply begins, when the courier area occupant pulls the mask
towards the courier area seat. The mask receives pure oxygen, under
positive pressure, at a rate governed by the cabin pressure altitude, and a
flow regulating device in each container. The length of time that the oxygen
supply will last, after the cabin suffers decompression, depends on the
number of masks in use, and the flight attitude profile flown.
At a cabin pressure altitude of less than 10 000 ft, there will be no oxygen
flow.
A reset is available for the rearming of the system, when the cabin altitude is
below 14 000 ft, and the masks have been returned to their containers.
A manual release tool allows the crew to deploy the masks, if the pneumatic
door latch release fails. It is stored at the cabin attendants’ station.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-24
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
• One high-pressure cylinder in the left-hand

lower fuselage with capacity of 3250 liters
(115 ft3)
• Four full-face quick donning masks, stowed

in readily accessible boxes adjacent to
crewmembers „seats (one per seat)

- One OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton
on the overhead panel
- The ECAM SYSTEM DISPLAY, which
provides oxygen pressure information.
- 4 oxygen stowage boxes, which contain
the quick donning masks
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-25
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.7.1.1 Cockpit Oxygen Quick Donning Mask
1- Blinker flow meter (yellow)

This indicator flashes when oxygen is flowing.

The crewmember presses the slide, and
pushes it in the direction of the arrow to test:
the operation of the blinker, the regulator supply,
system sealing downstream of the valve; and the
regulator sealing and system operation. Pressing
the RESET control slide, after the oxygen mask
has been used, cuts off the oxygen, and the mask microphone.
3- OXY ON flag
As soon as the left flap door opens, the mask is supplied with oxygen and,
once it closes (mask still supplied with oxygen), the "OXY ON" flag
appears.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-26
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.7.1.2 Cockpit Oxygen Quick Donning Mask Operation

1- Red grips
harness to inflate.

Use of this selector creates an overpressure, which eliminates condensation
and prevents smoke, smell or ashes from entering the mask.
- Turning the knob, in the direction of the arrow, generates a permanent
overpressure.
Note: Overpressure supply automatically is started, when cabin altitude
exceeds
30,000 feet.
3- N/100 % SEL
Pushing up the button from underneath releases it and it pops up to the N
(normal) position. Pressing it again returns it to 100 %.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-27
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
N: The mask delivers a mixture of air and oxygen, the content of which varies
depending on the cabin altitude. When cabin altitude goes above 35,000 feet,
the air inlet closes and the user breathes 100 % oxygen.
6.7.2 Portable Oxygen Cylinder

The high-pressure oxygen cylinder with a continuous-flow type mask supplies
first aid oxygen. If necessary, it can also supply oxygen to Supernumeraries.
The oxygen source is a high-pressure cylinder with a capacity of 11 cubic feet
(310 Liters) Normal Temperature Pressure Dry (NTPD) at a pressure of 1800
psi (124 Bars). The oxygen cylinders are installed in brackets with quick-
release clamps.
The continuous-flow type mask is used to provide oxygen for first-aid
treatment.
The continuous-flow oxygen mask is connected to the high pressure cylinder
at one of the continuous-flow outlets. The "ON-OFF" valve is turned on. The
oxygen flows through the supply hose into the reservoir bag.
The flow-indicator is the green part of the reservoir bag, and it inflates
when oxygen is flowing.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-28
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
When the person breathes in, oxygen flows from reservoir bag, through the
inhalation valve and into the face piece.
When the oxygen in the reservoir bag is used, the diluter valve opens, and
ambient air gets into the face piece. When inhaling and exhaling, the diluter
valve closes and the exhaled air goes through the exhalation valve to the
atmosphere.
Follow the steps listed to determine quantity of oxygen for portable oxygen cylinder.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-29
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
1. Read the pressure on the pressure gauge.

Actual Pressure Usable Oxygen Volume in 11
(Psig) Cuft Oxygen Cylinder (Liters
NTPD)
200 0
300 16
400 33
500 49
600 66
700 82
800 99
900 116
1000 133
1100 150
1200 167
1300 185
1400 202
1500 219
1600 236
1700 254
1800 271
2. Determine the quantity of oxygen for the portable oxygen cylinder from
pressure using the table above. N
Note: NTPD - Normal Temperature Pressure Dry (21 degree Celsius with
no water content)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-30
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.7.3 Access To Main Deck Cargo Compartment

The Courier Area occupants are allowed to access into the Class E MDCC
during flight to attend to cargo types requiring care or inspection, or both.
The Courier Area occupants must comply with the following when accessing
into the Class E MDCC:
(i) One occupant must remain in the courier area at all times
(ii) Each occupant accessing the MDCC must carry a portable oxygen
equipment
(iii) Number of occupant accessing the MDCC at the same time depends on
the number of readily available portable oxygen equipment as follows
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-31
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
(iv) Briefed by a flight crew member prior to each flight

On the use of portable oxygen equipment and in making the determination
whether oxygen is being delivered to the dispensing units. (Refer to 5.7.4)
CONNECTING FULL-FACE SMOKE MASK TO PORTABLE OXYGEN
and

a. On the aural and visual warnings when to don the oxygen equipment
and/ or when a return to seat. (Refer to 5.9.4 EVACUATION FROM
THE MDCC)
b. On the need to notify the flight crew prior to entry into the MDCC and
after leaving it. This is to allow the flight crew to be able to assess
from his seat when the MDCC is occupied.
c. On the firefighting procedures in the MDCC in the case of fire in the MDCC.
d. On the procedure for the recovery of an incapacitated person from
the MDCC to the courier area.(Refer to 5.9.5 EVACUATION OF
AN INCAPACITATED PERSON OUT OF THE MDCC)
e. On the prohibition of the following:
1. Smoking is not allowed at all times in the MDCC
2. The smoke curtain and barrier net must be zipped and latched
except when entering or leaving the MDCC
3. No entry into MDCC during taxi, takeoff, and landing
4. No entry into MDCC in the event of fire or smoke detected
inside MDCC, except for recovery of an incapacitated person
from the MDCC
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-32
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.7.5 Connecting Full-Face Smoke Mask To Portable Oxygen

Ensure full-face smoke mask is connected to the portable
oxygen before entering MDCC. Connecting the full-
face smoke mask:
(a) Remove the full-face smoke mask from the stowage container.
(b) Remove the full-face smoke mask from the BAG - POLYTHENE.
(c) Remove the plug from the demand respirator regulator.
(d) Connect the connector of the full-face smoke mask with the
demand respirator regulator.
Disconnect the full-face smoke mask and stow in stowage
compartment after leaving MDCC. Disconnecting the full-
face smoke mask:
(a) Disconnect the connector of the full-face smoke mask from the
demand respirator regulator of the portable oxygen cylinder.
(b) Install the plug on the outlet of the demand respirator regulator.
(c) Put the full-face smoke mask into the BAG - POLYTHENE.
Note: The full-face smoke mask must be stowed in the polythene bag to prevent
its contamination.
(d) Put the full-face smoke mask into the stowage container.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-33
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
Follow the steps listed to don oxygen mask.

1.Place the mask to the face and adjust it so that the lower portion of the
face piece lies under the chin. Slip the head harness over the head.
2.Grasp the lower straps of the head harness and pull outward, thus
tightening the mask on the face.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-34
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
3. Tighten the next set of straps.
4. Finally, tighten the two straps above the forehead. The straps must be
tightened sufficiently to obtain the best possible seal at the edges of the
mask.
5. Test for leakage by attempting to inhale slowly. The suction due to

inhalation should cause the mask to partially collapse. If the mask
does not tend to collapse, leaks are present. Readjust head harness
as required.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-35
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.7.6 Portable Breathing Equipment- PBE

The PBE protects the
user’s eyes and
respiratory system
against heat, smoke,
and/or noxious gases. It
ensures that a minimum
of 15 minutes of total
autonomy is available.
The PBE is readily
available to cabin
attendants.
The primary purpose of the PBE is to supply oxygen to cabin attendants (or
cockpit crew), in the event of a fire, smoke and/or noxious gases. It enables
them to move about freely in the cabin and extinguish a fire. It can also be
used, in case of cabin depressurization.
The smoke hood is equipped with one

CO2 absorption system which furnish
an effective time of use of 15 minutes.
A "ready for use" status of the hood is
Ensured by checking that the indicator
mounted on the hood
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-36
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.8 DOORS AND EXITS

The fuselage of A330-200 P2F comprises:
- Two cabin doors.
- One main deck cargo door.
- Three lower deck cargo compartment doors.
- One avionic compartment access door.
All doors are monitored by the Doors and Slides Control System (DSCS),
which generates warnings on the ECAM and on the doors themselves.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-37
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.8.1 Aircraft Cabin Doors

The aircraft has two cabin doors, one on each side in the forward part of
the fuselage. They are used as entrance and exit doors for the crew and
the cabin occupants.
They can be operated from inside or outside. Normal operation is manual
with hydraulic damping and a gust lock mechanism.
Each door has features that tailor it to emergency situations:
- An escape slide stowed in a container, attached to the inboard lower side
of the door.
- A damper actuator that limits the door travel in normal mode; but, in an
emergency, acts as an actuator for automatic door opening.
- A slide arming lever.
When the slide arming lever is in the ARMED position, the slide is connected
to the floor brackets on both sides of the door. When the door is opened, the
slide automatically inflates and deploys. If the inflation bottle fails to
automatically discharge, a crewmember can open its valve to make it perform.
Opening the door from the outside
disarms the door and the escape slide.
Each passenger door has:
- Two mechanical locking indicators that show whether the door is locked or
unlocked.
- One warning light to show whether the escape slide is ARMED or
DISARMED.
- One CABIN PRESSURE warning light that warns of residual pressure in
the cabin.
Note: One plug-type emergency exit door is located on each side of the
cabin. The emergency exit doors are blocked for opening and the
slides are removed.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-38
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
Description Door Type A

2- Gust Lock
3- Assist Handles
4- Arming System
An OBSERVATION WINDOW with two electrical INDICATOR LIGHTS (1
and 11)
- The information UNLOCKED on a red background is given when the
door is not in its closed/locked position.
- The information LOCKED on a green background is given when the door
is fully
Closed and locked.
8- Arming Lever
The RED INDICATOR LIGHT flashes in case of a cabin differential
pressure above
2.5 MBAR when all engines are shut down and the related door is
disarmed.
The WHITE INDICATOR LIGHT lights up steadily when the door is in
armed mode
13- Flap
Used to release the HANDLE from its closed position
14- Handle
To open and close the door from outside
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-39
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-40
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.8.2 Main Deck Cargo Door (MDCD)

One Main Deck Cargo Door (MDCD) is installed on the forward part of the
fuselage, on the left side.
Dimensions 3.37 m wide between entrance guide and 2.56 m height.
The MDCD gives access to the main deck cargo compartment for loading and
unloading of cargo.
The MDCD opens outwards from the fuselage up to 65 ° opening angle.
The MDCD is electrically locked and hydraulically operated by the yellow
hydraulic system.
If the electric pump of the yellow hydraulic system fails, the MDCD can be
powered by using a hand pump, located in the hydraulic maintenance panel.
The hydraulic system of the MDCD latches and unlatches the door, and opens
and closes the door. An electric driven motor locks and unlocks the MDCD.
The door open indicator light indicates that the door is locked in the open
position for a safe cargo loading operation. Eight flag indicators inform that the
door is fully locked. A pop-up flag warns that the door is not fully locked.
Two operation panels, one inside and one outside the aircraft, enable to
control the MDCD operation.
A red indicator light integrated in each operation panel indicates any residual
cabin pressure upon toggle switch movement.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-41
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
Wind limitation for main deck cargo door operation:

- The maximum wind for main deck cargo door operation is 40 kt.
- The main deck cargo door must be closed before the wind speed exceeds
60 kt.
Note:When the electric pump of the yellow hydraulic system operates the
MDCD, only the Engine 2 reverser can operate using also the yellow
hydraulic system. The leak measurement valves of the yellow hydraulic
system close, and an SFCC inhibition prevents any flaps movement.
The FWD and AFT lower deck cargo doors (LDCD) open outward and upward.
The doors are hydraulically operated by the yellow hydraulic system. The door
locking system is mechanical. When a door is open, the door actuator is
mechanically locked in its extended position.
If the yellow system’s electric pump fails, the system can be powered by using a
hand pump, located on the hydraulic maintenance panel.
The FWD and AFT LDCD can only be opened from the outside.
A red light, fitted in the locking handle’s compartment indicates a residual cabin
pressure.
The door open indicator light shows that the door is locked in the open position,
allowing safe cargo loading operation.
Ten flag indicators ensure the operator that the door is fully locked. A pop-up
indicator flag signifies that a hook is not locked.
Note:When the electric pump operates the FWD or AFT LDCDs, the only other
yellow system device that can operate is Engine 2 reverse. The yellow
hydraulic leak measurement valves close, and an SFCC inhibition
prevents any flap movement.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-42
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.8.3 Cockpit Door Description

Forward-opening hinge door separates the cockpit from the courier area. It has
an electric-locking latch, controlled by the flight crew. In normal conditions, when
the door is closed, it remains locked. When there is a request to enter the
cockpit, the flight crew can authorize entry by unlocking the door that remains
closed until it is pushed open.
When the flight crew does not respond to requests for entry, the door can also
be unlocked by the cabin crew, by entering a two to seven-digit code
(programmed by the airline) on the keypad, installed on the door post. The door
is bulletproof and fully compliant with rapid decompression requirements.
A mechanical override enables the flight crew to open the door from the cockpit
side.
The evacuation and decompression panel enables the flight crew to evacuate
the cockpit, in case of an emergency, when the door is jammed or stuck.
This panel can only be removed from the cockpit side by kicking it open.
The panel also automatically falls open, in case of rapid cabin decompression
(in case of rapid decompression in the cockpit, the CDLS automatically unlocks
the door).
In case of an electrical supply failure, the door is automatically unlocked, but
remains closed.
A Circuit Breaker (C/B) box, is installed on the left-hand side of the door frame.
This C/B box has three C/Bs. Each C/B is connected to one cockpit door
electrical latch.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-43
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.8.3.1 Cockpit Door Control Panel
1- COCKPIT DOOR toggle switch

UNLOCK position: This position is used to enable the cabin crewmember to
open the door. The switch must be pulled and
maintained in this position to keep the door open.
NORM position: All latches are locked, and EMERGENCY access is
possible for the cabin crew.
LOCK position: Once the switch has been moved to this position, the door
is locked; emergency access, the buzzer, and the
keypad are inhibited for a preselected time (5 to 20
minutes).
Note:
1. If the LOCK position has not been used by the pilot, for at least 5 to 20
minutes, the cabin crew is able to request an emergency access to
open the cockpit door.
2. The UNLOCK position overrides and resets any previous selection.
3. In case of electrical a supply failure, the cockpit door is automatically
unlocked, but remains closed.
2- COCKPIT DOOR Fault Open indicator
OPEN light ON: The door is not closed, or not locked.
OPEN light flashes: The cabin crew has started an emergency access
procedure. If no reaction, the door will unlock at the
end of the adjustable time delay (15 to 120 seconds).
FAULT: This light comes when a system failure has been identified
(Example: latch, pressure sensors, and control unit)
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-44
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.9 EVACUATION DEVICES

6.9.1 Escape Slide Raft Arrangement
Each cabin door has a dual lane escape slide raft.
The A/C is equipped with 2 type “A” doors 1 (L&R).

.
• Type “A” doors are equipped with double lane slid/raft that takes 4 sec to be
fully inflated.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-45
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.9.2 Type “A” Escape Slide Raft

All SLIDE RAFTS are of the DUAL LANE type and have two functions:
The deployment and inflation of the SLIDE
RAFT is automatically initiated when the
door is opened in the ARMED mode.
As the door opens, the girt tension pulls the
pack board from the door. It falls below the
doorsill, the speed lacing releases and the
SLIDE RAFT falls from the pack board. A
firing lanyard actuates the regulator valve,
primary gas is supplied to the aspirators
and the inflation is initiated.
An intermediated RESTRAINS TIE DEVICE

the SLIDE RAFT to approximately one third of its extended length, to prevent
that the SLIDE RAFT inflates underneath the fuselage.
releases and the SLIDE RAFT extends outwards and downwards to contact the
ground.
The inflation reservoir sensors are connected to the CIDS and the pressure of the
inflation cylinder is indicated on the FAP.
Note: The inflated escape slide-raft installed at door 1 and 4 deploy straight down.
For door 2 and 3 the escape slide raft is canted in order to deploy in
acceptable clearance away from the engines.

girt extension of the SLIDE RAFT, has to be
pulled. The handle is located on the right
side of the girt extension.
The SLIDE RAFTS
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-46
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019

The SLIDE RAFT is moored to the A/C
by means of a mooring line which is
attached to the girt extension
remaining on the cabin floor.
To release the mooring line pulls the
manual release handle located in a
Survival kit
Each SLIDE RAFT is provided with a SURVIVAL KIT on the right outboard side as
it is indicated on the top chamber.
Canopy
orange / yellow color and is resistant to the wind. The canopy has no rods; one
button (Fig.1). Tie the bottom of the canopy to the outboard canopy tie down
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-47
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.9.3 Cockpit Evacuation Descent Rope

A 6.7 meter (23 feet) knotted rope is stored above each sliding window, on
either side of the overhead panel
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-48
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.9.4 Evacuation From The MDCC
Aural and visual warnings for immediate evacuation from the MDCC:
If TURBULENCE,
• Leave Compartment sign lights up and single chime is heard:
- Leave the MDCC immediately and return to seat
- Not necessary to don oxygen
Return to seat and inform flight crew that they are out of the MDCC
If MD SMOKE / RAPID DECOMPRESSION,

• Leave Compartment sign lights up and an emergency announcement of
chime/tone repeating 8 times with intervals of 1 second is heard:
- Don Oxygen immediately
- Pull the mask from forehead down to chin, adjust face seal and tighten
it by pulling the strips. Ensure no leakage is possible.
(Refer to EMER-90 DONNING OF OXYGEN MASK WITH PORTABLE
OXYGEN FOR ACCESS TO MDCC)
- Turn on oxygen supply and check for oxygen flow by
reading the gauge on the bottle (Refer to EMER-90
PORTABLE OXYGEN SUPPLY)
- Leave the compartment
- Return to seat and inform flight crew that they are out of the MDCC
Note: An emergency announcement of chime/tone repeating 8 times with

intervals of 1 second is automatically triggered by the smoke event or
cabin decompression event. Thus, activating the Fasten Seat Belt
switch to "on" does not cause the 15s chime to playback. Under
normal circumstances, switching on the Fasten Seat Belt to "on"
causes a single tone chime to sound
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-49
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.9.5 Evacuation Of An Incapacitated Person Out Of The MDCC

If a person becomes incapacitated in the MDCC, and if their condition permits,
they should be taken to the courier area before landing. This is due to the fact
that the MDCC should not be occupied during taxi, takeoff and landing.
However, the Captain may adopt a different procedure, if such a non-critical
landing situation is encountered.
At least one person is required to safely transport an incapacitated person.

WARNING IN THE CASE OF A LIFE-THREATENING SITUATION,
SUCH AS SMOKE OR FIRE, THE INCAPACITATED
PERSON MUST BE IMMEDIATELY EVACUATED
FROM THE MDCC.
1.Turn the incapacitated person so that he/she is supine.

2.Kneel at his/her head.
3.Support his/her head and neck.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-50
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
4. Lift the incapacitated person’s upper body into a sitting position.
5. Reach under his/her arms and grasp his/her wrists in a crisscross manner.
6. Stand using legs rather than back to move the incapacitated person.
7. Drag him/her backwards. Look back to avoid obstacles.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-51
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
8.Lay the victim down on his/her supine at the ball mat area in the MDCC.
9.Open the access flap to the courier area by unzipping the smoke
curtain and unlatching the cargo net.
10. Repeat 1. to 7. and cross into the courier area.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-52
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.10 SAFETY BARRIER NET & SMOKE CURTAIN
Before taxi and during all phases of flight until parking position is reached.
The 9G barrier Net must be latched and the smoke curtain must be closed.
Entering the MDCC during flight must be granted by the PIC permission
and he must be informed after returning from MDCC.
It is not allowed to enter MDCC during A/C movement on ground and/or
during T/O & LDG.
FLIGHT DIRECTION
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-53
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.11 FLIGHT CREW REST COMPARTMENT - FCRC

The use of the FCRC is limited to one flight crew member inside each bunk.
The occupants of the FCRC must be aware and trained on the use of the
available Portable Oxygen Equipment - POE and of the emergency
procedures (see FCOM) to be followed in case of decompression.
The flexible use of the upper bunk, either for crew rest needs or as a
stowage compartment, requires the removal of the oxygen bottle if the upper
bunk is used as a stowage compartment to avoid hazardous conditions in
case of fire. If the volume is used as a bunk, the oxygen system must
remain installed.
Prior to each flight, a crew member must brief the courier area occupants on
the following:
i. The portable oxygen equipment inside the upper bunk must be removed
to location according to Figure 1 if the upper bunk is used as a baggage
compartment.
ii.The removed oxygen bottle is limited to the usage inside the bunk and
shall not be used for e.g. entering into the cargo compartment.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-54
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
A pre-flight check must be performed to determine if POEs in the bunks are

installed and properly filled. In case no POEs are installed or not properly filled
it is not allowed to use the bunk as rest facility.
Note : Max. Load capacity for using the upper bunk as a stowage compartment
is (50 kg).
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-55
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.12 PAX PERSONAL ELEC SPLY PB-SW
The pushbutton-switch described here below is installed on the 272 VU panel on

the overhead panel.
Note: The ISPSU is controlled by the PAX PERSONAL ELEC SPLY pb-sw or by
the PAX SYS pb-sw.
The PAX PERSONAL ELEC SPLY pb-sw will be installed to cut-off the power to
the two power outlets during emergency.
The PAX SYS pb-sw will be retained to de-energize the relays and the power
supply from the bus bar 208XP during emergency.
The PED power is automatically de-energized when decompression occur

(including MD smoke condition). An additional indication light is installed in the
close proximity of the socket to show if a courier uses the PED power supply.
The In-Seat Power Supply System (ISPSS) provides electrical power to the In-
Seat Power Supply Unit (ISPSU) outlets, located in the passenger seats, and
enables the use of Portable Electronic Devices (PED).
It is possible to disconnect power from all ISPSUs via a pushbutton switch on the
272VU at the overhead panel.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-56
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.13 WATER/WASTE
GENERAL
The water and waste system:
- Distributes water to the lavatory.
- Disposes waste water.
- Stores toilet wastes.
The system is insulated to prevent water leaks and ice buildup.
NON POTABLE WATER

Non-potable water is stored in a self-contained 25L (max) water tank installed
within the Lavatory A.
The water is transported from the water tank via a water hose to the faucet.
The refilling of the water on ground shall be carried out in place inside the aircraft or
after taking out the tank outside the aircraft.
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
The waste water from the lavatory sink and forward main deck cargo compartment
floor are drained through the forward heated drain mast assy.
The waste water from the aft main deck cargo compartment floor is drained through
the aft heated drain mast assy.
Differential pressure discharges the wastewater in flight, and gravity does so on the
ground.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-57
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.14 COCKPIT
6.14.1 Flight deck Window

The cockpit is equipped with 4
fixed  and 2 sliding windows ,
which are installed on the front
and sides of the cockpit.
Opening
• Press down the operating lever to disengage the locking pins from
their latches. As soon as the operating lever is pressed, a red
indicator appears to show that the window is unlocked.
• Continue pressing down on the operating lever, while simultaneously
rotating it and pulling it downward to move the window backward.
Closing
• Push the operating lever forward to move the window panel in front
of its fixed frame.
• Continue pushing the operating lever forward to slide the window
panel back into its frame, until the locking pins are engaged
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
6-58
CHAPTER 6
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.14.2 Flight deck Seats

The cockpit is designed to
accommodate two crewmembers,
plus two other occupants.
The two pilot seats are
column-mounted.
The third occupant seat is also
column-mounted,
but can also rotate to a relaxed
position.
The fourth occupant seat
is a folding seat, attached to the
right-hand side of the rear
partitioning wall.
Note: The F/O‟s seat is identical to the captain’s seat, except that the controls
are on the left-hand side.
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
CHAPTER 6 6-59
A330-200 P2F
DEC 2019
6.14.3 Cockpit emergency equipment quantity
6.14.4 Cockpit emergency equipment layout
ISSUE 3 OM-PART F
Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
OPERATIONS MANUAL
OM PART F VOL.2
CHAPTER 7
E-170
7-TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 7
DEC 2019
CHAPTER (7) E170

7.3 AIRCRAFT GENERAL 7-3
7.4 CABIN CREW STATION COMMUNICATION 7-5
7.5 LIGHTING 7-14
7.7 OXYGEN 7-20

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
7-1
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.1 EGYPTAIR FLEET
E-170
1 SU-GCX
2 SU-GDF
3 SU-GDG
4 SU-GDH
5 SU-GDJ
6 SU-GDK

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-2
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
9.82 m
32 ft 3 in
10.6 m
34 ft 9 in 29.9 m
98 ft 1 in
10.00 m
32 ft 9 in
5.20 m
17 ft 26.00 m
85 ft 4 in

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-3
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.3 AIRCRAFT GENERAL
Takeoff weight 37200 kg.
Range 2000 NM.
Speed .82 Mach
Maximum
Operating 41000 feet
Altitude
76 Y/C Total
Passenger (The cabin can be divided to 2 classes by
Seating Capacity means of a movable curtain that is used as a
divider business class & economy class)
Lavatory 2
Galleys 3
Captain
Maximum Crew First Officer
Seats 1 Observers
3 Cabin Crew
Minimum Cabin
2
Crew For Safety

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-4
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.3.1 Cargo Compartments

The E-170 has two class C cargo compartments, which means that they are
protected against damage by fire, both being equipped with a fire detector and a
fire extinguishing system.
FWD cargo compartment
AFT cargo compartment
7.3.2 Fire Extinguishing System

The Cargo Fire Extinguishing System comprises two different extinguisher bottles.
The system is able to extinguish fire in either of the compartments. Pressing the
associated cargo compartment button immediately discharge the high-rate fire-
extinguishing bottle into the selected cargo compartment.
One minute later, the second fire-extinguishing bottle discharges at a reduced flow
rate and the agent remains in the selected cargo compartment for 60 minutes.
7.3.3 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

The Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) is a gas turbine engine located in the aircraft tail
cone, which provides pneumatic and electrical AC power. The pneumatic power is
used for engine starting and to supply bleed air to the air conditioning packs.
An electrical AC generator supplies 115/200 Volts to the electrical system.
7.3.4 FDR AND VOICE RECORDER

The digital voice data recorder system (DVDR) combines a flight data recorder
(FDR) and a cockpit voice recorder (CVR) in a single unit. It is capable of
receiving, recording, and preserving all required data parameters and voice
recording from the cockpit crew and area microphones.
The DVDR unit is capable of recording the last 120 minutes of audio information
from cockpit area microphone & primary crew microphones.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-5
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.4 CABIN CREW STATION COMMUNICATION
7.4.1 Passenger Address (PA)

The PA system allows announcements to passengers to be made by flight
crewmembers in the cockpit or cabin crew at their stations. Announcements are
heard through speakers located in the cabin and in the lavatories. Cabin crew make
use of the PA system through the handset located at their stations.
Pre-recorded announcements may be provided, as well as recorded music for

passenger entertainment.
The PA system’s use is prioritized. Cockpit announcements have first priority and
override all others. Cabin crew announcements override those that are pre-
recorded announcements and these override the music system.
7.4.2 Service Interphone System

The service interphone system provides intercommunication between the flight
crew and cabin crew. The Interphone Handset/Cradle Assembly (3 handsets on
board) consists of a handset with an earpiece, electronic microphone, hook switch,
PTT switch and a cradle with four control switches (PILOT, ATTND, PA, PILOT
EMER).
1) PA BUTTON
 Provides passenger
announcements
2) ATTND BUTTON
 Provides communication
among cabin crew.
3) PILOT BUTTON
 Provides communication
among cabin crew and
cockpit crew.
NOTE: If the “PILOT” button is

pressed in the electrical
emergency configuration (RAT deployed), the green light will
illuminate and the call chime will be annunciated, but the
communication channel will be unavailable. The “EMER PILOT”
button can be used normally.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-6
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
4) EMER PILOT BUTTON

 Provides communication among cabin crew and cockpit crew in
emergency condition.
The cabin crew communicate between cabin crew stations or with the flight crew by
using any of the attendant handsets. To do that, you may unhook the handset and
select the appropriated button.
Call chimes are annunciated at the beginning of the call from the cockpit to the
cabin crew and vice-versa. When PILOT is selected, a single (hi-low) call chime is
annunciated to the flight crew and a triple (hi-low, hi-low, hi-low) chime when PILOT
EMER is selected.
In the same manner, the attendant will hear a single chime when the flight crew
selects the option CAB for regular calls, and a triple chime when the option EMER
is selected for emergency calls.
Call system identification

The call system is used as a means for various crewmembers to gain the attention
of other crewmembers and to indicate that interphone communication is desired.
Attention is gained through the use of visual and aural signals (chimes). The cockpit
may be called from either cabin crew station. Cabin crew may be called from the
cockpit, the other attendant station, or from any passenger seat (PSU) or lavatory.
Rainbow lights in the passenger cabin identify the source of incoming calls to the
attendants.
Call system chime signals low, high or high/low tones that are audible in the
passenger cabin through the PA system speakers. The PA speakers also provide
an alerting chime signal whenever the NO SMOKING, FASTEN SEAT BELT or
RETURN TO SEAT (in the lavatory) signs and STERILE COCKPIT light
illuminate or extinguish.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-7
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.4.3 Attendant Lights (Rainbow Lights)

The rainbow lights located on the FWD and AFT main ceiling panel areas
provide a visual indication
to attendants when there is
a call from the flight deck or
passengers.
Toilet PAX Pilot Pilot Pilot

(Emergency) (Sterile
Light)
The rainbow lights consist of following colored indicator lights:
ORANGE: steady orange light illuminates when a passenger calls from the
lavatory. Flashing orange light illuminates when smoke is detected in the lavatory.
BLUE: steady blue light illuminates when a passenger calls from the main cabin
area.
RED: flashing red indicator illuminates when the flight crew makes an
emergency call to the cabin crew from the cockpit. The light stops flashing after
the call is taken.
GREEN: flashing green indicator illuminates when the pilot calls the cabin crew
from the cockpit. The light stops flashing after the call is taken.
AMBER: steady amber light illuminates for a sterile light call.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-8
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
An audible tone is sounded by the passenger address system whenever a

passenger presses any attendant call switch located in a PSU or the attendant
call switch in the lavatory or flight crew call switches. There is also a blue steady
light on the cabin ceiling, indicating from which cabin area the respective
passenger call was made.
Note: There is no indication on the rainbow lights when a cabin crew

calls another cabin crew station. It only flashes green on both
handset cradles.
Visual Indication Aural Indication From To
Steady Single hi tone Respective

Attendant station.
ORANGE light. chime. lavatory call.
Respective
Flashing Single hi tone
lavatory smoke Attendant station.
ORANGE light chime.
detection.
Steady BLUE Single hi tone Passenger
Attendant station.
light. chime. PSU.
Triple hi/lo tone
Attendant
chime in PAX Cockpit.
Flashing Station.
cabin.
RED light.
Triple hi/lo tone
Attendant station.
chime in cockpit. Cockpit.
Single hi/lo tone
Attendant
chime in PAX Cockpit.
Flashing Station.
cabin.
GREEN light.
Single hi/lo tone Attendant
Cockpit.
chime in cockpit. Station.
AMBER sterile Single hi tone

Cockpit. Attendant station.
cockpit light. chime.
No smoking (or
Turn off electronic
Passenger cabin,
devices) or fasten Single lo tone
Cockpit. lavatories and
belt signs chime.
galleys.
illuminate/
extinguish.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-9
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.4.4 FWD Flight Attendant Panel
TEMPERATURE SETTING 1
C H ENABLED
CABIN TEMPERATURE
14 CABIN LIGHTING GALLEY MASTER
2
ON ON ON ON
FWD FWD
13 CEILING SIDEWALL
ENTRANCE GALLEY PANEL LIGHTS
AREA
BRIGHT BRIGHT BRIGHT BRIGHT
TEST
3
DIM DIM DIM DIM
12
EMERGENCY LIGHT COURTESY LIGHT 4
ON/ TEST OFF
11 TEST
5
ARMED
 AUTO
LAVATORY SMOKE TEST PSU 6
10 FWD AFT TEST RESET 7
ATTND CALL
9
RESET 8
1) CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL

 Controls the cabin temperature. If equipped with dual cabin temperature
control, controls only the forward cabin temperature.
 The “ENABLED” led turns on to indicate that the cabin crew can control the
cabin temperature via the knob. The led turns on only if the Passenger
Cabin Temperature Rotating Knob in the cockpit is set to ATTND position.
2) GALLEY MASTER SWITCH (GUARDED)

 Turns off AC power for all galleys (e.g.: oven, coffee maker).
3) PANEL LIGHTS TEST SWITCH

 Provides a test in the attendant panel lights.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-10
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
4) COURTESY LIGHT RESET SWITCH

 Turns on all courtesy lights for a 5-minutes period when the aircraft is not
energized. The courtesy lights are powered by the aircraft batteries.
5) COURTESY LIGHT SWITCH

 AUTO: turns on or off the courtesy lights according to FWD passenger
door (door 1L) position (OPEN or CLOSED).
 OFF: turns off the courtesy lights regardless of FWD passenger door (door
1L) position.
6) PSU TEST SWITCH

 Allows the testing of the following lights:
Passenger & cabin crew reading lights, Lavatory dome light, Lavatory
fluorescent light (from DIM to BRT mode), Attendant call indicator lights, and
Lavatory occupied signs, and Zonal light test.
7) PSU RESET SWITCH

 Turns off the lights previously turned on by the PSU test switch.
8) ATTND CALL RESET SWITCH

 Turns off the attendant call indicator lights, zonal lights and PSU switch
lights, previously turned on due to an attendant call.
9) AFT LAVATORY SMOKE TEST SWITCH

 Provides a smoke test in AFT lavatory.
10) FWD LAVATORY SMOKE TEST SWITCH

 Provides a smoke test in FWD lavatory.
11) EMERGENCY LIGHT ON/ARMED SWITCH (GUARDED)

 ON: turns on all emergency lights.
 ARMED: automatically illuminates all emergency lights in case of DC bus
electrical power loss or if aircraft electrical power is turned off.
12) EMERGENCY LIGHT TEST SWITCH

 Provides a one-minute test of all passenger cabin emergency lights.
13) CABIN LIGHTING BRIGHT/DIM SWITCH Momentary press.

 BRIGHT: sets the lights of the respective area to full brightness.
 DIM: reduces lights of the respective area brightness.
14) CABIN LIGHTING ON SWITCH Momentary press.

 ON: turns on and off the respective lights.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-11
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.4.5 AFT Flight Attendant Panel
TEMPERATURE SETTING 1
C H ENABLED
CABIN TEMPERATURE
16 CABIN LIGHTING GALLEY MASTER
2
ON ON ON
AFT
15 CEILING SIDEWALL
ENTRANCE PANEL LIGHTS
BRIGHT BRIGHT BRIGHT 3

TEST
DIM DIM DIM
14
EMERGENCY LIGHT COURTESY LIGHT 4
ON/ TEST OFF 5
13 TEST
ARMED
 AUTO
6
12 WASTE SYSTEM
7
11 FWD AFT TANK SERVICE FAULT
LAVATORY FAULT FULL TANK
ATTND CALL
8
WATER SYSTEM
WATER QUANTITY
10 RESET FAULT 9
0 1/4 1/2 3/4 1
1) CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL

 Controls the cabin temperature. If equipped with dual cabin temperature
control, controls only the AFT cabin temperature.
 The “ENABLED” led turns on to indicate that the cabin crew can control the
cabin temperature via the knob. The led turns on only if the Passenger
Cabin Temperature Rotating Knob in the cockpit is set to ATTND position.
2) GALLEY MASTER SWITCH (GUARDED)

 Turns off AC power for all galleys (e.g.: oven, coffee maker).
3) PANEL LIGHTS TEST SWITCH

 Provides a test in the attendant panel lights.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-12
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
4) COURTESY LIGHT RESET SWITCH

 Turns on all courtesy lights for a 5-minutes period when the aircraft is not
energized. The courtesy lights are powered by the aircraft batteries.
5) COURTESY LIGHT SWITCH

 AUTO: turns on or off the courtesy lights according to FWD passenger
door (door 2L) position (OPEN or CLOSED).
 OFF: turns off the courtesy lights regardless of FWD passenger door (door
2L) position.
6) TANK FULL INDICATION

 Illuminates to indicate that the waste tank has reached 100% of its capacity.
7) SERVICE TANK INDICATION

 Illuminates to indicate that the waste tank has reached 75% of its capacity.
8) FAULT INDICATION
 Illuminates to indicate that a fault in the waste system has been detected.
9) WATER TANK CAPACITY AND FAULT INDICATION

 Indicates the water tank capacity. The fault light indicates one of the
following condition:
− A fault in the respective (FWD or AFT) drain valve is detected.
− Water level indication is not available.
− In-flight drainage is not available due to a fault in the drain valve or in the
drain mast heater.
10) ATTND CALL RESET SWITCH

 Turns off the attendant call indicator lights, zonal lights and PSU switch
lights, previously turned on due to an attendant call.
11) FWD LAVATORY FAULT INDICATION

 Illuminates to indicate that the FWD lavatory is out of order.
12) AFT LAVATORY FAULT INDICATION

 Illuminates to indicate that the AFT lavatory is out of order.
13) EMERGENCY LIGHT ON/ARMED SWITCH (GUARDED)

 ON: turns on all emergency lights.
 ARMED: automatically illuminates all emergency lights in case of DC bus
electrical power loss or if aircraft electrical power is turned off.
14) EMERGENCY LIGHT TEST SWITCH

 Provides a one-minute test of all passenger cabin emergency lights.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-13
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
15) CABIN LIGHTING BRIGHT/DIM SWITCH Momentary press.

 BRIGHT: sets the lights of the respective area to full brightness.
 DIM: reduces lights of the respective area brightness.
16) CABIN LIGHTING ON SWITCH Momentary press.

 ON: turns on and off the respective lights.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-14
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.5 LIGHTING
General passenger cabin illumination, reading lights in the passenger service unit,
lavatory lights, galley lights and cabin signs compose the passenger cabin lighting.
For further information on cabin illumination operations from the flight attendant
panel refer to FWD & AFT attendant panel.
7.5.1 Passenger Cabin Signs

Passenger cabin signs provide passengers and cabin crew with signs such as:
 No smoking or turn off electronic devices.
 Fasten seat belts.
 Return to seat.
 Lavatory occupied.
An aural signal sounds whenever any passenger sign is turned on or off by the pilot.
NO SMOKING (or TURN OFF ELECTRONIC DEVICES) and FASTEN SEAT
BELTS signs are also activated when the oxygen dispensing units are open.
7.5.2 Sterile Lights

An amber sterile light located on the cockpit/passenger partition indicates when
entry into the cockpit is not allowed. An aural signal sounds whenever the sterile
light is illuminated.
7.5.3 Courtesy and Stairs Lights

Provide lighting for safe boarding of crewmembers and passengers. Courtesy and
stair lights consist of the main door light (entry area), service door light (galley
area), stairway lights and cockpit step light.
7.5.4 Emergency Lighting

Emergency lighting consists of internal and external lights. The system is comprised
of:
 Cabin/cockpit emergency lights.
 Passageway lights.
 Exit locator signs.
 Exit marker signs.
 Exit identifier signs.
 Exterior emergency lights.
The emergency lights are powered by four dedicated Emergency Lights Power
Units (ELPU) with internal batteries connected to the ESS BUS power. The charge
of the batteries is sufficient to supply all emergency lights for approximately 10
minutes. For emergency light test refer to FWD & AFT attendant panel.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-15
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Emergency Lights Location
Photo luminescent Strips

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-16
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.6 WATER AND WASTE
7.6.1 Water
A central storage tank holds potable water. Engines and APU bleed air pressurize
the potable water system. If engines or APU are not running on the ground, or bleed
air pressure is below the optimal range during the flight, an optional air compressor
pressurizes the water system.
The potable water storage tank’s maximum capacity is 110 liters. The AFT flight
attendant panel indicates the percentage of total water quantity remaining in the
tank.
Water from lavatory washbasins and galleys is automatically drained through FWD
and AFT masts.
The flight attendant panel indicates a FAULT condition whenever:

 A fault in the respective (FWD or AFT) drain valve is detected;
 Water level indication is not available;
 In-flight drainage is not available due to a fault in the drain valve or in the drain
mast heater.
7.6.2 Waste
The vacuum waste system collects waste from the lavatory toilets to an AFT
mounted vertical waste tank.
A vacuum generator is used to create differential pressure on the ground or at

altitudes below 18000 ft. At higher altitudes, the differential between the aircraft’s
cabin pressure and ambient pressure is sufficient to transport the waste.
Pushing the flushing switch located inside the lavatory initiates toilet flushing
sequence. Water is introduced to rinse the bowl prior to opening of the toilet-
flushing valve.
The usable capacity of the waste tank is 95 liters. The Service Tank indication
illuminates on the flight attendant’s panel when waste tank capacity reaches 75%.
When the waste tank’s full capacity is reached, the Tank Full indication illuminates
and the vacuum toilets are disabled.
Waste tank draining is performed through the service panel in the AFT right-hand
side of the fuselage.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-17
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.6.3 Galleys
EGYPTAIR AIRLINES E170 is equipped with 3 galleys; G1 & G3 are wet galleys
with individual shut off valve.
G1 G2 G3
7.6.3.1 Galleys abnormal situations
Electrical systems
Abnormal operation of the galley electrical systems consists of loss of power to any
of the components due to wiring, electrical hardware or a component’s internal fault.
The tripping of the circuit breakers might be an indication of such failures.
A galley master switch, installed in both FWD and AFT flight attendant panels,
provides the required means to shut down both FWD and AFT galley AC electrical
power in case of an emergency. The galley master switches are linked so if you turn
off the switch at the FWD flight attendant panel, it will turn off AC power from FWD
and AFT galley and vice versa.
Sink drain clog

If a drain has become clogged or fluid drainage is becoming too slow, no more
fluids should be disposed into the affected sink. Use another galley sink for fluids
disposing.
Solid waste and creamy materials should be disposed in the waste containers in
order to avoid sink galley clogging.
Drain line clog

In case of a clog in the sink of the galley, the cabin crew may actuate a gray water
drain valve manually. The valve is actuated by a self-drain valve handle located on
the face of the galley. Pulling on the self-drain valve handle clears the line.
Galley water leak

In case of a water system leak in the fill line, the water system may be isolated by
means of the manual shut-off valve. The valve is clearly placarded and readily
accessible by the cabin crew without the use of tools.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-18
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.6.4 Lavatories
EGYPTAIR AIRLINES E170 is equipped with 2 lavatories; FWD Lav. & AFT Lav.
with individual shut off valve.
FWD Lav. AFT Lav.
7.6.4.1 Lavatories abnormal situations
Lavatory water leak

In case of a water system leak in the fill line, the water system may be isolated by
means of the manual shut-off valve. The valve is clearly placarded and readily
accessible by the cabin crew without the use of tools.
Drain line clog

In case of a clog in the gray water drain valves in the lavatory, the cabin crew may
actuate the through the under sink cabinet door. The valve is cleared by pulling on
the ring handle.
7.6.4.2 Lavatory smoke detection

The lavatory smoke detection system consists of one smoke sensor installed on
each lavatory ceiling. If smoke is detected at either lavatory:
 An alarm sounds in the lavatory where the Smoke
smoke has been detected. indicator light
 A flashing orange light on the respective
rainbow light turns on.
Once smoke is detected, an interrupt switch or

horn cancel switch located at the lavatory
smoke detector will reset only the aural
warning. The smoke detector returns to normal
sampling when the smoke is cleared.
The smoke detection test is turned off in takeoff Power

and landing phase. indicator light
Self test Interrupt

switch switch

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-19
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.6.4.3 Lavatory fire extinguishing

The fire extinguishing system consists of one fire-extinguisher bottle installed in
each lavatory waste container.
The bottle is provided with two tubes with nozzles pointing directed into waste
compartment. The nozzles will melt when the temperature inside the waste
compartment reaches approximately 78°C (172°F) and will fully discharge the
extinguishing agent into the waste compartment. They also have a pressure gauge
to allow checking of bottle internal pressure. Discharge indication can be checked
through the pressure gauge.
If required, the cabin crew can suppress the fire by using a portable fire
extinguisher.
Lav. Smoke
Lav. Smoke detector
detector
Fire
extinguisher
bottle
Shall be
checked
before each
flight: the
pointer in
green band
Manual Shut Manual Shut

off valve off valve
FWD lav. AFT lav.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-20
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.7 OXYGEN
7.7.1 Flight Crew Oxygen System

Flight crew oxygen is provided via a conventional, high-pressure, gaseous-type
system. The cylinder is installed in the forward cargo compartment.
Flight crew and observer full-face, quick-donning masks and regulators are stowed
in oxygen mask boxes near each seat. Removing the mask from the stowage box,
and pressing the harness inflation control valve, will inflate the harness and initiate
oxygen flow, thereby rendering the mask ready for use. An oxygen supply control
knob is used to set the oxygen flow to normal, 100% or emergency mode.
7.7.1.1 Oxygen control panel in the cockpit
1) Masks deploy selector knob (rotary action)

OFF: disables automatic deployment of passenger oxygen masks.
AUTO: enables automatic deployment of passenger oxygen masks when

cabin pressure altitude is above 14000 ft.
OVRD: deploys the passenger oxygen masks regardless of cabin altitude.
2) MASK DEPLOYED INDICATOR LIGHT

An ON light illuminates, indicating that the passenger and cabin crew oxygen
masks have been deployed.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-21
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.7.1.2 Mask stowage box & flight crew mask
1) FLOW INDICATOR
 A bright yellow star illuminates, indicating that oxygen is flowing.
2) TEST/RESET BUTTON (SPRING LOADED)

 Pressing this button with the mask stowed tests the oxygen mask and
activates the microphone. The flow indicator star momentarily illuminates
and oxygen flow will be audible through cabin speakers.
 Pressing this button with the mask not stowed shuts off the oxygen flow,
turns off mask’s microphone and returns the communication from the cabin
speakers to the headsets.
3) OXY ON FLAG
 Appears whenever oxygen is supplied to the mask.
4) PURGE VALVE
 Allows oxygen flow into the face seal, purging any smoke and fumes
 Automatically opens when the oxygen supply control knob is rotated to the
emergency mode position.
5) HARNESS INFLATION CONTROL VALVE

 Pressing this valve inflates the harness so that the mask may be donned.
Releasing the button deflates the harness to the point that mask is held in
place.
6 – OXYGEN SUPPLY CONTROL KNOB (ROTARY ACTION

 Rotating the knob selects the mode of oxygen supply.
EMERG: supplies pure oxygen under positive pressure.
100%: supplies pure oxygen at all cabin altitudes.
NORM: supplies an oxygen/air mixture on demand (the ratio depends on

cabin altitude).

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-22
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
1 2 3

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-23
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019

Individual chemical oxygen generators supply the passenger oxygen system. The
passenger oxygen system provides oxygen for the following items: PSUs, cabin
crew stations, lavatories, and galley areas.
The chemical oxygen generators and passenger oxygen masks are located in the
dispensing units housed in the passenger service units (PSU), above the passenger
seats. Each dispensing unit contains either two or three masks, each supplying
oxygen for approximately 12 minutes. The masks are held in a mask retainer. Once
the masks begin supplying oxygen, they cannot be shut off.
The oxygen masks are held in a mask retainer. The yellow mask must be pulled out
of the retainer. Oxygen flows whenever any yellow mask hanging from the
dispensing unit is pulled downward. Pulling the oxygen mask downward causes all
the masks in that particular unit to drop, with a mixture of 80% ambient air and 20%
oxygen out of generator to the masks. A green, in-line flow indicator is visible in the
transparent oxygen hose whenever oxygen is flowing to the masks. The masks are
automatically deployed when the cabin altitude is between 14000 ft and 14750 ft.
Manual deployment can be performed from the cockpit by positioning the
passenger oxygen selector knob to the override position.
The system automatically turns ON the FASTEN SEAT BELT and the NO ELEC
DEVICE regardless of the switch position, when the passenger mask doors are
automatically or manually commanded open.
The switch normal operation is inhibited until the MASKS DEPLOY switch is set to
OFF position.
A manual deploy tool is provided near each cabin crew station. Placards indicate
their location.
If a dispensing unit door fails to

open and the automatic
deployment of passenger oxygen
masks is not commanded, insert
the manual deploy tool in the small
hole diameter in the PSU to
manually actuate the electrical
latch. The masks are deployed and
oxygen is available to the
occupant.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-24
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Note:
 Dispensing units with this indication
include an additional oxygen mask.
 Aircraft equipped with three masks
in all dispensing units located in the
right overhead bins do not have this
indication.
Additional oxygen mask indication

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-25
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019

There are three portable oxygen cylinders installed in the passenger cabin, near
each cabin attendant station. The cylinders are fitted with a pressure gauge, a
pressure regulator and an ON/OFF valve. The cylinders are pressurized to 1800
psi.
If during the preflight check it is observed that pressure is different from 1800 psi,
cabin crew should inform maintenance staff.
Two continuous flow outlets are available; one regulating flow at 2 liters per minute
for walk-around use and the second providing flow at 4 liters per minute for first aid
use.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-26
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.7.4 Protective Breathing Equipment (PBE)

The PBE unit is for emergency use only, providing the flight crew and cabin crew
with oxygen for respiratory and visual protection from fire, smoke and other harmful
gases.
There are Four PBEs located in the passenger cabin and one in the flight
compartment.
The oxygen supply is at least 15 minutes.
For more detail refer to OMF vol. 1.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-27
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8 DOORS AND EXITS

This aircraft has one passenger door located at the left forward fuselage section
(door 1L) and another located at the aft fuselage section (door 2L). Passenger door
operation is manual and it is identical for both passenger doors. Passenger doors
are plug-in type and they are designed as type I doors.
One service door is located at the right forward fuselage section (door 1R) and
another located at the aft fuselage section (door 2R). Service doors are used for
galley servicing and cabin cleaning between flights. It may also be used as an
emergency exit. The operation of service and passenger doors is identical.
One external, three internal handles and one vent flap are installed in each door for
opening and closing operation.
- Evacuation Order for all doors " Form one line Jump and slide "
FWD FWD service

passenger door
door (DOOR 1R)
(DOOR 1L)
AFT AFT service

passenger door
door (DOOR 1R)
(DOOR 2L)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-28
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.1 Door External Handles

There are two external mechanisms on each door, the vent flap mechanism and the
external handle mechanism.
The vent flap function

ensures the correct latching
and locking of the door so
that the aircraft can be
pressurized.
The vent flap also ensures

that there is no residual
indoor pressure on the
ground before the door
opening. The escape slide is automatically disarmed when door is opened from
outside. Vent flap opens automatically when the lower part of the external handle is
pulled.
WARNING: Make sure that the vent flap is closed (flush with the door) before
opening the door from the outside. If the external handle is used to
open the door while the slide is armed and the vent flap is open, door
emergency opening operation will occur and the escape slide will
deploy.
7.8.2 Door Internal Handles

 The main handle activates
the door’s latch
mechanism. Escape slide
 Vent flap and door’s lock handle
mechanism are linked
together. Lock/vent flap
handle
 The aircraft pressurization
loads the vent flap against
the door structure. Main handle
 The effort to unlock the
door (lift the lock/vent flap
handle) increases with the aircraft pressurization level.
 The escape slide handle arms/disarms the emergency system (escape slide
and door’s emergency assisting system) and engages/ disengages the girt
bar.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-29
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Escape slide
Lock Armed / Disarmed
7.8.3 Door Indications
One green latch and two green lock Lock
indications are provided to ensure the door is
secured in the locked position. An escape
slide ARMED/DISARMED indication provides Latch
the escape slide armed/disarmed condition. A
red indication in the bottom of the door
provides means to verify if the girt bar is
engaged.
Escape slide
Girt bar
Gust lock
Door’s indications change according to
handles position.
Handle Down Up
Main Latch indication Latch indication

Closed Open
Handle GREEN NO COLOR
Lock/Vent
Lock indication Lock indication
Flap Closed Open
GREEN NO COLOR
Handle
Escape slide Escape slide
indication: indication:
RED GREEN
ARMED DISARMED
Escape
Girt bar Girt bar
Slide Armed Disarmed
indication: indication:
Handle
RED NO COLOR
Girt bar Girt bar
connected to disconnected
aircraft. from aircraft.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-30
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
 Main handle DOWN (Door closed and latched).

1  Lock/Vent Flap handle DOWN (vent flap closed & door locked).
 Escape Slide handle DOWN (Escape Slide ARMED).
ARMED
LATCH LOCK ESCAPE LATCH

SLIDE
GIRT BAR
 Main handle UP (Door unlatched and opened).
2  Lock/Vent Flap handle UP (vent flap opened & door unlocked).
 Escape Slide handle UP (Escape Slide DISARMED).
DISARMED

SLIDE
GIRT BAR
 Main handle UP (Door unlatched and opened).
 Escape Slide handle DOWN (Escape Slide DEPLOYED).
ARMED

SLIDE
GIRT BAR
 Escape Slide handle DOWN (Escape Slide ARMED).
ARMED

SLIDE
GIRT BAR
5  Lock/Vent Flap handle DOWN (vent flap closed & door locked).
 Escape Slide handle UP (Escape Slide DISARMED).
DISARMED

SLIDE
GIRT BAR

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-31
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.4 Escape Slide

Both service and passenger doors
are designed as type I emergency
doors. Emergency single escape
slide are provided at both
passenger and service doors, and
takes 5 seconds to inflate
Opening the door from inside in

emergency mode will activate the
Emergency Assisting System that
will fully open the door after lift up
of main internal handle. The
Emergency Assisting System is
installed in PAX and service doors.
In case of ditching the passenger and service AFT doors (doors 2R and 2L) are
supposed to be under the water line. FWD doors must be used to evacuate the
aircraft.
In the event of emergency evacuation, the slides deploy automatically when the
exit door is opened. Upon completion of the inflation sequence, the slide is
fully inflated and ready to assist passengers and crew in descending to the
ground.
The escape slides are armed by raising the slide arming lever cover located on
the door and moving the slide arming lever to the “armed” position (down). The
lever attaches the girt bar to the cabin floor brackets. The escape slide is
attached to the girt bar by means of a fabric girt.
Opening the door from the outside automatically disengages the girt bar from
the floor fittings, disarming the slide.
Escape slide lights will be on

for a minimum of 10 minutes,
NO GO GO
even after escape slide indication
indication
disconnection.
Pressure Gauge
Shall check before each
flight

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-32
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.4.1 Abnormal operation

The aircraft escape slide is equipped with a manual inflation actuation control. In
the event that the inflation system does not actuate automatically, the cabin
attendant should pull on the manual inflation handle, which then activates the
inflation system and fully inflates the slide.
The aircraft escape slide is designed to permit use with ground personnel
assistance as a non-inflatable device in the event of puncture or tear. The resulting
damage may render the device incapable of holding air and sustaining an inflated
condition.
In this case, people already positioned on the ground may pull the slide
tightly by its handles while other passengers continue to evacuate the aircraft.
7.8.4.2 Escape slide disconnection
1 2
Unhook the manual inflation handle and Unhook the girt sleeve cover to access
the reentry line from the girt assembly. the release pin.
3 4
Pull the handle to release the pin. The escape slide disconnects from the
aircraft.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-33
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.4.3 Mooring line disconnection
Cabin crew positioned on top of the

evacuation slide should follow the
instructions written in red ink. Unsnap the pocket
Pull and release the red handle The slide breaks free from the
aircraft the mooring line stays
with the aircraft
7.8.4.4 Deflated escape slide operation

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-34
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.5 Cockpit Window

Cockpit window may be totally open on the ground, in case of loss of visibility
through the windshield or for cockpit emergency evacuation.
A pin protrudes near the opening handle when the window is not properly
locked in the closed position.
1 2
Pressing lock button Pull the handle in and backward
3 4 5
To escape make use of escape rope
6 7

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-35
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.6 Reinforced Cockpit Door

The Reinforced Cockpit Door is ballistic and intrusion resistant, designed in
accordance with requirements issued by international airworthiness authorities.
A Cockpit Door Control Panel and a passenger cabin control panel command the
door latch. The door’s electro-mechanical latch installed on the cockpit side can be
remotely or manually operated.
Upper pivot
Upper blow pin
Quick release out panel
passive door
Door panel
Peep hole
Strap handle Door knob
Lower blow Electromechanical

out panel latch
Maintenance
lock
Lower pivot
pin
Electromechanical latch
An electrically-actuated solenoid closes the electromechanical latch. A spring opens
the latch when the solenoid is not energized, ensuring the door will not lock closed
in case of electrical failure in the latch.
Electromechanical
Handle

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-36
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
System logic Door opening

Actuating the EMERG CALL pushbutton starts
the chime alarm sequence. The DING-DONG
sound chime remains on for 4 seconds and is Alarm ON Alarm ON
4s 4s
repeated three times at 9-second intervals during
which the sound chime remains paused. After the
third chime cycle ends, the door will unlock if the
INHIB pushbutton is not pressed within 30 Alarm OFF Alarm OFF
seconds after EMERG CALL pushbutton 9s 9s
actuation.
Alarm ON
4s
Manual override
A mechanical handle overrides the latch locking system. Normally the handle is
pointing down. Turning the handle upward 90° disconnects the latch from the
solenoid, allowing the manual lock and unlock of the cockpit door. Turning the
handle further upwards locks the bolt in LOCKED position.
Note: Latch manual operation must be used to override the locking system only
in case of system electrical failure.
The override switch installed in the electromechanical latch manually unlocks the
doors. Actuating downwards the override switch alternates between locked and
unlocked statues. If the door is unlocked, a red indication is shown on the switch.
The door is locked when a green indication is shown.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-37
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Passive lock (Auxiliary locks)

A passive lock installed on the cockpit
door does not permit the door to be
pushed towards the passenger cabin
whenever the door is closed. The
normal position of the quick release
pin is locked. The passive lock is
unlocked when the pin is removed.
Quick Release Lock
Note: The passive lock must be
unlocked only in
emergency condition, for
emergency cockpit egress
procedure.
Maintenance lock (Auxiliary locks)

A maintenance lock blocks the door
during the aircraft’s overnight parking.
A key is necessary to lock and unlock
it. The keyhole is located on the
passenger cabin side of the door.
Blowout panels
Upper
The reinforced cockpit door assembly possesses two blowout
blowout panels to equalize sudden decompression.
When a sudden decompression occurs, the blowout
bags automatically unfold and deploy forward.
The blowout bags are installed within grill-protected
openings that maintain the door’s full ballistic and
impact characteristics even when deployed.
Both blowout bags can deploy with the observer seat in
use and without any type of interference or hazard to
the observer.
A door grill opening equalizes the pressure in the event
of decompression in the passenger cabin area.
Lower
blowout

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-38
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Peephole
The reinforced cockpit door is equipped with a
ballistic-resistant peephole. The peephole field of
view avoids any hiding threat.
Ballistic
peephole
Jammed door emergency egress
1 2
Check the red
indication to assure the
door is unlatched
Remove the
quick release
pin
3 Push the door 4

outboards while
holding the handle
Remove the door

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-39
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Reinforced door control panel (Cockpit)
1) Test Button
Continually tests the buzzer while the test button is pressed, regardless of audio
selection.
2) Unlocked Indication
- Turns on when door is unlocked.
- Starts flashing when the EMERG CALL pushbutton on the passenger cabin
control panel is pressed.
- Turns off when the INHIB pushbutton is pressed.
3) INHIB Pushbutton
- Inhibits, for 500 seconds, the emergency call command from cockpit door
control panel in the passenger cabin.
- Lights up the red LED in the passenger cabin control panel.
- The cockpit door opens if the INHIB pushbutton is not pressed up to 30
seconds after the EMERG CALL pushbutton on the passenger cabin control
panel is pressed.
Control pedestal
4) Lock Pushbutton (Guarded)

- Controls the cockpit door’s power supply.
- Activates and deactivates the electromechanical door latch.
- Deactivates the inhibition control.
- Resets the DING-DONG alarm and EMERG ENTRY command.
- Resets the green led on the door’s control panel in the passenger cabin.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-40
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Reinforced door control panel (Cabin)
1) White LED
Indicates that the unlock sequence has been started
2) RED LED
Indicates that the INHIB pushbutton in the cockpit was pressed and EMERG
ENTRY is temporarily inhibited.
3) GREEN LED
Indicates the cockpit door is unlocked.
4) EMERG Call Pushbutton (GUARDED)

− Activates the DING-DONG alarm sequence in the cockpit
− If the INHIB pushbutton is not pressed within 30 seconds after an EMERG
ENTRY command, the hatched white indication turns off 4 seconds before
the unlock of cockpit door.
3
2 4
1

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-41
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.8.7 Cockpit Seat

Pilot seats are fixed to slide rails that permit fore and aft adjustments. When the
seats are in their aft most position, a lateral movement is also available in order to
ease crew access to the seat.
Manual adjustments of pilot seats are possible for height, lateral and aft and fore
movements. A crank handle is located under the seat and allows height
adjustments attaching it to the plug at the aft lower part of the seat. The manual
control handle allows aft and fore adjustments. Lateral movement is provided
actuating both lateral locking pins.
Pull at hinge level for
armrest spreading out
Thigh rest
Thigh rest upward
downward setting Lumber support
setting push button
Inertial real
unlocked
Inertial real
locked
Seat upward
seating Spare backrest
locking
Seat height locking
Seat downward
seating Backrest
locking
Seat lateral Seat locking Seat longitudinal Backrest
unlocking (natural position) unlocking reclining

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-42
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Cockpit seats adjustments
Manual control
handle
Lateral locking
pin
Plug
Crank handle
(Under the seat)

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-43
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Cockpit seats manual adjustments
Observer Seat
The observer seat is located behind and between captain and first officer’s seats.
When in use, it lies in front of the cockpit door. Stow it by folding and rotating away
from the door area against the left side of the cockpit partition, behind the captain’s
seat. Cockpit door can be opened or closed with either the observer seat in use or
stowed.
1) Release the seat

2) Let the seat fold down slowly into
position
6
3
5
3) Release the strap
4) Bring the seat bottom to a horizontal
position
5) Pull the backrest up to top−off fitting
6) Lock the backrest

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-44
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.9 MISCELLANEOUS
The C/C Numerical Order is based on the

C/C above the minimum crew for safety

shall take positions according to the
indicated numerical order. 1 1L
*
2R
2 2L
*

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-45
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.9.2 Crew Position For Demo

There is no video system on board so the DEMO shall be done manually. Purser
will make the DEMO announcement while C/C performs the DEMO in the indicated
position.
In case the cabin crew is 3:

2L stand at row no. 20 and 2R stand at row no. 30.
In case of minimum cabin crew:

2L will stand at row no. 20 and show the demo for all passengers.
PURSER
2L
2R

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-46
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019

Emergency zone responsibility is based on the minimum number of C/C for safety.
The duties of C/C above the minimum number for safety shall be assigned,
according to the numerical order, basically to cover the main exits.
Zone one: Starts from FWD of A/C till row No. 28.
Zone two: Starts from row No. 29 till the end of the A/C.
1L
2L

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-47
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
DOOR/SLIDE 1L
First Aid Kit
Flash Light
ELT
Door opening/slide and

emergency equipment
removal responsibility
following emergency
landing/ditching
DOOR/SLIDE 2R DOOR/SLIDE
2L
First Aid Kit Flash Light
Flash Light
Megaphone

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-48
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
(4) Fire Extinguisher (3) O2 Kit (4) Smoke Hood

(Halon) (O2 Bottle + O2 Mask
“11cu.ft.)
I S
(3) Cabin crew (76) Pax Life (5) Infant Life (10) Spare Adult
Life Vest/Jacket Vest/Jacket Vest/Jacket Life Vest/Jacket
(2) First Aid (1) Medical Kit (1) Automated

Kit External Defibrillator
(3) Demo Kit (5) Extension (1) Megaphone (2) Emergency

{Life vest + O2 Seat Belt Locator
mask +Seat belt+ Transmitter
safety card} (Fixed &
portable)
(3) Flash Light (3) Manual

Release Tool

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-49
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
G2 aisle compartment
2 5 3
1st Over head STW.
1st Over head STW.
S
5
nd
2nd Over head STW. I 2 Over head STW.
5
Portable
Each Pax Seat

3rd Over head STW.
S Each Cabin Crew Seat

5
1 Precaution Kit
1 Body Bag
Doghouse LHS Doghouse RHS
2 2
Note: For the fixed emergency locator transmitter refer to OM-F Vol. 1

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-50
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
(1) Fire Extinguisher (3) O2 Kit (1) Smoke Hood

(Halon) Quick Donning Mask

(3) Cabin crew (2) Flash Light (2) Escape Rope (1) Crash Axe
Life Vest/Jacket

Escape rope
Life jacket (2 behind the
pilot seat & 1 behind the
copilot seat)
Quick donning mask Escape

rope PBE
Fire extinguisher
Crash
Flash axe
light

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-51
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.9.9 Life Raft

The aircraft is equipped with 36 person life raft designed to provide a reliable and
safe flotation in the event of an emergency water landing. The life raft incorporates
means for manual deployment and inflation.
WARNING: Do Not Inflate Inside The Aircraft.
The life raft is a Type I dual tube reversible life raft and consists of an inflation
system and a survival kit including canopy.
The life raft is packed in a carrying case, which is provided by a window to view the
pressure gauge on the reservoir and valve and monitor the gas charge pressure in
the bottle.
3
The reservoir bottle capacity is 300 in and contains a gas charge mixture of 42%
CO2 and 58% N2 at a pressure of 3120 psig at 70°F.
A valve connected to the reservoir regulates and controls the gas flow. The weight
of the life raft is 31.18 kg (68.74 lb).
The life raft inflates in a two hexagonal shaped tubes. The tubes are structurally
joined but are fully independent. A non-inflatable fabric floor is attached and
suspended between the tubes.
A manually inflatable deck float at the center of life raft provides additional
buoyancy.
Lifelines on the outboard perimeter are installed for survivors to grasp from the
water. Internal lifelines allow survivors to steady themselves on the life raft.
Boarding handles and ladders are located at each end of lifelines to enable
survivors to climb aboard.
A mooring line can be attached to the aircraft by means of a snap hook to prevent
the life raft of blowing away from survivors as they are boarding. The mooring line is
attached to the inflation system and is used with the inflation pull handle to initiate
the inflation of life raft.
A floating knife is provided to cut the mooring line in the event of aircraft is sinking
or on fire.
Manual inflate/deflate valves allow survivors to increase air pressure connecting a

hand pump supplied in the survival kit. The pump must be squeezed until the
desired pressure has been obtained.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-52
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
A heaving ring and line is provided as a rescue aid and can be thrown to survivors
in the water.
The sea anchor is used to control the drift rate and orientation of life raft.
Two locator lights provide aid in locating life raft at night. The lights are operated by
water-activated batteries.
The survival kit is available in the life raft and includes:

- Life raft manual;
- First aid equipment;
- Tube repair kit;
- Hand pump with adapter;
- Signaling devices, such as flash light and flares;
- Orange canopy to provide protection against environmental conditions.
The canopy may be attached to the life raft and supported by metal rods. The rods
are snapped into holders around the inside perimeter of the life raft with the canopy
spread and snapped over the rods.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-53
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Heaving Ring
Locator light
battery

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-54
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
Operation
The inflation handle is located under the inflation handle pocket, which is located at
the front end of the carrying case.
Snap Hook and Mooring Line.................................. RELEASE

To deploy the unit un-snap the handle pocket and uncoil mooring line.
Snap Hook............................................................... ATTACH

Attach the snap hook to the inside of the aircraft fuselage.
Inflation Handle........................................................ GRASP
Packed Liferaft......................................................... DROP

With one hand holding the inflation handle, drop the unit into the water.
Inflation Handle........................................................ JERK

Allow unit to drift a few feet from aircraft, and with the mooring line taut, jerk the
handle to initiate inflation. Inflation of the raft in the water may occur on either side
of the inflatable since both sides are identical.
Survivals Boarding................................................... INITIATE

Occupants may begin boarding the life raft immediately after full round out of the
tubes.

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
7-55
CHAPTER 7
E-170
DEC 2019
7.9.10 Floatable Seat Operation
1 2
Remove cushion from seat
3 4
Put straps around back Grasp the cushion to float

Rev.0 Vol. (2)
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK

Om-F Vol 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Om-F Vol 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Flight Training Department

THE SAFETY MANUAL (OM – PART F) IS A

Copy Number: ___________________

Department/Post Name: ___________________

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

Revisions to this manual will be issued at irregular intervals.

Retain this sheet until replaced with new issue

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Temporary Revisions to this Manual will be issued at irregular intervals.

Retain this sheet until replaced with new issue

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

CHAPTER (1) B737-800

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

1.9 OXYGEN SYSTEM 1-28

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

1.1 EGYPTAIR AIRLINES FLEET

S B737-800 New B737-800

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

1.2 AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

1.3 AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION

B737-800 New B737-800

Engines CFM 56-7 CFM 56-7

Takeoff weight 79015 kg. 79015 kg.

3136 Statute Miles 3136 Statute Miles

Speed 340 knots 340 knots

Minimum Cabin crew 3 4

ISSUE 3 UNCONTROLLED WHEN DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED OM-PART F

1.4 CONTROL PANELS

1.4.1 B737-800 FWD Attendant Panel

Evacuation Command Switch Horn Shut Off

1.4.2 AFT Attendant Panel

Clean Check Waste Tank

1.4.3 New B737-800 FWD Attendant Panel

 Pushbutton Panel Controls

FAP (FWD Attendant Panel):

1.4.4 New B737-800 AFT Attendant Panel

 Pushbutton Panel Controls

1.5.1 Emergency Lighting

Integral Slide Emergency Exit Signs

Exit Locator Signs

Escape Path Light Pho-

1.5.2 Emergency Lighting Control

This switch on the AFT attendant's panel has two posi-

1.5.3 Tactile Knob Indicator

1.6.1 Master Call Lights B737-800

Crew call PAX call LAV call

1.6.2 Interphone Directory

To extinguish the pink light in the

1.6.3 Calls Systems

Public Address Dial No. 8

- Dial No. 2 three times

- Dial No. 5 twice

1.6.4 Passenger Calls

Note: Passenger call light is reset at PSU.

1.6.5 Lavatory Calls

1.6.6 Passenger Address System

1.6.6.1 Announcement priority

A higher priority announcement overrides a lower priority announcement.

1.6.6.2 Making PA announcements

• Remove handset from the cradle